United States Office Of Air Quality 

Environmental Protection Planning And Standards 

Agency Research Triangle Park, NC 27711 FINAL REPORT 

November 2002 

Air 

Economic Impact Analysis of the Plywood

and Composite Wood Products NESHAP

Final Report

Select List of Acronyms and Abbreviations 

BID - Background Information Document

CAA - Clean Air Act

CO - Carbon Monoxide

C/S- Cost to Sales Ratio

EFB - Electrified Filter Beds

EO - Executive Order

EPA - Environmental Protection Agency

EWP - Engineered Wood Products

HAP - Hazardous Air Pollutant

HB - Hardboard

ICR - Information Collection Request

lb - Pound

LSL - Laminated Strand Lumber

LVL - Laminated Veneer Lumber

MACT - Maximum Achievable Control Technology

MDF - Medium Density Fiber

NAAQS - National Ambient Air Quality Standards 

NAICS - North American Industrial Classification System

NESHAP - National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants

NOx- Nitrogen Oxides 

NPR - Notice of Proposed Rulemaking

NSPS - New Source Performance Standards

NSR - New Source Review

OEM- Original Equipment Manufacturers

OMB - Office of Management and Budget

O&M - Operation and Maintenance

OSB- Oriented Strandboard

ODT - Oven Dry Tons

PB - Particleboard

P/E - Partial Equilibrium

PM - Particulate Matter

PSL - Parallel Strand Lumber

ppbdv - Parts Per Billion, dry volume

ppm - Parts Per Million

PRA - Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995

PTE - Permanent Total Enclosure

RCO- Regenerative Catalytic Oxidizer

RTO - Regenerative Thermal Oxidizer

RIA - Regulatory Impact Analysis

RFA - Regulatory Flexibility Act

R/S - Return to Sales Ratio

SAB - Science Advisory Board

SBA - Small Business Administration

vi 
SBREFA - Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996

SIC - Standard Industrial Classification 

SOA - Secondary Organic Aerosols

SO2 - Sulfur Dioxide

SPV - Softwood Plywood Veneer

TAC - Total Annualized Cost

THC - Total Hydrocarbon

tpd - Tons Per Day

tpy - Tons Per Year

UMRA - Unfunded Mandates Reform Act

VOS - Value of Shipments

VOCs - Volatile Organic Compounds

WESP - Wet Electrostatic Precipitator

vii 
This page intentionally left blank. 

viii
TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Executive Summary ........................................................ ES-1

1 Introduction ................................................................. 1-1

1.1 Scope and Purpose of the Report ........................................... 1-1

1.2 Need for Regulatory Action ............................................... 1-1

1.3 Requirements for the Economic Impact Analysis ............................... 1-2

1.4 Other Federal Programs .................................................. 1-5

1.5 Organization of the Economic Impact Analysis ................................ 1-5

1.6 References ............................................................. 1-6

2 Profile of the Plywood and Composite Wood Industries .............................. 2-1

2.1 Introduction ............................................................ 2-1

2.2 The Supply Side ........................................................ 2-3

2.3 The Demand Side ...................................................... 2-20

2.4 Industry Organization ................................................... 2-29

2.5 Market ............................................................... 2-42

2.6 References ............................................................ 2-60

3 Regulatory Alternatives, Emissions, Emission Reductions, and Control and Administrative

Costs

3.1 Regulatory Alternatives .................................................. 3-1

3.2 Emissions and Emission Reductions ........................................ 3-15

3.3 Control Equipment and Costs ............................................. 3-26

3.4 Testing, Monitoring, Reporting, and Recordkeeping Costs ...................... 3-37

3.5 References ............................................................ 3-40

4 Economic Impact Analysis ..................................................... 4-1

4.1 Results in Brief ......................................................... 4-1

4.2 Introduction ............................................................ 4-1

4.3 Economic Impact Analysis Inputs ........................................... 4-2

4.4 Economic Impact Analysis Methodology ..................................... 4-4

4.5 Economic Impact Analysis Results .......................................... 4-6

4.6 Analysis of Economic Impacts on Engineered Wood Products Sector .............. 4-15

4.7 References ............................................................ 4-22

5 Small Business Impacts ....................................................... 5-1

5.1 Results in Brief ......................................................... 5-1

5.2 Introduction ............................................................ 5-1

5.3 Screening Analysis Data Sources ........................................... 5-2

5.4 Screening Analysis Methodology ........................................... 5-2

5.5 Screening Analysis Assumptions ........................................... 5-3

5.6 Screening Analysis Results ................................................ 5-3

5.7 Screening Analysis Conclusions ........................................... 5-10

5.8 EIA Results for Small Businesses ........................................... 5-1

5.9 References ............................................................ 5-12
Appendix A Size Determination for Individual Firms..................................... A-1 

Appendix B EIA Methodology ...................................................... B-1

B.1 Introduction ........................................................... B-1

B.2 Background ........................................................... B-1

B.3 Market Segments and Demand Compounds .................................. B-3

B.4 Data Inputs ........................................................... B-4

B.5 Assumptions .......................................................... B-4

B.6 Analytical Approach .................................................... B-5

B.7 Notation .............................................................. B-5

B.8 The Supply Side of the Market ........................................... B-6

B.9 The Demand Side of the Market ......................................... B-11

B.10 Market Equilibrium .................................................... B-18

B.11 Facility Closures ...................................................... B-19

B.12 Social Cost of the Regulation ............................................ B-20

B.13 Computational Tools ................................................... B-26

B.14 Sensitivity Analyses ................................................... B-26

B.15 EIA Results .......................................................... B-27

B.16 References ........................................................... B-28

LIST OF EXHIBITS 

Exhibit 2-1: SIC & NAICS Codes for the Plywood and Wood Composites Industries ............. 2-2

Exhibit 2-2: Other Primary SIC Codes for the Plywood and Wood Composite Industries ........... 2-3

Exhibit 2-3: SIC and NAICS Codes and Products ........................................ 2-12

Exhibit 2-4: Specialization and Coverage Ratios, 1982 - 1997 .............................. 2-13

Exhibit 2-5: Summary of Annual Costs and Shipments, 1992 -1997 .......................... 2-14

Exhibit 2-6: Materials Consumed By Kind for Softwood Plywood and Veneer, 1997 ............ 2-17

Exhibit 2-7: Materials Consumed by Kind for Reconstituted Wood Products, 1997 .............. 2-18

Exhibit 2-8: Industry Outputs, by SIC Code ............................................. 2-21

Exhibit 2-9: MDF Shipments by Downstream Market, 1997 ................................ 2-23

Exhibit 2-10: Particleboard Shipments by Downstream Market, 1997 ......................... 2-24

Exhibit 2-11: Housing Market Indicators, 1988 - 1997 ..................................... 2-25

Exhibit 2-12: Trade for Household Furniture (SIC 251), 1989 - 1996 ......................... 2-25

Exhibit 2-13: Use of Wood and Non-wood Products in Residential Construction

1976 - 1995 ................................................................ 2-27

Exhibit 2-14: Demand Elasticities ..................................................... 2-29

Exhibit 2-15: Concentration Ratios by SIC Code, 1982-1992 ................................ 2-30

Exhibit 2-16: Facilities with Compliance Costs ........................................... 2-31

Exhibit 2-17: Full Production Capacity Utilization Rates, Fourth Quarters, 1992 - 1997 ........... 2-33

Exhibit 2-18a: 1998 Employment at Facilities with Compliance Costs ........................ 2-34

Exhibit 2-18b: 1998 Employment at Facilities with Compliance Costs ........................ 2-34

Exhibit 2-19: Number of Mills, Average Capacity and Utilization, 1977 - 1997 ................. 2-36

Exhibit 2-20: Summary of Capital Expenditures, 1992 - 1997 ............................... 2-37

Exhibit 2-21: Size Distribution of Firms Owning Affected Facilities .......................... 2-38

Exhibit 2-22: Types of Firm Ownership for Lumber and Wood Products (SIC 24), 1992 .......... 2-39

Exhibit 2-23: Indicators of Financial Condition, 1995-1997 ................................ 2-41

Exhibit 2-24: Trade Balance and Selected Statistics ....................................... 2-44

Exhibit 2-25: Production, Trade and Consumption Volumes for Selected Products (1988-1997) .... 2-45

Exhibit 2-26: 1997 U.S. Wood Products Imports by Region and Major Trading Partner ........... 2-48
Exhibit 2-27: 1997 U.S. Wood Product Exports by Region and Major Trading Partner ........... 2-50

Exhibit 2-28: Lumber and Wood Products Producer Price Index, 1988-1997 ................... 2-51

Exhibit 2-29: Producer Price Indices of Plywood and Wood Composite Products ................ 2-52

Exhibit 2-30: F.O.B. Prices of Southern plywood, OSB, and Particleboard ..................... 2-53

Exhibit 2-31: APA Forecasted Structural Panel Production and Demand ....................... 2-56

Exhibit 2-32: APA Actual and Forecasted Structural Panel Capacity and Production ............. 2-57

Exhibit 3-1: Illustration of Total HAP Calculation for an Emission Source ...................... 3-5

Exhibit 3-2: Summary of MACT for PCWP Process Units at New and Existing Sources ........... 3-7

Exhibit 3-3: Cost-Effectiveness Analysis Of Beyond-The-Floor Control Options ................. 3-9

Exhibit 3-4: Illustration Of Total HAP Calculation For An Emission Source ................... 3-17

Exhibit 3-5: Uncontrolled and Baseline HAP Emissions Estimates ........................... 3-21

Exhibit 3-6: Speciated Nationwide Uncontrolled HAP Emissions by Product ................... 3-22

Exhibit 3-7: Speciated Nationwide Baseline HAP Emissions by Product ....................... 3-23

Exhibit 3-8: Estimated Number of Major Sources By Product ............................... 3-24

Exhibit 3-9: Estimated Nationwide Reduction in Total HAP and THC ........................ 3-25

Exhibit 3-10: Press Enclosure Exhaust Flow Rates and Capital Costs ......................... 3-33

Exhibit 3-11: Control Equipment Costed for Process Units with Controlled MACT Floor ......... 3-34

Exhibit 3-12: Default Flow Rates ..................................................... 3-36

Exhibit 3-13: Estimated Nationwide Control Costs for the PCWP Industry ..................... 3-38

Exhibit 3-14: Dollars (In Total Annualized Costs) Per Ton Of HAP And THC Reduced .......... 3-39

Exhibit 4-1: Baseline Characterization of Plywood and Composite Wood Markets: 1997 .......... 4-3

Exhibit 4-2. Market-Level Impacts of the Proposed NESHAP ............................... 4-7

Exhibit 4-3. Industry-Level Impacts of the Proposed NESHAP .............................. 4-10

Exhibit 4-4: Distribution of Industry-Level Impacts of Proposed NESHAP: 

Affected and Unaffected Producers ............................................. 4-12

Exhibit 4-5: Distribution of Social Costs Associated with the Proposed NESHAP ............... 4-13

Exhibit 4-6: Primary Uses and Substitutes for LSL ....................................... 4-16

Exhibit 4-7: Characteristics of LSL Plants ............................................... 4-17

Exhibit 4-8: Primary Uses and Substitutes for PSL ........................................ 4-17

Exhibit 4-9: Characteristics of PSL Plants ............................................... 4-18

Exhibit 4-10: Retail Prices of GL and PSL Beams Delivered to Los Angeles ................... 4-18

Exhibit 5-1: Net Profit Margins by Product Type .......................................... 5-3

Exhibit 5-2: Affected Firms by Size .................................................... 5-4

Exhibit 5-3: Affected Firms by Process Type ............................................. 5-5

Exhibit 5-4: Affected Firms with C/S Ratios of 3 Percent or Greater ........................... 5-6

Exhibit 5-5: Affected Firms with C/S Ratios of 1 Percent or Greater .......................... 5-7

Exhibit 5-6: C/S to R/S Comparison for Firms with C/S of One Percent or Greater ................ 5-8

Exhibit 5-7: Economic Impacts on Small Businesses Associated with 

Projected Market Adjustments ................................................. 5-11

LIST OF FIGURES 

Figure 2-1: Plywood and Veneer Production .............................................. 2-6

Figure 2-2: Softwood Plywood and Veneer Value of Shipments and Production Costs, 

1992 - 1997 ................................................................ 2-15

Figure 2-3: Reconstituted Wood Products Value of Shipments and Production Costs, 

1992 - 1997 ................................................................ 2-16

Figure 2-4: Materials Consumed by Softwood Plywood and Veneer Products, 1997 .............. 2-17

Figure 2-5: Materials Consumed by Reconstituted Wood Product Producers, 1997 ............... 2-19

Figure 2-6 Industry Outputs of Softwood Plywood and Veneer Industry ....................... 2-22
Figure 2-7: Industry Outputs of Reconstituted Wood Products Industry ....................... 2-23

Figure 2-8: Plywood and Wood Composite Facility Locations ............................... 2-32

Figure 2-9: Full Production Capacity Utilization, Fourth Quarters, 1992-1997 .................. 2-33

Figure 2-10: Value of Product Shipments, 1989-1995 ..................................... 2-46

Figure 2-11: Apparent Consumption, 1989-1995 ......................................... 2-47

Figure 2-12: APA Projected Housing Starts (000) ...................................... 2-55

Figure 3-1: Variation in RTO Purchased Equipment Cost with Flow Rate ...................... 3-27

Figure 3-2: Relationship between RTO Electricity Consumption and Flow Rate ................ 3-28

Figure 3-3: Relationship between RTO Natural Gas Consumption and Flow Rate ............... 3-28

Figure 3-4: Variation in RTO Total Capital Investment with Flow ........................... 3-30

Figure 3-5: Variation in RTO Total Annualized Cost with Flow ............................. 3-30

Figure 4-1: Supply Curves for Affected Facilities ......................................... 4-5

Figure 4-2: Market Equilibrium Without and With Regulation ............................... 4-6
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 

EPA is proposing a rule to reduce hazardous air pollutant (HAPs) emissions from existing and 

new plywood and composite wood products facilities that are major sources. This rule, scheduled for 

proposal during 2002, is a National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAP), and 

will reduce HAP emissions by requiring affected plywood and composite wood products facilities to meet 

a level of emissions reductions needed to meet the Maximum Achievable Control Technology (MACT) 

floor for these sources. This MACT floor level of control is the minimum level these sources must meet 

to comply with the proposed rule. The major HAPs whose emissions will be reduced are formaldehyde, 

acetaldehyde, acrolein, methanol, phenol, and propionaldehyde. The proposed rule will also lead to 

emission reductions of other pollutants such as volatile organic compounds (VOC), particulate matter 

(PM10), carbon monoxide (CO), and emission increases in nitrogen oxides (NOx) due to the application of 

incineration-based controls. Increased electricity use due to application of controls will also lead to 

general increases in the levels of sulfur dioxide (SO2) and NOx emitted from electric utilities. 

This proposed rule allows an affected source to use a production-based compliance option, 

defined in units of mass of pollutant per unit of production, or any of six control system compliance 

options if an affected source is equipped with an add-on control system. As explained in the Federal 

Register proposal notice, the options entail HAP reductions of 90 percent or limiting the concentration of 

HAPs in the exhaust from the control system. In addition, an affected source may choose to comply with 

an emissions averaging option that allows the sources to not control or under-control some process units 

while controlling other affected process units. 

The proposed rule is expected to reduce HAP emissions by 11,000 tons per year in the third year 

after its issuance. The rule is also expected to reduce VOC emissions, measured as total hydrocarbon, 

by 27,000 tons per year, PM10 emissions by 13,000 tons per year, and CO emissions by 11,000 tons per 

year in the third year. The rule is expected to increase NOx emissions at affected sources by 2,000 tons 

per year in the third year. The increased electricity required to operate the control systems is also 

expected to increase NOx and SO2 emissions at electricity generating utilities by 2,000 and 4,000 tons, 

respectively. The compliance costs, which include the costs of control and monitoring, recordkeeping 

and reporting requirements, are estimated at $142 million (1999 dollars). 

As shown in this economic impact analysis, the total social costs, which account for the 

behavioral response of consumers and producers to higher pollution control costs, are estimated at $134.2 

million (1999 dollars). The other impacts associated with these costs include price increases nationally of 

0.9 to 2.5 percent for products affected by this rule, and a reduction in output of only 0.1 to 0.7 percent 

nationally for the affected industries. An analysis of small business impacts shows that there are 17 small 

firms affected, with 10 of them having annual compliance costs of 1 percent or greater than their sales, 

and 3 of these having annual compliance costs of 3 percent or greater than their sales. The Agency has 

certified that there is no significant impact on a substantial number of small entities (SISNOSE) 

associated with this proposed rule. Also, an analysis of the energy impacts associated with this proposed 

rule indicates that there is no significant adverse effect on supply, distribution, or use of energy from 

implementation of the proposal. 

ES-1
1 INTRODUCTION 

Under the authority of Section 112(d) of the Clean Air Act as amended in 1990, the U.S. 

Environmental Protection Agency (EPA or the Agency) is proposing a regulation requiring facilities that 

manufacture plywood and composite wood products to reduce their emissions of hazardous air pollutants 

(HAPs). This regulation, a National Emission Standard for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAP), will 

apply to major sources of HAPs in this industry. This economic impact analysis (EIA) presents the 

supporting documentation and analyses developed by the Agency that describe and quantify the expected 

impacts of the proposed Plywood and Composite Wood Products NESHAP. 

1.1 Scope and Purpose of the Report 

The proposed NESHAP will require the manufacturers of plywood and composite wood products 

to install additional pollution controls to reduce their emissions of HAPs to the air. The purpose of this 

EIA is to present the results of the Agency’s evaluation of the cost, economic impacts, and benefits from 

compliance with the requirements of the proposed NESHAP. 

The proposed NESHAP will apply to all new and existing major sources of HAPs that 

manufacture plywood and composite wood products. These sources emit HAPs associated with heating 

of wood and related to their use of resins, adhesives, and additives in the pressing and drying stages of the 

production process. The EPA estimates that there are 447 facilities that produce plywood and composite 

wood products. Of these, the EPA determined that 223 facilities are major sources of HAPs. 

1.2 Need for Regulatory Action 

The purpose of this NESHAP is to protect public health by reducing emissions of HAP from 

plywood and composite wood products facilities. The authority for doing this lies in Section 112 of the 

Clean Air Act (CAA), which requires EPA to list categories and subcategories of major and area sources 

of HAP and to establish NESHAP for the listed source categories and subcategories. The plywood and 

composite wood products source category was originally listed as the plywood and particleboard source 

category on July 16, 1992 (57 FR 31576). The name of the source category was changed to plywood and 

composite wood products on November 18, 1999 (64 FR 63025) to more accurately reflect the types of 

manufacturing facilities covered by the source category. A major source of HAP is defined as any 

stationary source source or group of stationary sources within a continuous area and under common 

control that emits or has the potential to emit, considering controls, in the aggregate, 9.1 Megagrams 

(Mg)/year (10 tons/yr) or more of any single HAP or 22.7 Mg/year or more (25 tons/yr) of multiple HAP. 

Section 112 of the CAA requires EPA to establish NESHAP for the control of HAP from both 

existing and new sources. The CAA requires the NESHAP to reflect the maximum degree of reduction in 

emissions of HAP that is achievable. This level of control is commonly referred to as the maximum 

achievable control technology (MACT). 

The MACT floor is the minimum level of control allowed for NESHAP and is defined under 

section 112 (d) (3) of the CAA. In essence, the MACT floor ensures that the standard is set at a level that 

assures all major sources achieve the control level that is at least as stringent as that already achieved by 

the better-controlled and lower-emitting sources in each source category or subcategory. For new 

sources, the MACT floor cannot be less stringent than the emission control that is achieved in practice by 

the best-controlled similar source. The MACT standards for existing sources can be less stringent than 

standards for new sources, but they cannot be less stringent than the average emission limitation achieved 

by the best-performing 12 percent of existing sources in the category or subcategory (or, the bestperforming 5 sources for categories or subcategories with fewer than 30 sources.) 

1-1
In the course of rule development, we may also consider control options that are more stringent 

than the floor. EPA may establish standards more stringent than the floor based on the consideration of 

cost of achieving the emissions reductions, any non-air quality health and environmental impacts, and 

energy requirements. 

1.3 Requirements for this Economic Impact Analysis 

This section describes various legislative and executive requirements that govern the analytical 

requirements for Federal rulemakings, and describes how each analytical requirement is addressed in this 

RIA. 

1.3.1 Executive Order 12866 

Under Executive Order 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993) as amended by Executive Order 

13258 (67 FR 9385, February 28, 2002), the EPA must determine whether the regulatory action is 

“significant” and therefore subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) and the 

requirements of the Executive Order. The Executive Order defines “significant regulatory action” as one 

that is likely to result in a rule that may: 

1) Have an annual effect on the economy of $100 million or more or adversely affect in a material way 

the economy, a sector of the economy, productivity, competition, jobs, the environment, public health or 

safety, or state, local, or tribal governments or communities; 

2) Create a serious inconsistency or otherwise interfere with an action taken or planned by another 

agency; 

3) Materially alter the budgetary impact of entitlements, grants, user fees, or loan programs, or the rights 

and obligation of recipients thereof; 

4) Raise novel legal or policy issues arising out of legal mandates, the President’s priorities, or the 

principles set forth in the Executive Order. 

Pursuant to the terms of Executive Order 12866 as amended by Executive Order 13258, it has been 

determined that this rule is a “significant regulatory action” because the annual costs of complying with 

the rule are expected to exceed $100 million. Consequently, this action was submitted to OMB for 

review under Executive Order 12866 as amended by Executive Order 13258. 

1.3.2 Regulatory Flexibility Act and Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996 

The Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) of 1980 (PL 96-354) generally requires that agencies 

conduct a screening analysis to determine whether a regulation adopted through notice-and-comment 

rulemaking will have a significant impact on a substantial number of small entities (SISNOSE), including 

small businesses, governments, and organizations. If a regulation will have such an impact, agencies 

must prepare an Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis, and comply with a number of procedural 

requirements to solicit and consider flexible regulatory options that minimize adverse economic impacts 

on small entities. Agencies must then prepare a Final Regulatory Flexibility Analysis that provides an 

analysis of the effect on small entities from consideration of flexible regulatory options. The RFA’s 

analytical and procedural requirements were strengthened by the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement 

Fairness Act (SBREFA) of 1996 to include the formation of a panel if a proposed rule was determined to 

have a SISNOSE. This panel would be made up of representatives of the EPA, the Small Business 

Administration (SBA), and OMB. 

1-2
For reasons explained more fully in Chapter 5 of this economic impact analysis for the proposed 

rule, EPA has determined that there is no SISNOSE for this rule. While there are some impacts to some 

small firms, these impacts are not sufficient for a SISNOSE. Therefore, the EPA has not prepared an 

Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis for this proposed rule. 

The RFA and SBREFA require the use of definitions of “small entities,” including small 

businesses, governments, and organizations such as non-profits, published by the SBA.1 Screening 

analyses of economic impacts presented in Chapter 5 of this report examine potential impacts on small 

entities. 

1.3.3 Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 

The Unfunded Mandates Reform Act (UMRA) of 1995 (PL-4) was enacted to focus attention on 

federal mandates that require other governments and private parties to expend resources without federal 

funding, to ensure that Congress considers those costs before imposing mandates, and to encourage 

federal financial assistance for intergovernmental mandates. The Act establishes a number of procedural 

requirements. The Congressional Budget Office is required to inform Congressional committees about 

the presence of federal mandates in legislation, and must estimate the total direct costs of mandates in a 

bill in any of the first five years of a mandate, if the total exceeds $50 million for intergovernmental 

mandates and $100 million for private-sector mandates. 

Section 202 of UMRA directs agencies to provide a qualitative and quantitative assessment (or a 

“written statement”) of the anticipated costs and benefits of a Federal mandate that results in annual 

expenditures of $100 million or more. The assessment should include costs and benefits to State, local, 

and tribal governments and the private sector, and identify any disproportionate budgetary impacts. 

Section 205 of the Act requires agencies to identify and consider alternatives, including the least costly, 

most cost-effective, or least burdensome alternative that achieves the objectives of the rule. 

Since this proposed rule may cause a mandate to the private sector of more than $100 million, 

EPA did provide an analysis of the impacts of this rule on State and local governments to support 

compliance with Section 202 of UMRA. A summary of this analysis is in Chapter 4 of this EIA. In 

short, no government entity is affected by this proposed rule - only businesses. 

1.3.4 Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 

The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) requires Federal agencies to be responsible and 

publicly accountable for reducing the burden of Federal paperwork on the public. EPA has submitted an 

OMB-83I form, along with a supporting statement, to the OMB in compliance with the PRA. The OMB83I and the supporting statement explains the need for additional information collection requirements and 

provides respondent burden estimates for additional paperwork requirements to State and local 

governments associated with this proposed rule. 

1.3.5 Executive Order 12898 

Executive Order 12898, “Federal Actions to Address Environmental Justice in Minority 

Populations and Low-Income Populations,” requires Federal agencies to consider the impact of programs, 

policies, and activities on minority populations and low-income populations. Disproportionate adverse 

impacts on these populations should be avoided to the extent possible. According to EPA guidance, 

1

 Where appropriate, agencies can propose and justify alternative definitions of “small entity.” This RIA 

and the screening analysis for small entities rely on the SBA definitions. 

1-3 
agencies are to assess whether minority or low-income populations face risk or exposure to hazards that is 

significant (as defined by the National Environmental Policy Act) and that “appreciably exceeds or is 

likely to appreciably exceed the risk or rate to the general population or other appropriate comparison 

group.” (EPA, 1996). This guidance outlines EPA’s Environmental Justice Strategy and discusses 

environmental justice issues, concerns, and goals identified by EPA and environmental justice advocates 

in relation to regulatory actions. The proposed plywood and composite wood products rule is expected 

to provide health and welfare benefits to populations around the United States, regardless of race or 

income. 

1.3.6 Executive Order 13045 

Executive Order 13045, “Protection of Children from Environmental Health Risks and Safety 

Risks,” directs Federal agencies developing health and safety standards to include an evaluation of the 

health and safety effects of the regulations on children. Regulatory actions covered under the Executive 

Order include rulemakings that are economically significant under Executive Order 12866 as amended by 

Executive Order 13258, and that concern an environmental health risk or safety risk that the agency has 

reason to believe may disproportionately affect children. EPA has developed internal guidelines for 

implementing E.O. 13045 (EPA, 1998). 

The proposed plywood and composite wood products rule is a “significant economic action,” 

because the annual costs are expected to exceed $100 million. Exposure to the HAPs whose emissions 

will be reduced by this rule are known to affect the health of children and other sensitive populations. 

However, this proposed rule is not expected to have a disproportionate impact on children. 

1.3.7 Executive Order 13211 

Executive Order 13211, “Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy 

Supply, Distribution, or Use,” was published in the Federal Register on May 22, 2001 (66 FR 28355). 

This executive order requires Federal Agencies to weigh and consider the effect of regulations on supply, 

distribution, and use of energy. To comply with this executive order, Federal Agencies are to prepare 

and submit a “Statement of Energy Effects” for “significant energy actions.” The executive order defines 

“significant energy action” as the following: 

1) an action that is a significant regulatory action under Executive Order 12866 or any successor order, 

and 

2) is likely to have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy; or 

3) that is designated by the Administrator of the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs as a 

significant energy action. 

An analysis of the effects of this proposed rule on supply, distribution, and use of energy is 

summarized in Chapter 4. 

1.4 Other Federal Programs 

The only other federal program that may have an effect on these sources is the wood building 

products surface coating NESHAP, a rulemaking scheduled to be proposed later in 2002. However, the 

overlap of coverage of these rules is expected to be minimal. The wood furniture manufacturing 

operations NESHAP, a rule signed in December 1995, may apply to some facilities that will be affected 

1-4
by the proposed plywood and composite wood products rule, but there are no overlapping requirements 

for individual process units. 

1.5 Organization of the Economic Impact Analysis 

This report includes eight chapters that present a description of the industry, the costs associated 

with the regulatory control options associated with the proposed NESHAP, results of the economic 

impact analysis, a summary of impacts on small businesses, a listing of the qualitative benefits associated 

with both the HAP and non-HAP emission reductions, and results of the monetized benefits analysis. 

• Chapter 2 profiles the plywood and composite wood products industries. 

• Chapter 3 summarizes the approach to estimating the costs of the proposed NESHAP, presents 

the results of the cost analysis, and provide the emissions reductions for the proposed alternative. 

• Chapter 4 summarizes the approach to performing the economic impact analysis of the proposed 

NESHAP and presents the results of the analysis. An analysis of impacts on energy distribution, 

supply, or use is also in this chapter. 

• Chapter 5 includes the results of the analyses of the proposed NESHAP’s impact on small 

businesses. 

Throughout this report, a distinction is made between “affected” and “unaffected” facilities and 

firms. Affected facilities are those that will incur compliance costs (control and monitoring, 

recordkeeping, and reporting ) to comply with the proposed rule. In general, unaffected facilities and 

firms have no compliance costs. However, of the group of unaffected facilities, 51 of these will incur 

costs associated with monitoring, reporting, and record keeping (MRR). MRR costs are estimated to be 

$25,194 per year. The distinction between affected and unaffected facilities and firms will be noted 

throughout the document. 

1.6 References 

Federal Register, 1993. Executive Order 12866, Regulatory Planning and Review. Vol. 58, October 4, 

1993, pg. 51735. 

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1996. Guidance for Providing Environmental Justice Concerns 

in EPA’s NEPA Compliance Analyses (Review Draft). Office of Federal Activities, Washington, D.C., 

July 12, 1996. 

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1996. Memorandum from Trovato and Kelly to Assistant 

Administrators. Subject: “Implementation of Executive Order 13045, Protection of Children from 

Environmental Health and Safety Risks.” April 21, 1998. 

Federal Register, 2001. Executive Order 13211, Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly 

Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use. Vol. 66, May 22, 2001, pg. 28355. 

Federal Register, 2002. Executive Order 13258, Amending Executive Order 12866 - Regulatory Planning 

and Review. Vol.67 , February 28, 2002, pg. 9385. 

1-5
2 PROFILE OF THE PLYWOOD AND COMPOSITE WOOD 

PRODUCTS INDUSTRIES 

2.1 Introduction 

Through a 1998 information collection request (ICR), the EPA identified plants potentially 

impacted by the proposed NESHAP. This profile presents information on several industries that comprise 

the plywood and composite wood source category because they will be impacted by the regulation in 

some way. These industries fall into three categories based on their Standard Industrial Classification 

(SIC) or North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) classifications. 

• Softwood plywood and veneer 

• Reconstituted wood products 

• Structural wood members 

The industries are represented by the three SIC codes and four NAICS codes presented in 

Exhibit 2-1. The NAICS codes replaced SIC codes in federal statistical data beginning in 1997. The SIC 

code for Structural Wood Members, Not Elsewhere Classified (n.e.c.) was divided into two NAICS codes 

for Engineered Wood Members and Truss Manufacturing. The ICR surveyed 416 potentially impacted 

facilities (EPA, 1998) , and an additional 15 facilities were identified that either did not respond to the 

survey or have commenced operation since the date of the survey. The Agency determined that of these 

431 facilities, 223 were impacted facilities, owned by 52 firms. 

EPA expects this rule to primarily impact certain facilities engaged in the manufacturing of 

softwood plywood, reconstituted wood products, and structural wood members. Exhibit 2-1 shows, for 

each of the three industry categories, the number of facilities EPA expects will experience compliance 

costs as a result of this MACT standard and the total number of facilities. The total estimated capital 

costs associated with the new MACT standard are $479 million. The annualized costs for affected 

facilities are $138 million on an annual basis, including monitoring, reporting, and record keeping costs 

(in 1999 dollars). Some unaffected facilities will also have monitoring, reporting, and record keeping 

costs of approximately $4 million per year. Therefore, the total annualized compliance costs are $142 

million (1999 dollars). 

Including costs associated with monitoring, reporting, and record keeping requirements, EPA 

expects 88 softwood plywood and veneer facilities to experience approximately 22 percent of the costs, 

38 oriented strandboard facilities to experience approximately 18 percent of the costs, 82 other wood 

composite (including medium density fiber (MDF), particle board (PB), and hardboard (HB)) to 

experience approximately 58 percent of costs, and engineered wood product facilities to bear the 

remaining 2 percent. Most of the discussions contained in this profile will emphasize the softwood 

plywood and reconstituted wood products industries because facilities in these industries will experience 

the greatest impacts associated with the new MACT standard. A discussion of the affected EWP facilities 

is presented in Section 4.4 of this chapter. 

2-1
Exhibit 2-1: 

SIC Code SIC Description NAICS Code 

NAICS 

Description 

Impacted 

Facilities* 

Total 

Facilities in 

Category 

2436 Softwood Veneer and 

Plywood 

321212 Softwood Veneer 

and Plywood 

66 155 

2493 Reconstituted Wood 321219 Reconstituted Total: 97 317 

SIC & NAICS Codes for the Plywood and Composite Wood Industries 

Products 

2439 Structural Wood 

Members, Not 

Elsewhere Classified 

321213 

321214 

Wood Products OSB: 23 

PB/MDF: 56 

HB: 18 

Engineered Wood 

Members (Except 

Truss) 

3 

Truss 

Manufacturing 

0 

3 

992 

5

* Does not include number of facilities with MRR costs only. 

Sources: MRI (1999), U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (1998), Dun & Bradstreet (1999a), U.S. Department of 

Commerce (1999a). 

Producers of plywood and composite wood products also engage in additional manufacturing 

activities including furniture and wholesale timber production. In some cases, their primary SIC code2 

may be one other than those listed in Exhibit 2-1. The facilities with a primary SIC codes other than for 

plywood and wood composite manufacturers are shown in Exhibit 2-2. The operations related to these 

other SIC codes are unlikely to be affected by the MACT standard. In addition, the number of facilities 

identified as potentially affected by this rule relative to the total number of establishments in all categories 

is extremely small (under one percent for all categories). Therefore, this profile focuses on the SIC and 

NAICS listed in Exhibit 2-1. In particular, the profile will focus on the softwood plywood and veneer and 

reconstituted wood products industries. All facilities that are impacted by the MACT standard are 

included in these analyses, regardless of their primary SIC or NAICS code. 

2

See section 2.4.3.1 for a description of how primary SIC codes were assigned to the surveyed facilities. 

2-2 
Exhibit 2-2: Other Primary SIC and NAICS Codes for the Plywood and Wood Composite Industries 

SIC Description NAICS NAICS Title 

Facilities 

in ICR 

Impacted 

Facilities 

Total 

Facilities in 

Category 

2421 Sawmills 

and 

Planning 

Mills, 

General 

321113 

321912 

321918 

321999 

Sawmills 

Cut Stock, Resawing Lumber, & Planning 

Other Millwork (including Flooring) 

All Other Miscellaneous Wood Product 

Manufacturing 

32 13 5,815 

2426 Hardwood 

Dimension 

and Flooring 

Mills 

321113 

321912 

321918 

387215 

Sawmills 

Cut Stock, Resawing Lumber, & Planning 

Other Millwork (including Flooring) 

Showcase, Partition, Shelving, and Locker 

Manufacturing 

5 0 833 

2448 Wood 

Pallets and 

Skids 

321920 Wood Container and Pallet Manufacturing 

1 0 1,929 

2499 Wood 

Products, 

Not 

Elsewhere 

Classified 

321920 

333414 

339999 

321999 

Wood Container and Pallet Manufacturing 

Heating Equipment Manufacturing 

All Other Miscellaneous Manufacturing 

All Other Miscellaneous Wood Product 

Manufacturing 

4 0 2,760 

251 

1 

Wood 

Househol 

d 

Furniture, 

Except 

Upholster 

ed 

33712 

2 

33721 

5 

Non-upholstered Wood Household 

Furniture Manufacturing 

Showcase, Partition, Shelving, and 

Locker Manufacturing 13 0 2,785 

Sources: MRI (1999), U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (1998), Dun & Bradstreet (1999a), U.S. 

Department of Commerce (1999a). 

Section 2.2 of this chapter describes the supply side of the affected industries and characterizes the 

production process, the products concerned, and the costs of production. Section 2.3 examines the 

demand side of the affected industries, product uses, and consumers. Section 2.4 characterizes the 

facilities and firms that comprise the industry, their organization, and their financial conditions. Finally, 

Section 2.5 describes the markets and discusses domestic production and consumption, international 

trade, and prices. 

2.2 The Supply Side 

The following section contains information concerning the supply of plywood and composite 

wood products. This section describes the production processes of each of the aforementioned industries. 

It then presents the products, by-products, and co-products of each industry. Lastly, the costs of 

production for each of the three industries are presented. Factors, such as industry shipments, costs of 

materials, fuels and electricity, payroll, capital expenditures, and materials consumed are all examined. 

2-3
2.2.1 Production Process 

This section discusses three categories of plywood and wood composites production: plywood 

and veneer; particleboard, strand and fiber composites; and structural wood members. The construction 

of plywood, consists basically of combining an odd number of layers of veneer, with each layer having 

one or more plies. Hardwood plywood is generally made by applying a hardwood veneer to the face and 

back of a softwood plywood, MDF, or particleboard panel. The differences between the hardwood and 

softwood processes occur because of different inputs and markets. Particleboard, oriented strandboard, 

fiberboard, and hardboard are all processed similarly. These three types of reconstituted wood products 

are manufactured by combining fragmented pieces of wood and wood fiber into a cohesive mat of wood 

particles, fibers, and strands. Structural wood members are the products of multiple manufacturing 

techniques. This section describes the production of glue-laminated timber and the three types of 

structural composite lumber: laminated veneer lumber, parallel strand lumber, and laminated strand 

lumber. 

2.2.1.1 General Considerations for Plywood and Wood Composites Manufacturing 

Release of hazardous air pollutants (HAPs) is primarily associated with drying and pressing 

processes in the manufacturing of plywood and wood composites. Coating processes are intrinsically 

related to the manufacturing process and result in further emissions through drying and pressing. 

Conventional wood composites are generally made with a thermosetting or heat-curing resin or adhesive 

that holds wood fiber together. Commonly used resin-binder systems include phenol-formaldehyde, ureaformaldehyde, melamine-formaldehyde, and propionaldehyde. A number of additives are used in the 

manufacturing of wood composites as well. Most notably, wax is used to provide finished products with 

resistance to water penetration. Other additives include preservatives, fire retardants, and impregnating 

resins. 

While there is a broad range of plywood and wood composites and many applications for such 

products, this section of the profile groups the production processes of these products into three general 

categories: plywood and veneer; particle board, strand and fiber composites; and structural wood 

members. Further descriptions of the production processes for each of these categories are provided in 

this section. 

2.2.1.2 Plywood and Veneer3 

Construction of plywood relies on combining an odd number of layers of veneer. Layers consist 

of one or more than one ply with the wood grain running in the same direction. Outside plies are called 

faces or face and back plies, while the inner plies are called cores or centers. Layers may vary in number, 

thickness, species, and grade of wood. To distinguish the number of plies (individual sheets of veneer in 

a panel) from the number of layers (number of times the grain orientation changes), panels are sometimes 

described as three-ply, three-layer, or four-ply, three-layer. 

As described above, veneer is one of the main components of plywood. Most softwood plants 

produce plywood veneer for their own use. Of facilities reporting drying of veneer, 86 percent of the 

veneer produced was used for in-facility plywood production. Only approximately 7 percent of the 

facilities in the ICR survey produced veneer solely for outside sales and non-internal plywood use (EPA, 

1998). 

3

The descriptions contained in this section rely primarily on U.S. EPA’s Lumber and Wood Products Sector 

Notebook (1995). 

2-4 
The general processes for making softwood includes: log debarking, log steaming and/or soaking, 

veneer cutting, veneer drying, veneer preparation, glue application, pressing, panel trimming, and panel 

sanding. Softwood plywood is generally made with relatively thick faces (1/10 inch and thicker) and 

with exterior or intermediate glue. This glue provides protection in construction and industrial uses 

where moderate delays in providing weather protection might be expected or conditions of high humidity 

and water leakage may exist. Figure 2-1 below presents a diagram of the plywood production process. 

Logs delivered to a plant are sorted, then debarked and cut into peeler blocks. Almost all 

hardwood and many softwood blocks are heated prior to peeling the veneer to soften the wood. The 

peeler blocks are heated by steaming, soaking in hot water, spraying with hot water, or combinations of 

these methods. Heated blocks are then conveyed to a veneer lathe. The block, gripped at either end and 

rotated at high speed, is fed against a stationary knife parallel to its length. Veneer is peeled from the 

block in continuous, uniform sheets. Depending on its intended use, veneer may range in thickness from 

1/16 to 3/16 (1.6mm to 4.8mm) for softwood and much thinner for hardwood and decorative plywood 

uses (Youngquist, 1999). Slicing methods are also used to produce hardwood decorative veneers 

generally in thicknesses of 1/24 inch and thinner. 

After peeling, the continuous sheets of veneer are transported by conveyor to a clipping station 

where it is clipped. In softwood mills and some hardwood mills, high-speed clippers automatically chop 

the veneer ribbons to usable widths and defects are removed. In many hardwood mills, clipping may be 

done manually to obtain the maximum amount of clear material. Wet clipped veneer is then dried. 

Proper drying is necessary to ensure moisture content is low enough for adhesives to be effective. 

Dryers 

Two types of dryers are used in softwood veneer mills: roller resistant dryers, heated by forced 

air; and “platen” dryers, heated by steam. In older roller dryers, also still widely used for hardwood 

veneer, air is circulated through a zone parallel to the veneer. Most plants built in recent years use jet 

dryers (also called impingement dryers) that direct a current of air, at a velocity of 2,000 to 4,000 feet per 

minute, through small tubes on the surface of the veneer. Veneer dryers may be heated indirectly with 

steam, generated by a separate boiler, which is circulated through internal coils in contact with dryer air. 

Dryers may also be heated directly by the combustion gases of a gas- or wood-fired burner. The gas-fired 

burner is located inside the dryer, whereas combustion gases from a wood-fired burner are mixed with 

recirculating dryer air in a blend box outside the dryer and then transported into the dryer. Veneer dryers 

tend to release organic aerosols, gaseous organic compounds, and small amounts of wood fiber into the 

atmosphere. Once dried, veneer is sorted and graded for particular uses. 

2-5
Figure 2-1: 

Source: U.S. EPA (1995). 

2-6
Adhesives 

Plywood manufacturing begins with the veneer sent to a lay-up area for adhesive application. 

Various adhesive application systems are used including hard rolls, sponge rolls, curtain coaters, sprayers, 

and foam extruders. The most common application for softwood plywood is an air or airless spray system, 

which generally uses a fixed-head applicator capable of a 10-foot wide spray at a nozzle pressure of 300 

pounds per square inch (psi). The phenol-formaldehyde (PF) adhesives typical in softwood plywood 

manufacturing is made from resins synthesized in regional plants and shipped to individual plywood 

mills. At the mills, the resins are combined with extenders, fillers, catalysts, and caustic to modify the 

viscosity of the adhesive. This glue mixing has several additional effects: allowing the adhesive to be 

compatible with the glue application method (curtain, roll, spray, foam); allowing for better adhesive 

distribution; increasing the cure rate; and lowering cost. 

Presses 

Following the application of glue, the panels must be pressed. The purpose of the press is to bring 

the veneers into close contact so that the glue layer is very thin. At this point, resin is heated to the 

temperature required for the glue to bond. Most plywood plants first use a cold press at lower pressure 

prior to final pressing in the hot press. This allows the wet adhesive to "tack" the veneers together, 

permits easier loading of the hot-press, and prevents shifting of the veneers during loading. Pressing is 

usually performed in multi-opening presses, which can produce 20 to 40 4x8-foot panels in each two- to 

seven-minute pressing cycle. 

Finishing 

After pressing, stationary circular saws trim up to one inch from each side of the pressed plywood 

to produce square-edged sheets. Approximately 20 percent of annual softwood plywood production is 

then sanded. As sheets move through enclosed automatic sanders, pneumatic collectors above and below 

the plywood continuously remove the sander dust. Sawdust in trimming operations is also removed by 

pneumatic collectors. The plywood trim and sawdust are burned as fuel or sold to reconstituted panel 

plants. 

2.2.1.3 Particle, Strand, and Fiber Composites4 

This group of products falls into the SIC or NAICS code category of reconstituted wood 

products. The impacted facilities in this category manufacture the following products (MRI, 1999). 

• Medium density fiberboard 

• Oriented stand board 

• Particleboard 

• Hardboard 

All particle, strand and fiber composites are processed in similar ways. Raw material for 

particleboard, oriented strandboard (OSB), fiberboard, and hardboard is obtained by flaking or chipping 

wood. The general process then includes wood drying, adhesive application, and forming a mat of wood 

particles, fibers, or strands. The mat is then pressed in a platen-type press under heat and pressure until 

the adhesive is cured. The bonded panel is finally cooled and further processed into specified width, 

4

The descriptions in this section rely primarily on Chapter 10 of the USDA’s Forest Products Laboratory 

Wood Handbook (Youngquist, 1999). 

2-7 
length, and surface qualities. Specific details regarding the production processes for different products 

are provided below. 

Particleboard 

Generally, particleboard is produced by mechanically reducing wood materials into small 

particles, applying adhesive to the particles, and consolidating a loose mat with heat and pressure into a 

panel product. Particleboard is typically made in three layers with the faces consisting of finer material 

and the core using coarser material. Particleboard can also be made from a variety of agricultural 

residues, including kenaf core, jute stick, cereal straw, and rice husks depending on the region. EPA does 

not expect facilities that produce particleboard made from agricultural residues, also called agriboard, to 

experience compliance cost impacts associated with the new MACT standard. EPA expects only one 

facility that produces molded particleboard to experience compliance cost impacts (MRI, 1999). 

The raw materials, or "furnish," that are used to manufacture reconstituted wood products can be 

either green or dry wood residues. Green residues include planer shavings from green lumber and green 

sawdust. Dry process residues include shavings from planing kiln-dried lumber, sawdust, sander dust, 

and plywood trim. The wood residues are ground into particles of varying sizes using flakers, mechanical 

refiners, and hammermills, and are then classified according to their physical properties. 

After classification, the furnish is dried to a low moisture content (two to seven percent) to allow 

for moisture that will be gained by the adding of resins and other additives during blending. Most dryers 

currently in operation in particle and fiber composite manufacturing plants use large volumes of air to 

convey material of varied size through one or more passes within the dryer. Rotating drum dryers 

requiring one to three passes of the furnish are most common. The use of triple-pass dryers predominates 

in the United States. Dryer temperatures may be as high as 1,100 - 1,200° F with a wet furnish. 

However, dry planer shavings require that dryer temperatures be no higher than 500° F because the 

ignition point of dry wood is 446° F. Many dryers are directly heated by dry fuel suspension burners. 

Others are heated by burning oil or natural gas. Direct-fired rotary drum dryers release emissions such as 

wood dust, combustion products, fly ash, and organic compounds evaporated from the extractable portion 

of the wood. Steam-heated and natural gas-fired dryers will have no fly ash. 

The furnish is then blended with synthetic adhesives, wax, and other additives distributed via 

spray nozzles, simple tubes, or atomizers. Resin may be added as received (usually as an aqueous 

solution), or mixed with water, wax emulsion, catalyst, or other additives. Waxes are added to impart 

water repellency and dimensional stability to the boards upon wetting. Particles for particleboard are 

mixed with the additive in short retention time blenders, through which the furnish passes in seconds. 

The furnish and resin mixture is then formed into mats using a dry process. This procedure uses air or a 

mechanical system to distribute the furnish onto a moving caul (tray), belt, or screen. Particleboard mats 

are often formed of layers of different sized particles, with the larger particles in the core, and the finer 

particles on the outside of the board. The mats are hot pressed to increase their density and to cure the 

resin. Most plants use multi-opening platen presses. Though more popular in Europe, the continuous 

press is currently being used in particleboard plants in the United States. 

Primary finishing steps for all reconstituted wood panels include cooling or hot stacking, grading, 

trimming/cutting, and sanding. Cooling is important for UF-resin-cured boards since the resin degrades at 

high temperatures after curing. Boards bonded using PF resins may be hot-stacked to provide additional 

curing time. Secondary finishing steps include filling, painting, laminating, and edge finishing. The vast 

majority of manufacturers do not apply secondary finishes to their panels; panels are finished primarily by 

end-users such as cabinet and furniture manufacturers. Panels are also finished by laminators who then 

sell the finished panels to furniture and cabinet manufacturers. 

2-8
Oriented Strandboard (OSB) 

OSB is an engineered structural-use panel manufactured from thin wood strands bonded together 

with waterproof resin under heat and pressure. OSB manufacturing begins with debarked logs usually 

heated in soaking ponds sliced into wood strands typically measuring 4.5 to 6 inches long (114 to 

152mm). Green strands are stored in wet bins and then dried in a traditional triple-pass dryer, a singlepass dryer, a combination triple–pass/single-pass dryer, or a three-section dryer. A recent advance in 

drying technology is a continuous chain dryer, in which strands are laid between two chain mats so the 

strands are held in place as they move through the dryer. 

After drying, blending and mat formation take place, blending of strands with adhesive and wax 

takes place in separate rotating blenders for face and core strands. Different resin formulations are 

typically used for face and core layers. Face resins may be liquid or powdered phenolics, while core 

resins may be phenolics or isocyantes. Mat formers take on a number of configurations to align strands 

along the length and width of the panel. Oriented layers of strands are dropped sequentially (face, core, 

face, for example), each by a different forming head. The mat is then transported by conveyer belt to the 

press. Hot pressing involves the compression of the loose layered mat of oriented strands under heat and 

pressure to cure the resin. Most plants utilize multi-opening presses that can form as many as sixteen 12-

by 24-ft (3.7- by 7.3m) panels simultaneously. Recent development of a continuous press for OSB can 

consolidate the oriented and layer mat in 3 to 5 minutes. 

Fiber Composites 

Fiber composites include hardboard, medium-density fiberboard (MDF), fiberboard, and 

insulation board. In order to make fibers for these composites, bonds between the wood fibers must be 

broken. This is generally done through refining of the material, which involves grinding or shearing of 

the material into wood fibers as it is forced between rotating disks. Refining can be augmented by water 

soaking, steam cooking (digesting), or chemical treatments as well. 

Fiber composites are classified by density and can involve either a wet process or a dry process. 

High and medium density boards, such as hardboard and MDF, apply a dry process. Wet processes can 

be used for high-density hardboard and low-density insulation board (fiberboard). Dry process involves 

adhesive-coated fibers that are dried in a tube dryer and air-laid into a mat for pressing. 

Wet processes differ from the dry processes. This process involves the utilization of water as a 

distributing medium for fibers in a mat. Further differences lie in the lack of additional binding agents in 

some wet processes. The technology is very much like paper manufacturing in this pulp-based aspect. 

Natural bonding in the wood fibers occurs in this process. Refining in this process relies on developing 

material that can achieve this binding with a degree of “freeness” for removal from mats. The wet 

process involves a continuously moving mesh screen, onto which pulp flows. Water is drawn off through 

the screen and through a series of press rolls. The wet fiber mats are dried in a conveyor-type dryer as 

they move to the press. Wet process hardboard is then pressed in multi-open presses heated by steam. 

Fiberboard is not pressed. 

Manufacturers use several treatments alone or together to increase dimensional stability and 

mechanical performance of both wet and dry process hardboards. Heat treatment exposes pressed 

fiberboard to dry heat, reducing water absorption and improving fiber bonding. Tempering is the heat 

treatment of pressed boards preceded by the addition of oil. Humidification is the addition of water to 

bring board moisture content into equilibrium with the air. 

2-9
2.2.1.4 Structural Wood Members5 

Structural wood members, such as glue-laminated timbers and structural composite timber, are 

manufactured using a number of methods. Glue-laminated timber, or glulam, is an engineered product 

formed with two or more layers of lumber glued together in which the grain of all layers, called 

laminations, is oriented parallel to the length of the lumber. Glulam products also include lumber glued 

to panel products, such I-joists and box beams. Structural composite lumber consists of small pieces of 

wood glued together into sizes common for solid-sawn lumber. 

Glue-Laminated Timber (Glulam) 

Glulam is a material that is made from suitably selected and prepared pieces of wood, either 

straight or curved, with the grain of all pieces essentially parallel to the longitudinal axis of the member. 

The manufacturing process for glulam involves four major steps: (1) drying and grading, (2) end jointing, 

(3) face bonding, and (4) finishing and fabricating. 

Structural Composite Lumber 

The are three major types of structural composite lumber: laminated veneer lumber, parallel 

strand lumber, and laminated strand lumber. Each is described in more detail below, however, the general 

manufacturing process for these composites is similar. 

Laminated veneer lumber (LVL) is manufactured by laminating veneer with all plies parallel to 

the length. This process utilizes veneer 1/8 to 1/10 inches. (3.2 to 2.5 mm) thick, which are hot pressed 

with phenol-formaldehyde adhesive to form lumber of 8 to 60 feet (2.4 to 18.3 m) in length. The veneer 

used for LVL must be carefully selected to achieve the proper design characteristics. Ultrasonic testing is 

often used to sort veneer required for LVL. Once the veneer has been selected, end jointing occurs 

followed by adhesive application and continuous pressing. 

Parallel strand lumber (PSL) is a composite of wood strand elements with wood fibers primarily 

oriented along the length of the member. PSL is manufactured using veneer about 1/8 inch (3 mm) thick, 

which is then clipped into 3/4 inch (19 mm) wide strands. The process can utilize waste material from a 

plywood or LVL operation. Strands are coated with a waterproof structural adhesive, and oriented using 

special equipment to ensure proper placement and distribution. The pressing operation results in 

densification of the material. Adhesives are cured using microwave technology. As with LVL, the 

continuous pressing method is used. 

Laminated strand lumber (LSL) is produced using an extension of the technology used to produce 

oriented strandboard structural panels. LSL uses longer strands than those commonly used in OSB 

manufacturing. LSL is pressed into a billet several inches thick in a steam-injection press, as opposed to 

an OSB panel pressed in a multi-opening platen press. The product also requires a greater degree of 

alignment of the strands at higher pressures, which result in increased densification. 

2.2.2 Products, By-Products, and Co-Products 

Exhibit 2-3 presents products, corresponding SIC and NAICS codes, and product examples of the 

plywood and composite wood products industry. 

5

The descriptions in this section rely primarily on Chapter 11 of the USDA’s Forest Products Laboratory 

Wood Handbook (Moody and Liu, 1999). 

2-10 
2-11

The plywood and composite wood products industries have unique manufacturing processes in

their use of waste wood products as an input for additional products. 

and other wood by-products are inputs to many wood composites. embers were

developed in response to the increasing demand for high quality lumber when it became difficult to obtain

this type of lumber from forest resources. ore, many of the by- and co-products from one process

may be used in another.

Exhibit 2-3: 

Product Description SIC NAICS Example Products

Softwood Veneer and

Plywood

2436 321212 Panels, softwood plywood

Plywood, softwood

Softwood plywood composites

Softwood veneer or plywood

Veneer mills, softwood

Reconstituted Wood

Products

2493 321219 Board, bagasse

Flakeboard

Hardboard

Insulating siding, broad-mitse

Insulation board, cellular fiber or hard pressed 

Lath, fiber

Medium density fiberboard (MDF)

Particleboard

Reconstituted wood panels

Strandboard, oriented

Wafer-board

Wall tile, fiberboard

Wallboard, wood fiber

Structural Wood

Members, Not

Elsewhere Classified

2439 321213 Arches, glue-laminated or pre-engineered wood

Fabricated structural wood members

Finger joint lumber manufacturing

I-joists, wood

Laminated structural wood members

Laminated veneer lumber

Parallel strand lumber

Structural wood members (except trusses)

321214 Floor trusses, wood, glue-laminated or pre-engineered

Roof trusses, wood, glue-laminated or pre-engineered

Source: U.S. Department of Labor, OSHA (no date).

Exhibit 2-4 provides ratios of specialization and coverage (product mix) calculated by the U.S.

Census Bureau for the last three Censuses of Manufacturers. ary” SIC code to

each establishment which corresponds to the SIC code for the largest (by value) single type of product

shipped by the establishment. from that establishment that are classified in the

same industry as the establishment are considered “primary,” and all other products shipped by the

establishment are considered “secondary.” then calculates various measures to illustrate the

product mix between primary and secondary products in each industry. The specialization ratio

represents the ratio of total primary product shipments to total product shipments for all establishments

classified in the industry. The coverage ratio represents the ratio of primary products shipped by the

Planer shavings, sawdust, edgings,

Structural wood m

Theref

SIC and NAICS Codes and Products

The Census assigns a “prim

The products shipped 

The Census 
2-12

establishments classified in the industry to the total shipments of these products shipped by all

establishments classified in all industries. 

As Exhibit 2-4 illustrates, all three industries have specialization ratios well above 80 percent and

coverage ratios above 90 percent. plies that most establishments with these SIC codes are highly

specialized, and that most product shipments of each type originate in establishments with these SIC

codes. C and NAICS industries provide information on the

primary production of facilities engaged in plywood and wood composite manufacturing. 

have been stable over time.

Exhibit 2-4: 

SIC NAICS Description 1982 1987 1992 1997

2436 321212 Softwood Veneer and Plywood

Primary products specialization ratio 87 87 84 88

Coverage ratio 96 95 94 95

2493 321219 Reconstituted Wood Products

Primary products specialization ratio 96 97 96 97

Coverage ratio 97 95 95 97

2439 321213 Structural Wood Members, N.E.C./Engineered Wood Members

Primary products specialization ratio 96 97 96 95

Coverage ratio 95 97 97 96

2439 321214 Structural Wood Members, N.E.C./Truss Manufacturing

Primary products specialization ratio 96 97 96 96

Coverage ratio 95 97 97 94

Source: U.S. Department of Commerce (1999a and 1995b).

2.2.3 Costs of Production

Exhibit 2-5 provides information on the overall value of shipments (VOS) and production costs (a

component of operating expenses) by SIC code as reported by the Bureau of the Census. pical of many

intermediate goods, the cost of materials is the largest portion of production costs, with payroll

constituting 15-20 percent of VOS. ber supply plays a large role in industry costs. 

this decade, reductions in public timber supply, especially reductions in National Forest timber harvests,

combined with the economy’s continued demands for wood has led to substantial increases in the cost of

timber (Spelter, 1997).

This im

Therefore, the Census data on these SI

These ratios

Specialization and Coverage Ratios, 1982 - 1997

Ty

In particular, tim In
2-13

Exhibit 2-5: 

(Thousands of 1997 Dollars)

1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 % Change

Softwood Veneer and Plywood (SIC 2436, NAICS 321212)

Industry Shipments 7,321,641 6,400,683 6,755,571 7,725,037 6,525,702 5,748,047 -21.5%

Cost of Materials 4,169,048 3,671,638 4,097,921 4,736,984 4,330,167 3,795,985 -8.9%

Fuels & Electricity 220,039 178,592 178,601 183,507 176,759 161,239 -26.7%

Payroll 1,112,158 897,839 883,819 1,047,092 1,006,792 912,613 -17.9%

Ratio of Costs to

Shipments 75% 74% 76% 77% 84% 85%

Reconstituted Wood Products (SIC 2493, NAICS 321219)

Industry Shipments 5,350,565 4,951,902 5,517,234 5,827,821 5,561,099 5,278,809 -1.3%

Cost of Materials 2,400,670 2,144,060 2,342,362 2,582,565 2,697,471 2,633,139 9.7%

Fuels & Electricity 327,706 250,814 268,934 316,876 321,390 350,950 7.1%

Payroll 825,718 699,627 707,179 810,753 855,237 798,767 -3.3%

Ratio of Costs to

Shipments 66% 62% 60% 64% 70% 72%

Structural wood members (SIC 2439, NAICS 321213 and 321214)

Industry Shipments 3,367,525 3,281,578 4,295,002 4,739,339 5,096,809 5,112,873 51.8%

Cost of Materials 1,958,576 1,966,635 2,584,765 2,863,098 3,154,297 3,007,103 53.5%

Fuels & Electricity 35,486 33,406 34,585 39,595 42,621 42,090 18.6%

Payroll 692,377 604,180 740,318 867,510 947,403 954,694 37.9%

Ratio of Costs to

Shipments 80% 79% 78% 80% 81% 78%

All dollars adjusted to 1997 using Producer Price Index for Lumber and Wood Products (SIC 24).

Source: U.S. Department of Census (1999a).

From these data, one can estimate the sector-wide ratio of production costs to VOS. The ratio of

costs (materials, fuels and electricity, and payroll) to the VOS has been increasing over the 1992 to 1997

period for softwood plywood and veneer and reconstituted wood products. The data in Exhibit 2-5 show

that 1997 cost to shipment ratios range between 72 percent (reconstituted wood products) and 85 percent

(softwood veneer and plywood). easure indicates the proportion of the revenues received for the

goods produced that are associated with production expenses (materials, fuel and electricity, and payroll). 

Figures 2-2 and 2-3 present cost and VOS data for the softwood plywood and reconstituted wood

products industries, respectively.

Summary of Annual Costs and Shipments, 1992 -1997

This m
Figure 2-2: Softwood Plywood and Veneer Value of Shipments and Production Costs, 1992 - 1997 

-

2,000,000 

4,000,000 

6,000,000 

8,000,000 

Thousands of Dollars (1997) 

1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 

Year 

VOS - Total Costs 

Payroll 

Fuels & Electricity 

Cost of Materials 

Source: U.S. Department of Commerce (1999a).

Note: Total costs in this figure is the sum of payroll, fuels & electricity, and materials costs.

Figure 2-3: Reconstituted Wood Products Value of Shipments and Production Costs, 1992 - 1997 

-

1,000,000 

2,000,000 

3,000,000 

4,000,000 

5,000,000 

6,000,000 

Thousands of Dollars (1997) 

1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 

Ye ar 

VOS - Total Cos ts 

Payroll 

Fuels & Electricity 

Cost of Materials 

Source: U.S. Department of Commerce (1999a).

Note: Total costs in this figure is the sum of payroll, fuels & electricity, and materials costs.

2-14
2-15

The cost to shipment ratio does not reflect other operating expenses such as non-payroll

employment expenses, taxes, interest, or depreciation. 

variable or fixed nature. an approximate measure of how much cash, at a gross

level, the industries are generating to cover all operating expenses, use for capital investment, and provide

a return to owners. easure is somewhat crude, it indicates that the impacts of the rule may

potentially be more significant for the softwood plywood and veneer industry than for reconstituted wood

products.

Exhibit 2-6 and Exhibit 2-7 provide information on materials consumed by kind in 1997 for the

three sectors. wood and veneer manufacturing, 81.6 percent of material costs result from

timber and veneer purchasing. present 5.7 percent of the material costs in the

softwood plywood and veneer industry.

Exhibit 2-6: 

Softwood Plywood and Veneer, 1997

Materials Consumed

 Delivered Cost

($1,000)*

% of Total

Materials

Stumpage cost (cost of timber, excluding land,

cut and consumed at same establishment) 346,854 9.4%

Hardwood logs and bolts 64,617 1.7%

Softwood logs and bolts 2,218,800 60.0%

Hardwood veneer 27,355 0.7%

Softwood veneer 363,583 9.8%

Glues and adhesives 210,105 5.7%

All other materials 471,717 12.7%

TOTAL 3,703,031 100%

* Excludes costs of resales and contract work.

Source: U.S. Department of Commerce (1999a).

Figure 2-4 shows the percentage materials consumed by kind by the softwood plywood and veneer

industry in 1997.

Nor does it indicate whether the expenses are of a

However, it does provide 

While this m

In softwood ply

Glues and adhesives re

Materials Consumed By Kind for 
2-16

Figure 2-4: Materials Consumed by Softwood Plywood and Veneer Products, 1997

Softwood veneer

9.8%

Glues & adhesives

5.7%

All other materials

12.7%

Softwood logs &

bolts

60.0% Hardwood veneer

0.7%

Hardwood logs &

bolts

1.7%

Stumpage cost

9.4%

Source: ent of Commerce (1999a).

Exhibit 2-7: 

Material Consumed Delivered Cost ($1,000)* % of Total Materials

Logs and bolts 80,891 3.2%

Pulpwood 400,579 15.7%

Chips, slabs, edgings, sawdust, and other

wood waste, and planer shavings

399,446 15.7%

Hardboard, MDF, and particleboard 346,052 13.6%

Paints, varnishes, lacquers, stains, shellacs,

enamels, and allied products

69,488 2.7%

Adhesives and resins 548,553 21.5%

Petroleum wax 61,173 2.4%

Vinyl and paper overlays 101,405 4.0%

All other materials, components parts,

containers and supplies

538,183 21.2%

TOTAL 2,545,770 100%

* Excludes costs of resales and contract work.

Source: U.S. Department of Commerce (1999a).

As with the plywood industry, timber products are the largest portion of costs for the

reconstituted wood product industry. Logs, pulpwood, wood materials, and other wood products account

for a combined 48.2 percent of material costs. wood and veneer manufacturing, reconstituted

wood products have higher material costs for adhesives and resins, compromising 21.5 percent of costs. 

Figure 2-5 shows the percentage of materials consumed by kind by the reconstituted wood products

industry for 1997.

U.S. Departm

Materials Consumed by Kind for Reconstituted Wood Products, 1997

Unlike ply
Figure 2-5: Materials Consumed by Reconstituted Wood Product Producers, 1997 

Hardboard, MDF, & 

particleboard 

13.6% 

Chips, slabs, edgings, 

sawdust, & other wood 

waste, & planner 

shavings 

15.7% 

Paints, varnishes, 

lacquers, stains, 

shellacs, enamels, & 

allied products 

2.7% 

Adhesives & resins 

21.5% 

All other materials, 

components' parts, 

containers & supplies 

21.2% 

Pulpwood 

15.7% 

Logs & bolts 

3.2% 

Vinyl & paper overlays 

4.0% 

Petroleum wax 

2.4% 

Source: U.S. Department of Commerce (1999a). 

Wood costs for plywood and wood composite manufacturing vary according to plant location, 

wood species, and facility efficiency. While there may be considerable variability in wood prices across 

regions, the last decade has seen substantial increase in wood prices across all regions. Wood use 

efficiency depends on wood species used, log temperature, speed of cutting, board compaction, and other 

process variables. Next to wood, adhesives and wax play an important role in industry costs, especially 

for the production of reconstituted wood products such as OSB, particleboard, and MDF (Spelter et al, 

1997). 

In 1995, sixteen percent of the output from the adhesive and sealant industry, SIC 2891, went to 

the wood products market. As such, a MACT standard that greatly reduces the demand for adhesives and 

sealants (or coatings) could potentially have a significant impact in the adhesive and sealant industry (Abt 

Associates Inc., 1997). The response on the part of the softwood plywood and veneer and reconstituted 

wood products industries will depend on the final requirements of the MACT standard and the 

attractiveness of comparable resin, adhesive and sealant products that do not contribute to HAP 

emissions. There will be many constraints on the ability of the impacted industries to switch away from 

current adhesives, as their products generally must meet certain requirements related to building codes. 

These properties are discussed in the next section. 

2.3 The Demand Side 

The following section contains information concerning the demand for plywood and veneer, 

reconstituted wood products, and structural wood members. The characteristics of plywood and wood 

composites are examined first, highlighting the numerous uses of these types of wood products. The 

consumers and users of plywood and wood composites are then examined, specifically analyzing the 

distribution of consumption. Substitution possibilities are addressed, looking at both wood and non-wood 

2-17
options. Lastly, the elasticities of demand of the plywood and composite wood products industries are 

discussed. 

2.3.1 Product Characteristics 

Plywood and composite wood products provide a more stable product over solid wood by 

reducing the variations between wood species, among trees of the same species, and even between wood 

from the same tree. Unlike solid wood which is evaluated at a cellular level, composite wood is evaluated 

at fiber, particle, flake, or veneer level. Properties of products can be changed by combining, 

reorganizing, or stratifying these different elements. Control of the size of particles used in producing 

composite wood products provides the chief means by which materials can be produced with 

predetermined properties (Youngquist, 1999). 

Strength is a crucial factor in determining the applicability of plywood and wood composites to 

structural and other manufacturing uses. Stiffness and strength properties of a wood product depend 

primarily on the constituents from which these products are made. The basic wood elements can be made 

in a great variety of sizes and shapes, and may utilize any number of wood species. Plywood can be 

manufactured from over 70 species of wood. The choices available for wood composites is almost 

unlimited. Types of adhesives and bonding-agents also play an important role in the strength of a 

composite wood product. 

Durability will also determine the market for wood composites. Panels used for exterior 

applications will have a fully waterproof bond and are designed for permanent exposure to weather and 

moisture. Interior panels may lack the waterproof bond and be manufactured with glue products designed 

for interior use. 

Depending on the wood composite, a range of sizes and thicknesses are available. The range of 

structural applications for which these products are used requires production of several standardized sizes 

as well as custom-made pieces. Sizes and thicknesses will depend on the type of wood composite product 

and the market for which it is primarily produced. 

Wood panels and other composite wood structures are subject to performance-type standards as 

outlined by various industry organizations. A number of organizations including American Plywood 

Association - The Engineered Wood Association, Composite Panel Association (CPA), American 

Hardboard Association, and others monitor products produced by their member firms to assure highquality production and industry conformity with testing and performance standards. 

2.3.2 Consumers and Uses 

Exhibit 2-8 shows industry output by SIC code. Output of plywood and veneer goes mainly to 

the construction sector, primarily to the residential housing and repair industries. Almost one third of 

plywood goes to the manufacturing sector, part of which is used as an input for other plywood 

production, and part of which goes for furniture and other durable goods manufacturing. The “Other” 

category is made up of foreign trade, inventory change, and wholesale trade. The outputs for 

reconstituted wood products, including particleboard, are more evenly split between construction and 

manufacturing, The “Other” category for reconstituted wood products is made up of sales to state and 

local government, foreign trade, and services (Gale Business Resources, 1999). 

2-18
Exhibit 2-8: Consumption of Industry Outputs, by SIC Code 

SIC SIC Description Construction Manufacturing Other 

2436 Softwood veneer and plywood 63.5% 27.9% 8.6% 

2493 Reconstituted wood products 45.7% 47.6% 6.7% 

2439 Structural wood members 94.8% 0.6% 4.6% 

Source: Gale Business Resources (1999). 

The major use of structural panel products is for construction activities. Panel products include those 

products such as plywood, OSB, particleboard, and others formed as a panel. These products may be 

used for floor systems, exterior walls, roofing, and exterior siding. Figure 2-6 shows the industry outputs 

by percentage for the softwood plywood and veneer industry. 

Figure 2-6 Industry Outputs of Softwood Plywood and Veneer Industry 

Manufacturing 

27.9% 

Other 

Construction 8.6%

63.5% 

Source: Gale Business Resources (1999). 

2-19
2-20

Figure 2-7 shows the industry outputs by percentage for the reconstituted wood products industry.

Figure 2-7: Industry Outputs of Reconstituted Wood Products Industry

Manufacturing

47.6%

Other

6.7%

Construction

45.7%

Source: Gale Business Resources (1999).

MDF and particleboard are two products of the reconstituted wood products industry. Exhibits 2-9 and 2-

10 below show the downstream uses of MDF and particleboard in 1997. 

20 percent of the output is used for household furniture, and the remainder is used for construction,

shelving, cabinetry and other customized applications.

Exhibit 2-9: MDF Shipments by Downstream Market, 1997

Downstream Use Million ft2 Percent

Household Furniture 247.8 19%

Custom Laminators 208.6 16%

Stocking Distributors 286.9 22%

Kitchen and Bath 65.2 5%

Molding 130.4 10%

Millwork 65.2 5%

Partitions and fixtures 65.2 5%

All Other 182.6 14%

Other (n.e.c.) 52.2 4%

Total 1,304.0 100%

Source: Composite Panel Association (1998).

For each of the products, about
2-21

Exhibit 2-10: Particleboard Shipments by Downstream Market, 1997

Downstream Use Million ft2 Percent

Household Furniture 889.0 20%

Custom Laminators 711.2 16%

Stocking Distributors 755.7 17%

Kitchen and Bath 711.2 16%

Flooring Products 400.1 9%

Office Furniture 266.7 6%

Door Core 177.8 4%

All Other 400.1 9%

Other (n.e.c.) 133.4 3%

Total 4,445.2 100%

Source: Composite Panel Association (1998).

Construction Activities

Over sixty percent of the softwood plywood and veneer industry output and approximately 50

percent of the reconstituted wood products industry output goes to the construction sector, primarily to

the construction, remodeling and repair of single and multiple family dwellings. ajority of the

work performed by the construction sector is associated with single family dwellings, and the largest

share of their costs is associated with materials such as wood-based materials. 

housing starts have been quite strong since 1996 and are expected to continue through at least this year. 

Housing start activity is closely linked to general economic conditions, employment, income, and interest

rates. odeling expenditures have declined in real terms, as would be expected. 

Generally, more renovation and remodeling takes place during periods when fewer new houses are being

constructed ent of Commerce, 1995a).

Exhibit 2-11: Housing Market Indicators, 1988 - 1997

Year New Housing Units

(thousand)

Renovation and Remodeling

Expenditures

(million current $)

Renovation and Remodeling

Expenditures 

(million 1992 $)

1988 1,706 101,117 110,874

1989 1,574 100,891 106,425

1990 1,381 106,773 109,175

1991 1,185 97,528 98,813

1992 1,411 103,734 103,734

1993 1,542 108,304 104,339

1994 1,761 115,030 106,411

1995 1,694 111,683 99,362

1996 1,838 114,919 99,756

1997 1,828 118,423 99,431

Source: Howard (1999).

Because economic conditions can vary between regions in the U.S., the impact of housing starts

on demand for wood-based construction materials can vary. plified

by differing local preferences, housing codes, and availability of specific wood-based products.

The m

As Exhibit 2-11 shows,

Renovation and rem

(U.S. Departm

This regional variation is further am
2-22

Wood Furniture Industry

The wood furniture industry produces output for a high value added market. 

shows the value of shipments from the household furniture sector. 

of this sector. estic shipments and apparent consumption of household wood furniture have

experienced modest growth since 1989, indicating that the shipments from the softwood plywood and

veneer and reconstituted wood products industries to the furniture sector has had limited experience for

growth.

Exhibit 2-12: Trade for Household Furniture (SIC 251), 1989 -1996

(Millions of 1997 Dollars)*

1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996

%

Change

Value of product

shipments 22,477 21,521 21,949 22,823 24,038 24,355 na 6

Value of imports 3,301 3,200 3,117 3,368 3,723 4,201 4,586 5,047 53

Value of exports 565 884 1,091 1,252 1,298 1,385 1,361 1,342 237

Apparent Consumption 25,792 24,793 23,547 24,065 25,248 26,854 27,580 na 7

*Values adjusted to 1997 dollars using PPI for Furniture and Household Durables 

Source: U.S. Department of Commerce (1999a).

Wood furniture manufacturers constitute a large portion of the demand, 20 to 30 percent, of the woodbased products other than structural panels and structural members. and

is being met by imports. This translates into a large lost opportunity for domestic furniture manufacturers,

as well as for their suppliers, including the industries that are the subject of this profile. 

causes for this increase in imports are lower material and labor costs in exporting countries, and declining

availability of timber products to domestic producers (CINTRAFOR, 1999 and Dirks, 1991).

The 1992 Census of Manufacturers showed that 21 percent of the delivered cost of materials in

the manufacture of wood household furniture is associated with plywood and composite wood products. 

As a result, significant price changes in the cost of plywood and composite wood products have the

potential to affect production costs of wood household furniture. and for wood household

furniture is highly elastic with respect to price (see discussion in section 2.3.4), increased input costs

could affect both the demand for wood household furniture and for plywood and wood composites

supplied to furniture manufacturers.

2.3.3 Possibilities

The basic substitution in these industries is between different wood products, although non-wood

substitutes exist as well for some applications. mposite wood products were originally manufactured

in response to the growing demand for wood products as the availability of larger sized timber declined. 

As new wood composites products were developed, they further replaced sawn lumber and other types of

wood products. wood and veneer production lost market share during the late 1980s and early 1990s

to new products that are categorized as reconstituted wood products, largely as a result of several

challenges: legislation protecting federal timber lands; recession in the early 1990s; price increases and

instability; and supply shortages. ndication of the structural uses of wood panel products

and substitutes, Exhibit 2-13 outlines the use of various products in new single-family and multi-family

residential construction in the United States. 

Exhibit 2-12 below

Wood household furniture is a portion

Dom

23,056

Much of the growth in retail dem

The potential

As the dem

Substitution 

Co

Ply

To provide an i
2-23

Exhibit 2-13: Use of Wood and Non-wood Products 

1976 - 1995

Application

Incidence of Use (%)

Single-family houses Multi-family houses

1976 1988 1995 1976 1988 1995

Floor Sheathing

Lumber 1 5 - 2 6 -

Structural Panels 51 56 55 51 52 54

 Softwood Plywood 51 48 31 51 46 24

 OSB 0 9 24 0 7 30

Nonstructural Panels 12 9 9 10 9 7

Lightweight Concrete 0

Concrete Slab 30 30 35 32 26 36

Exterior Wall Sheathing

Lumber - 2 -

Structural Panels 16 33 52 17 40 43

 Softwood Plywood 16 26 19 17 28 10

 OSB 0 7 33 0 12 33

Fiberboard 13 6 32 11 5

Foamed Plastic 7 22 29 2 18 34

Foil-faced kraft - 17 3 0 13 1

Gypsum, other 18 8 2 18 15 8

None 25 31

Roof Sheathing

Lumber 14 11

Structural Panels 85 91 98 87 94 94

 Softwood Plywood 84 70 37 87 78 19

 OSB 1 21 61 1 16 75

Other 1

Exterior Siding

Lumber 10 12 7 9 16 2

Structural Panels 22 23 9 32 15 4

 Softwood Plywood 22 23 4 32 15 2

 OSB - - 5 0 - 2

Hardboard 16 16 6 7 11 5

Non-wood 52 49 77 49 58 89

 Vinyl 14 15 29 12 14 41

 Masonry, stucco 38 34 48 37 44 48

Other 0 - -

Source: Spelter et al. (1997).

Structural wood panels hold the majority of the market share for floor, exterior wall, and roof sheathing in

single and multi-family housing construction. The major substitution effect in this market has occurred

between OSB and softwood plywood, with OSB capturing much of the market from softwood plywood

by 1995. wood and OSB is due to lower cost for OSB. 

However, questions of exterior durability with OSB have led many builders to continue plywood use

despite higher initial costs.

in Residential Construction

0 0 5 7 3

- - -

34

5 8 5 9

6 1 2 1

3 0 2 4 5

0 1 3

Much of the trade-off between softwood ply
Fiberboard has also seen reduction in market share for exterior wall systems due to increases in 

OSB use. Non-wood products, mainly masonry, have captured 77 percent of the market for exterior 

siding, greatly reducing the market share of structural panels in this market. Other major substitutes 

include concrete slab for floor sheathing and foamed plastic, which gained major shares of the exterior 

wall sheathing market from wood-based structural panels. 

2.3.4 Demand Elasticities 

The price elasticity of demand is the percentage change in the quantity of product demanded by 

consumers divided by the percentage change in price. Demand curves slope downward, signifying a 

negative response (less demand) to an increase in price. If demand is elastic (an absolute value of greater 

than one) a small price increase will lead to a relatively large decrease in demand. Conversely, if demand 

is inelastic with respect to price, or an absolute value less than one, the quantity demanded will change 

very little relative to a change in price. 

For the purposes of performing an economic analysis, short-term price elasticities are relevant as 

impacts of the regulation fall directly on the entities owning facilities faced with compliance 

responsibilities. In appropriating compliance costs to facilities impacted by this rule, the economic 

analysis assumes that these facilities have a fixed capital stock in the short term. This method allows an 

evaluation of the severity of impacts using static measures of profit and loss. This “non-behavioral” 

approach differs from other behavioral approaches that take into account adjustments made by producers, 

such as changing input mixes, that can generally affect the market environment in which they operate 

over the longer term. 

In the case of plywood and reconstituted wood production that is going to the construction 

industry, the overall price elasticity of demand for these products is relatively inelastic. This is because 

the wood product component of construction is fixed once the decision to construct has been made. The 

other factors that contribute to the inelastic nature of demand for structural wood panels include local 

building codes, home buyer and home owner preferences, and building industry investment in the training 

and infrastructure required to construct with wood panels as opposed to a substitute. 

The demand for each individual type of product may differ, depending on several factors, 

including the product’s own-price elasticity, the availability and price of other wood based and non-wood 

products with comparable characteristics, and the availability and price of imported products. Cross price 

elasticities are often difficult to identify or estimate. However, if available, cross price elasticities of 

substitutes and imports might be considered when developing an approach to the economic analysis. For 

example, analysis of the softwood plywood market may incorporate the cross-price elasticity of OSB, a 

major substitute for plywood. When analyzing the OSB market, the converse would also be true. Even if 

such cross price elasticities were available, other considerations would also determine whether the 

economic analysis incorporates the market substitution dynamic. 

We examined several recent and historical studies of price elasticities of demand. Most of these 

studies were concerned with the softwood lumber sector, most likely due to the limited availability of 

relevant price and consumption information at a disaggregated product level. Our review focused on the 

1996 study by Joseph Buongiorno, a forestry economist, who noted that previous econometric studies of 

the wood products sector have produced estimates of demand elasticities for softwood lumber, a product 

with similar demand drivers, inputs, input costs, and uses, between zero and -0.96

. Buongiorno also 

reported that other studies have estimated the cross elasticity of lumber with respect to the price of 

plywood to be between 0.5 and zero. Buongiorno developed a model using a price-endogenous linear 

6

The majority of studies reviewed estimated price elasticity of demand as being between -0.15 and -0.4. 

2-24 
programming system (PELPS) that endeavored to address the entire wood products market using a system 

dynamics approach. The results of this model included short-term price elasticities of demand for woodbased products, as shown in Exhibit 2-14. 

Exhibit 2-14: Demand Elasticities 

Product Price Elasticity of Demand 

Plywood -0.16 

Fiberboard -0.10 

Particleboard -0.27 

Source: Buongiorno (1996). 

Buongiorno’s results provide the basis for imputing price elasticities for the other products that 

are the subject of this MACT standard. In addition, further review of identified studies may produce 

information useful in the final determination of appropriate elasticities for use in the economic analysis of 

the impacts of a MACT standard on the softwood plywood and reconstituted wood products industries. 

In the case of softwood plywood and reconstituted wood production going to the furniture 

industry, the price elasticity of demand is highly elastic. This is because the price elasticity of demand for 

wood furniture is highly elastic itself and the softwood plywood and reconstituted wood component of 

production costs for wood furniture is also quite high, over twenty percent. The EPA’s study of the 

economic impacts of alternative NESHAPS on the wood furniture industry estimated the price elasticity 

of demand for wood furniture as -3.477 (U.S. EPA, 1992). This result forms the basis for a derived price 

elasticity of demand for use in the economic analysis of the impacts of the MACT standard. 

2.4 Industry Organization 

The following section contains information pertaining to the organization of the plywood and 

veneer, composite wood , and structural wood members industries. This section will provide the basis 

for understanding the following. 

• The industry structure 

• The characteristics of the manufacturing facilities 

• The characteristics of the firms that own the manufacturing facilities 

A detailed examination of these three topics is essential, as it provides the basis for much of the 

approach to estimating economic impacts of the MACT standard. In addition, this section also provides 

detailed information about facilities and firms that are important inputs to the analysis itself as well as to 

analysis of how the MACT standard might affect firms of different sizes. 

2.4.1 Industry Structure 

Exhibit 2-15 shows concentration ratios by SIC code for the three census years, 1982, 1987, and 

1992. The m-firm concentration ratios are equal to the sum of the market shares for the largest m number 

of firms in the industry. A market is generally considered highly concentrated if the 4-firm concentration 

ratio is greater than 50 percent. Exhibit 2-15 also shows the Herfindahl-Hirschman (HH) index, which is 

an alternative measure of concentration equal to the sum of the squares of the market shares for the 50 

largest firms in the industry. The higher the index, the more concentrated the industry is at the top. The 

2-25
2-26

U.S. Justice Department uses 1,000 as a benchmark for the presence of market concentration, where any

industry with a Herfindahl-Hirschman index less than 1,000 is considered to be unconcentrated (Arnold,

1989). 

Exhibit 2-15: Concentration Ratios by SIC Code, 1982-1992*

Year

Number

of

Companie

s in

Industry

Percent of value of industry shipments shipped

by the largest (in terms of shipment value) Herfindahl

-

Hirschman

Index**

4

Companies

8

Companie

s

20

Companies

50

Companies

Softwood Veneer and Plywood (SIC 2436)

1982 135 41 56 74 92 619

1987 131 38 56 74 93 571

1992 123 47 66 82 96 797

Reconstituted Wood Products (SIC 2493)

1982 N/A

1987 158 48 65 82 95 743

1992 193 50 66 81 94 765

Structural wood members (SIC 2439)

1982 649 15 22 35 50 104

1987 831 13 18 30 44 92

1992 830 19 25 34 46 166

*The latest year for which data is currently available.

**The index is based on the 50 largest companies in each SIC code. 

Source: U.S. Department of Commerce (1992).

The concentration ratios presented in Exhibit 2-15 show very little evidence of market

concentration in the plywood and composite wood products industries. concentration ratios for

the three sectors are below 50 with the exception of reconstituted wood products (classified as “General”

in the ICR survey) which is 50. all SIC codes are well below the benchmark of 1000. 

While concentration appears to have increased in general between 1982 and 1992, there is no clear trend

as all appear to have been less concentrated in 1987.

2.4.2 Plants

Through an ICR, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency identified plants potentially affected

by this rule. ed facilities according to their production processes and

developed estimates of compliance costs for each facility. ation on the

number of potentially impacted facilities, and their corresponding primary SIC code. 

shows the percent of potentially impacted facilities as a percent of total facilities for each SIC.

Four-firm

The HH indices for 

Manufacturing 

EPA categorized the survey

Exhibit 2-16 below presents inform

The exhibit also
7

 Map developed based on original survey database dated July 23, 1999.

2-27

Exhibit 2-16: Facilities with Compliance Cost Impacts

Facilities

SIC Code Description Impacted* Total in SIC % of Total

2436 Softwood Veneer and

Plywood

66 155 42.6%

2493

Reconstituted Wood 

Products

Total 97 317 30.6%

OSB 23

PB/MDF 56

HB 18

2439 Structural Wood Members 3 53 5.7%

* Does not include number of facilities with MRR costs only.

Note: Percentages represent survey facilities’ share of total facilities in the category. 

Sources: U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (1998), U.S. Department of Commerce (1999a), MRI

(1999).

2.4.2.1 Location

Nationally, facilities that produce softwood plywood and reconstituted wood products are

clustered in distinct geographic regions of the South, Pacific Northwest, and the upper Mid-West of the

U.S. the softwood plywood and veneer facilities have the

highest employment in Oregon, Washington and Louisiana. 

product facilities had the highest employment in Oregon, California, North Carolina, Texas, and

Michigan (source: U.S. Department of Commerce, 1999a). 

Figure 2-87

 is a map of locations of impacted and total ICR facilities as identified by EPA (MRI,

1999, EPA, 1998). pes of facilities are combined. ap shows the state-by-state

distribution of the potentially impacted facilities relative to the total ICR facilities in the state. 

with the greatest number of potentially impacted facilities are Oregon (36), Louisiana (16), Georgia (8),

Mississippi (7), Virginia (10), Texas (8), and North Carolina (7). pacted

facilities constitute a significant portion of all facilities in the state include Louisiana (66 percent), Oregon

(57 percent), Washington (77 percent), Georgia (38 percent) and Texas (44 percent).

Based on the 1997 Census of Manufacturers, 

The Census showed that reconstituted wood

For this figure, all ty The m

The states

Major producing states where im
8 of 18 

4 of 5 

4 of 12 

1 of 1 

0 of 1 

0 of 1 

5 of 7 

0 of 1 

1 of 1 

0 of 1 

1 of 1 

0 of 1 

5 of 12 

36 of 63 

0 of 1 

2 of 5 

8 of 21 

1 of 1 

10 of 13 

3 of 25 

2 of 12 

6 of 20 

0 of 6 

0 of 3 

0 of 5 

7 of 41 

7 of 

16 

3 of 11 

4 of 

13 

2 of 6 

16 of 

24 

0 of 

17 

10 of 25 

6 of 15 

0 of 3 

0 of 2 

Impacted Facilities 

0 

1 - 9 

10 - 18 

19 - 27 

28 - 36 

States 

Figure 2-8: Plywood and Wood Composite Facility Locations 

(Potentially Impacted Facilities and Total ICR Facilities by State) 

Sources: U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (1998), MRI (1999) 

2-28
2.4.2.2 Production Capacity and Utilization 

Exhibit 2-17 shows the capacity utilization rates by SIC code and for all manufacturing industries 

for 1992 through 1997. The rates for softwood plywood and veneer, and reconstituted wood products are 

significantly higher than the average for all lumber and wood products and for all industries. Capacity 

utilization for structural wood members is below industry averages but has increased over the 1992 - 1997 

period. 

Exhibit 2-17: Full Production Capacity Utilization Rates, Fourth Quarters, 1992 - 1997 

SIC SIC Description 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 Change 

2436 Softwood Veneer and Plywood 87 92 95 95 86 84 -3.4% 

2493 Reconstituted Wood Products 87 92 92 88 86 82 -5.7% 

2439 Structural Wood Members 65 66 66 74 77 72 10.8% 

24 All Lumber and Wood Products 80 81 80 77 78 75 -6.3% 

2000-3999 All Manufacturing Industries 77 78 80 76 76 75 -2.3% 

Source: U.S. Department of Commerce (1997). 

Figure 2-9 presents the capacity utilization rates of softwood plywood and veneer and reconstituted wood 

products from 1992-1997. 

Figure 2-9: Full Production Capacity Utilization, Fourth Quarters, 1992-1997 

1992 1994 1996 

74 

76 

78 

80 

82 

84 

86 

88 

90 

92 

94 

96 

Utilization Rate 

(percent) 

Year 

Softwood, plywood & 

veneer 

Reconstituted wood 

products 

Source: U.S. Department of Commerce (1997). 

The capacity utilization for softwood plywood and veneer, and reconstituted wood peaked in 1994, 

consistent with utilization peaks for all manufacturing industries. Interestingly, utilization rates for 

reconstituted wood product facilities declined, while softwood plywood and veneer was unchanged in 

2-29
2-30

1995, the year that shows the highest value of shipments for all (see Exhibit 2-17). ay be

explained, in part, by capacity expansions driven by the increased capital expenditures by softwood

plywood and veneer producers in 1994 and subsequent years. 

The ICR provided further information on capacity utilization. ple of general facilities

responding to questions regarding their production processes reported production and capacity. this

data, capacity utilization for general facilities was 78 percent, slightly below the figures in Exhibit 2-17

2.4.2.3 Employment

Exhibit 2-18 provides information on employment at the softwood plywood veneer and

reconstituted wood products facilities responding to the ICR in 1998.

Exhibit 2-18a: 1998 Employment at Facilities with Expected Compliance Cost Impacts

Softwood Plywood and

Veneer Oriented Strandboard

Medium Density

Fiberboard/

Particleboard

Number of

Employees

Facilities

in Size

Category

% of All

Impacted

Facilities

Facilities 

in Size

Category

% of All

Impacted

Facilities

Facilities in

Size

Category

% of All

Impacted

Facilities

Not reporting 2 3.0% 0 0.0% 0 0.0%

<50 0 0.0% 0 0.0% 1 1.8%

50 to 99 0 0.0% 0 0.0% 12 21.4%

100 to 249 18 27.3% 21 91.3% 30 53.6%

250 to 499 34 51.5% 1 4.3% 2 3.6%

500 to 999 11 16.7% 1 4.3% 8 14.3%

1,000 to 1,499 1 1.5% 0 0.0% 2 3.6%

>1,500 0 0.0% 0 0.0% 1 1.8%

TOTAL 66 100% 23 100% 56 100%

Sources: U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (1998), MRI (1999).

Exhibit 2-18b: 1998 Employment at Facilities with Expected Compliance Cost Impacts

Hardboard

Engineered Wood

Products Total Facilities

Number of

Employees

Facilities

in Size

Category

% of All

Impacted

Facilities

Facilities 

in Size

Category

% of All

Impacted

Facilities

Facilities in

Size

Category

% of All

Impacted

Facilities

Not reporting 0 0.0% 0 0.0% 2 1.2%

<50 0 0.0% 0 0.0% 1 0.6%

50 to 99 1 5.6% 0 0.0% 13 8.0%

100 to 249 8 44.4% 1 33.3% 77 47.2%

250 to 499 4 22.2% 2 66.7% 41 25.1%

500 to 999 5 27.8% 0 0.0% 25 15.3%

1,000 to 1,499 0 0.0% 0 0.0% 3 1.8%

>1,500 0 0.0% 0 0.0% 1 0.6%

TOTAL 18 100% 3 100% 166 100%

Sources: U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (1998), MRI (1999).

This m

A sam

From
Potentially impacted facilities engaged in the production of plywood and composite wood 

products tend to be small- to medium-sized. Just over half of the facilities reported having less than 250 

employees. Softwood plywood producers tend to have larger facilities, while facilities producing 

reconstituted wood products tend to be smaller. 

2.4.2.4 Facility Population Trends 

Plant age may be of particular significance to potential regulatory impacts. Older plants may be 

less efficient as compared with newer plants utilizing technological improvements in production 

efficiency. One example mentioned earlier is the development of the continuous press, enabling recently 

constructed plants to produce more panel products in less time than older manufacturers. Newer plants 

may utilize better volatile organic compound emission control technologies and have adapted their 

processes to meet indoor air quality requirements. 

While specific age information for all facilities is not available, an analysis performed by Spelter 

et al. (Spelter, 1997) provides insights into the changing nature of plywood and composite wood facilities 

over time. In their analysis, they traced the number of mills, average mill capacity, and capacity 

utilization over the course of 20 or more years. The analysis does not present information on specific 

plant closures and openings over time, but presents the total number of operating mills, which reflects the 

net change resulting from both closures and openings. Exhibit 2-19 provides information on the results of 

the analysis for selected years from 1977 to 1997, using census years to provide some comparison to 

overall industry figures presented elsewhere in this chapter. 

2-31
2-32

Exhibit 2-19: Number of Mills, Average Capacity and Utilization, 1977 - 1997

1977 1982 1987 1992 1997 % Change

Softwood Plywood

Number of Mills 62 69 58 56 57 -8%

Average Mill Capacity (1000 m3

) 110 138 180 201 215 95%

Capacity Utilization 97 79 99 95 97 0%

Oriented Strandboard

Number of Mills 8 21 39 44 66 725%

Average Mill Capacity (1000 m3

) 88 115 148 187 259 194%

Capacity Utilization 44 90 99 84 91%

Particleboard

Number of Mills 54 43 44 45 45 -17%

Average Mill Capacity (1000 m3

) 137 151 168 181 196 43%

Capacity Utilization 86 87 89 89 97 13%

Medium-density Fiberboard

Number of Mills 12 13 17 17 26 117%

Average Mill Capacity (1000 m3

) 95 105 122 141 151 59%

Capacity Utilization 69 66 87 91 86 25%

Laminated Veneer Lumber

Number of Mills 2 6 12 17 750%

Average Mill Capacity (million m3

) 0.078 0.075 0.063 0.085 9%

Capacity Utilization 73 60 75 93 27%

Engineered Joists

Number of Mills 12 12 18 35 192%

Average Mill Capacity (million meters) 3 200%

Capacity Utilization 69 73 90 58 -16%

*Information not available for some years. 

figures are from 1996. 

Source: Spelter et al. (1997).

Average facility capacity has shown substantial increases over the last twenty years for all

product groups. ber of softwood plywood facilities declined by 8 percent between 1977

and 1997, the average mill capacity increased substantially, nearly 100 percent. 

experienced some capacity growth while the number of plants has declined. 

The OSB industry has shown the largest increase in per facility capacity, 194 percent, along with

large net additions of facilities. , there were nine more OSB plants than softwood plywood

plants in 1997, whereas in 1977 plywood plants outnumbered OSB plants nearly 8 to one. 

additions for OSB and MDF show these sectors have newer facilities, while the softwood plywood and

particleboard industries are generally composed of older facilities.

4 5 9

For softwood plywood, particleboard, and MDF, 1997

For particleboard, 1984 figures are used for 1982. 

While the num

Particleboard has

Most notably

Recent facility
A review of recent capital investment trends provides some insights into the facility population 

trends of the softwood plywood and reconstituted wood products industries. Exhibit 2-20 shows capital 

expenditures by industry sector. Capital expenditures have seen substantial overall increases in the last 

five years for all three sectors, indicating increasing investment, particularly in the reconstituted wood 

product and structural wood members sectors. However, investment by the softwood plywood and 

veneer and reconstituted wood products sectors declined sharply from 1996 to 1997. This trend indicates 

the connection between declining capital expenditures and the sharp increase in products costs’ share of 

the value of shipments (as shown in Exhibit 2-5) that began after 1995. If such conditions in the baseline 

continue into the future, it is possible that certain firms may experience difficulty accessing capital to 

cover these costs in addition to compliance costs associated with the MACT standard. 

Exhibit 2-20: Summary of Capital Expenditures, 1992 - 1997 

(Thousands of 1997 Dollars) 

1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 % Change 

Softwood Plywood & Veneer 110,125 128,490 159,685 192,090 212,277 168,142 52.7% 

Reconstituted Wood Products 159,330 185,452 353,665 367,057 583,659 329,744 107.0% 

Structural Wood Members* 47,420 70,659 220,523 143,523 108,889 138,880 192.9% 

All dollars adjusted to 1997 using GDP Deflator. 

* 1997 figure is sum of capital expenditures for NAICS 321213 and 321214. 

Source: U.S. Department of Commerce (1999a). 

For softwood plywood, the level of capital investment constitutes only 3 percent of the industry’s 

total value of shipments. With the number of mills in decline and average mill capacity growing, it 

appears that the majority of capital expenditures made by the softwood plywood industry occur at 

existing plants. This conclusion is supported by U.S. Industry & Trade Outlook ‘99, which reported that 

only one new softwood plywood facility has opened in the last 10 years (U.S. Department of Commerce, 

International Trade Administration, 1999). 

Conversely, results of the growing capital investments made by the reconstituted wood products 

industry can be observed in the large increases in the number of OSB and MDF plants, and the rising 

average plant capacities of reconstituted wood products producers. As a group, these producers invested 

6 percent of the value of shipments in 1997, twice the investment rate of the softwood plywood 

producers. For example, in September of 1999, Willamette Industries announced that it will build an $85 

million particleboard plant in South Carolina. The plant will have a capacity of 210 million square feet 

per year and will be in operation in late 2001. 

2.4.3 Firm Characteristics 

Several factors will likely be of importance in determining the distribution of impacts generated 

by the proposed MACT standard on companies. Size may play a role in a company’s ability to absorb an 

increase in compliance costs. Ownership is a second factor that may play a role. Because firms have 

different legal and financial guidelines based on ownership, their approaches to complying with the 

MACT standard may vary. Vertical and horizontal integration, or lack there of, in plywood and 

composite wood product firms may affect the manner in which they absorb the potential costs of the 

MACT standard. Lastly, the overall financial condition of the plywood and composite wood industries is 

assessed, attempting to determine the industry’s ability to withstand adverse conditions. 

2-33
2.4.3.1 Size Distribution 

Firm size is likely to be a factor in the distribution of the impacts of the proposed MACT on 

companies. Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) and its 1996 amendment, SBREFA, SBA 

definitions are used to designate which businesses are considered to be small. The SBA has set size 

standards under the NAICS system, using various thresholds for the number of employees or revenues. 

In determining the size of a company, the SBA treats a facility that has a substantial portion of its assets 

and/or liabilities shared with a parent company as part of that company. In this analysis, the company’s 

primary NAICS code is used to determine the appropriate SBA threshold. 

Exhibit 2-21 provides information on firm size for plywood and wood composite firms owning 

facilities with expected compliance cost impacts. In the ICR, facilities were asked to provide information 

on employment size for domestic parent firms. Many facilities did not report information on the ultimate 

domestic parent. For this reason, information on ultimate domestic parent primary SIC and NAICS code 

and employment size were obtained from Dun and Bradstreet’s DUNS Database. Exhibit 2-21 shows the 

number of firms and the facilities owned by the firms in the first two data columns. In the absence of Dun 

& Bradstreet information on the owner, the facility’s primary SIC and NAICS code from Dun & 

Bradstreet was used to determine the appropriate SBA threshold. Based on this SIC code, facility 

employment information from the ICR was used to make a size determination. Exhibit 2-21 shows the 

number of firms and the facilities owned by the firms in the third and fourth data columns. In the absence 

of facility primary SIC code from DUNS, the standard for lumber and wood products (all SIC 24 codes) 

of 500 employees was used as the threshold. A full list of the facilities and their size determination is 

provided in the economic impact analysis for this proposed rule. 

Exhibit 2-21: Size Distribution of Firms Owning Facilities with Expected Compliance Cost Impacts 

Size 

SIC Based on 

DUNS 

SIC Based on ICR Other Sources Total 

Firms Facilities 

Owned by 

Firms* 

Firms Facilities 

Owned by 

Firms* 

Firms Facilities 

Owned by 

Firms* 

Firms % Facilities 

Owned by 

Firms* 

% 

Small 8 10 5 5 6 7 19 35.2% 22 8.4% 

Large 29 231 4 8 2 2 35 64.8% 241 91.6% 

Total 37 241 9 13 8 9 54 100% 263 100% 

* Includes all facilities reported, impacted and non-impacted. 

Sources: U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (1998), MRI (1999). 

http://www.sba.gov/regulations/siccodes/. 

SBA Size Standards from SBA website: 

While over 35 percent of firms in the industry are considered small, 91 percent of facilities are 

owned by large firms. Given the concentration ratios presented in Exhibit 2-15, there does not appear to 

be any significant market power to these larger firms. However, the ability of larger firms to deal with 

compliance costs, as compared to smaller firms, may have impacts on the industry organization. 

The larger parent firms have both impacted and non-impacted facilities. Firms such as GeorgiaPacific (43 ICR facilities), Louisiana-Pacific (32 ICR facilities), Willamette Industries (23 ICR facilities), 

Columbia Forest Products (13 ICR facilities), Weyerhaeuser (19 ICR facilities), and Boise-Cascade (12 

ICR facilities) may be able to make trade-offs between facilities and shift production to more efficient 

facilities in response to compliance costs associated with the MACT standard. 

2-34
2.4.3.2 Ownership 

The form of firm ownership has a set of legal and financial characteristics that may influence a 

firm’s regulatory compliance alternatives. The legal form of ownership impacts the cost of capital, 

availability of capital, and effective tax rate faced by the firm. Debt-equity issues for these firm types will 

play a role in financing capital-intensive controls. Firm ownership may generally be one of three types. 

• Sole proprietorships (companies with a private single-owner) 

• Partnerships (non-corporate firms with more than one owner) 

• Corporations (publically or privately owned companies formed through incorporation) 

Exhibit 2-22 provides information on ownership type for the lumber and wood products industry. 

While specific information by 4-digit SIC or 5-digit NAICS is not available, the table provides a general 

sense of ownership types in the industry, assuming that ownership structure for the three industries 

profiled is similar to that of the overall lumber and wood products industry. 

Exhibit 2-22: Types of Firm Ownership for Lumber and Wood Products (SIC 24/NAICS 321), 1992 

Other/ 

Proprietorship Partnerships 

Sole 

Unknown 

Single-Facility Firms 

Corporation 

1,291 14,909 

Multi-Facility Firms 17,617 61 

All Firms 18,908 10,447 2,336 2,187 

Source: U.S. Dept. of Commerce (1992). 

Over ninety percent of single facility wood and lumber products firms are owned by sole 

proprietorships, partnerships, or some other/unknown entity. Nearly all multi-facility firms are owned by 

corporations. Just over half of all lumber and wood products firms are a corporation, while the remainder 

are sole proprietorships (30 percent), partnerships (7 percent), or other (6 percent). These data support the 

conclusion that single-facility firms owned by sole proprietors are more likely to be classified as small 

businesses, while multi-facility firms owned by corporations are more likely to be classified as large 

businesses. 

2.4.3.3 Vertical and Horizontal Integration 

The data presented in Section 2.2 on concentration and specialization ratios for the plywood and 

composite wood industries, combined with the information on establishment size and ownership type 

demonstrate that the majority of firms in the three industries examined in this profile are predominantly 

not, or minimally, vertically or horizontally integrated. However, there are several exceptions to this 

conclusion. The six largest firms that own multiple facilities are for the most part both vertically and 

horizontally integrated. These firms, described in more detail below, are large multi-billion dollar 

concerns that are vertically integrated through their ownership of timberland, their production facilities, 

and their involvement in product distribution. Their horizontal integration is attributed to their other 

product lines, generally pulp and paper. 

Georgia-Pacific, a large, horizontally and vertically integrated firm, manufactures and distributes 

building products, pulp and paper, and resins. The company’s wood product line includes wood panels, 

plywood, and hardboard. It also produces lumber, gypsum products, chemicals, and packaging. GeorgiaPacific grows and sells timber, and participates in several other activities related to forestry management. 

Its 1998 net sales revenues exceeded $13 billion, and it has 45,000 employees at 400 locations. Its 

building products division reported record profits during the second quarter of 1999. It currently has 

2-35
plans to build an OSB plant in Arkansas and recently merged with Unisource, a major distributor of 

imaging paper and supply systems (Financial Times, 1999b; PR NewsWire, 1999b). 

Louisiana-Pacific is principally a manufacturer of building products, but also produces pulp and 

building insulation, and owns almost one million acres of timberland. Its sales of structural lumber, 

industrial panels, and exterior building products made up nearly 75 percent of the company’s revenues, 

which reached $2.3 billion in 1998. The company manufactures OSB, I-joists, LVL, MDF, fiberboard, 

particleboard, hardboard, softwood plywood and hardwood veneer. Louisiana-Pacific has been involved 

in a series of mergers and acquisitions that include Le Goupe Forex of Canada, Evans Forest Products, 

and ABT Building Products (Louisiana-Pacific, 1999; Financial Times, 1999c). 

Willamette Industries, a forest products manufacturing company, has three main lines of business: 

brown paper, white paper, and building products. The building products division manufactures plywood, 

lumber, particleboard, MDF, OSB, LVL and I-joists, among others. Approximately one third of the 

company’s $3.7 billion in total revenue is from its building materials segment. Most of Willamette’s 

recent merger and acquisition activity has been with firms in France and Mexico. It also owns plants in 

Ireland and 1.8 million acres of timberland in the U.S. (Financial Times, 1999d; PR NewsWire, 1999c, 

1998, 1997). 

Columbia Forest Products describes itself as North America’s largest manufacturer of hardwood 

veneer, and laminated products. They sell their products through a network of wholesale distributors, 

mass merchandisers and major original equipment manufacturers (OEMs). Their products include 

decorative, interior veneers and panels used in high-end cabinetry, fine furniture, architectural millwork 

and commercial fixtures. Columbia Forest Products is an employee-owned company with 13 plants in the 

U.S. and four in Canada (Columbia Forest Products, 1999). 

Weyerhaeuser is an integrated international forest products company. It is involved in growing 

and harvesting timber, and the manufacturing and distributing of several categories of forest products. 

Among its wood products are plywood, OSB, and wood composites. The company bills itself as the 

world’s largest private owner of saleable softwood timber and the country’s largest producer of softwood 

lumber and pulp. In addition, it is the top U.S. exporter of forest products. The company has 

approximately 36,000 U.S. and Canadian employees and sales of $11 billion, ten percent of which comes 

from exports (Weyerhaeuser, 1999). 

Boise Cascade, an integrated international paper and forest products company, manufactures and 

distributes paper and wood products, distributes office products and building materials, and owns and 

manages over 2 million acres of timberland. Its building products include lumber, plywood, 

particleboard, veneer, and engineered wood products. Sales of these products constitute 27 percent of the 

company’s $6.2 billion annual revenue (Financial Times, 1999a; PR NewsWire, 1999a). 

2.4.3.4 Financial Condition 

The financial condition of an industry’s firms will affect the incidence of impacts of the costs 

associated with complying with a new MACT standard. While information necessary to determine which 

specific firms might experience adverse impacts is not available, one can examine industry-wide 

indicators of financial condition. Each year, Dun & Bradstreet (D&B) publishes Industry Norms & Key 

Business Ratios, which reports certain financial ratios for a sample of firms in the industry. This section 

focuses on measures of profitability and solvency. 

2-36
Profitability Ratios 

The return on sales ratio, also known as the net profit margin, is an indicator of a firm’s ability to 

withstand adverse conditions such as falling prices, rising costs, and declining sales, and is calculated by 

dividing net profit after taxes by annual net sales. 

Return on assets is calculated by dividing a firm’s net profit after taxes by its total assets. This 

ratio is a key indicator of both profitability and operating efficiency by comparing operating profits to the 

assets available to earn a return. According to Dun & Bradstreet, companies that use their assets 

efficiently will have a relatively higher return on assets than those firms that do not use their assets 

efficiently. 

The return on equity shows the profitability of the company’s operations to owners, after income 

taxes, and is calculated by dividing net profit after taxes by net worth. According to Dun & Bradstreet, 

this ratio is looked to as a ‘final criterion’ of profitability, and a ratio of at least 10 is regarded as desirable 

for providing dividends plus funds for future growth. 

Solvency Ratios 

The current ratio is calculated by dividing a firm’s current assets by its current liabilities. This is 

a measure of liquidity that gauges the ability of a company to cover its short-term liabilities. The standard 

guideline for financial health is 2. The quick ratio is slightly different than the current ratio, because it 

does not include inventories, advances on inventories, marketable securities, or notes receivables. The 

quick ratio measures the protection afforded creditors in cash or near-cash assets. Any time this ratio is 1 

or greater, the firm is said to be in a liquid condition. 

Exhibit 2-23 shows various measures of the financial condition of the plywood and composite 

wood industry over the period 1995 to 1997. The trends shown in Exhibit 2-23 confirm that the softwood 

plywood and reconstituted wood products industries have experienced a profit squeeze due to increasing 

costs and falling prices in recent years. 

Exhibit 2-23: * 

Indicator 

Softwood Plywood 

and Veneer 

Reconstituted Wood 

Products 

Structural 

Wood Members 

1995 1996 1997 1995 1996 1997 1998 

Return on Sales 5.8 3.6 1.7 3.8 3.1 3.5 5.0 

Return on Assets 15.7 13.5 6.0 7.8 5.9 3.5 13.0 

Indicators of Financial Condition, 1995-1997

Return on Equity 28.7 22.9 8.7 15.2 10.0 

2.6 2.7 2.8 2.7 

1.3 1.2 1.8 1.2 

5.7 NA 

Current Ratio 3.2 1.7 2.3 

Quick Ratio 

*Includes 1998 data for Structural Wood Members, the only data reported for this sector. 

Source: Dun & Bradstreet (1999). 

For SIC 2436, there were 14 establishments in the sample in 1995, 15 in 1996, and 11 in 1997. For SIC 2493, 

there were 28 establishments in the sample in 1995, 30 in 1996, and 31 in 1997. For SIC 2439, there were 135 

establishments in 1998. 

1.3 

Indicator values are based on median values of the industrial sample. 

1.1 1.1 

The softwood plywood and veneer industry has not maintained its relatively strong degree of 

financial health, with many of its profitability indicators significantly lower in 1997 than in 1995. In 

particular, the softwood plywood and veneer industry experienced 60 to 70 percent declines in all three 

profitability ratios. The falling profitability of this industry is now at a level that indicates the presence of 

firms that are not using their assets efficiently, are not providing the cash needed for future growth, and 

2-37
may more acutely experience adverse conditions associated with MACT standard compliance costs. The 

currently low net profit margin is indicative of an industry that is experiencing increasing production 

costs as a percentage of its value of shipments and falling capacity utilization (Exhibits 2-5 and 2-18). 

The reconstituted wood products industry also saw fairly dramatic decreases in its financial 

indicators over the time period shown, resulting in a relatively low return on assets and return on equity, 

as well as a current ratio lower than generally considered healthy. These indicators are consistent with 

recent trends in the industry associated with increases in production costs relative to the value of 

shipments (Exhibit 2-5), rapid expansion of production capacity (Exhibit 2-20) and competitive pressures 

on prices from overseas producers. This industry also includes firms that are not using their assets 

efficiently or providing the cash needed for future growth. The reconstituted wood products industry’s 

profit margin is also somewhat low, but typical of all firms in the lumber and wood products sector (Dun 

and Bradstreet, 1999b). 

In the fall 1999 issue of Engineered Wood Products Journal, industry analyst Evadna Lynn 

discussed investor response to the industry’s current financial performance (APA, 1999c). Lynn 

attributes several recent trends to stockholder pressure for improved financial performance. 

• Separating timber assets 

• Corporate restructuring 

• Cost control through consolidation 

These trends have contributed to a dynamic market structure in recent years. By selling or 

otherwise spinning off timber assets, forest products companies are converting them to cash and 

improving financial performance. Restructuring activities have focused on gaining higher returns from 

core business activities through the closure or divestiture of less profitable facilities or products. Some of 

the divested facilities, particularly plywood mills, have been reopened by new owners as sawmills. The 

industry has seen several major corporate mergers and acquisitions in the late 1990s, including: 

Weyerhaeuser and MacMillan Bloedel, International Paper and Union Camp, and Louisiana Pacific and 

Le Groupe Forex (of Canada). Most post-merger cost reductions are gained from streamlining operations, 

including closure of production facilities (APA, 1999c; International Paper, 1998). 

2.5 Markets 

This chapter discusses general market conditions for the plywood and composite wood products 

industries. In particular, this chapter discusses market structure, provide background on current market 

volumes, prices, and international trade. It also presents information on future market volumes, prices 

and international trade. The purpose of this chapter is to describe the current status of the industry and to 

support the development and implementation of the economic impact analysis that is summarized in this 

RIA. 

2.5.1 Market Structure 

Based on the data, background and analyses reviewed while preparing this industry profile, it is 

reasonable to conclude that these industries exhibit clear signs of a competitive market for the products 

that are the subject of this MACT standard. There are several reasons for this conclusion. First, as 

discussed in section 2.4.2, the plywood and composite wood products industries are unconcentrated. 

There is little concentration of market power evidenced by each separate industrial category having a 4-

firm concentration ratio of 50 or below (often well below) and HH indices below the 1000 benchmark. 

Next, the output of several of the production sectors are substitutes for each other, putting competitive 

pressures on suppliers. There are also competitive pressures from alternative products, either traditional 

sawn lumber or non-wood materials. This chapter will focus on other factors of the competitive nature of 

2-38
8

1995 is the latest year for which data is available.

2-39

these industries. ost part, the markets for these goods also experience competitive pressures by

the presence of imported products. , several industry experts have observed trends where prices of

the products respond negatively to the presence of excess capacity. ainder of this chapter will

provide additional details related to these observations on industry competitiveness.

2.5.2 Market Volumes

This section will present a discussion of market consumption and production volumes for the

three industrial sectors examined in this study. r the most part, this discussion will rely on the data

contained in Exhibit 2-24 and Exhibit 2-25. xhibit 2-24 shows the value of product shipments by

product class for the period 1989 to 19958

 as reported by the International Trade Administration of the

U.S. Department of Commerce. ents data for Structural Wood Members is not

available for inclusion in this table. 2-25 shows the physical volume of output produced, traded

and consumed between 1988 and 1997 for selected products as reported by Spelter et al. in their 1997

statistical report. 

Exhibit 2-24: Trade Balance and Selected Statistics, Thousands of 1997 Dollars

1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995

%

Change

Softwood Veneer and Plywood (SIC 2436, NAICS 321212)

Value of product shipments 7,125 6,887 6,185 6,422 5,643 5,885 6,671 -6%

Value of imports 81 69 55 79 82 100 111 37%

Value of exports 452 509 428 452 391 333 375 -17%

Trade Surplus (Deficit) 371 440 373 372 310 234 263 -29%

Apparent Consumption 6,755 6,447 5,812 6,050 5,333 5,651 6,407 -5%

Ratio of Imports to Consumption 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.02 45%

Ratio of Export to Product Shipments 0.06 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.06 0.06 -11%

Ratio of Imports to Exports 0.18 0.14 0.13 0.18 0.21 0.30 0.30 65%

Reconstituted Wood Products (SIC 2493, NAICS 321219)

Value of product shipments 5,013 4,761 4,743 5,359 4,940 5,511 5,772 15%

Value of imports 461 409 364 540 616 861 1,080 134%

Value of exports 261 334 350 328 271 301 345 32%

Trade Surplus (Deficit) (200) (75) (14) (212) (345) (560) (735) 268%

Apparent Consumption 5,213 4,836 4,757 5,572 5,285 6,070 6,507 25%

Ratio of Imports to Consumption 0.09 0.08 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.17 88%

Ratio of Export to Product Shipments 0.05 0.07 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.05 0.06 15%

Ratio of Imports to Exports 1.76 1.22 1.04 1.65 2.27 2.86 3.13 77%

Source: ent of Commerce, International Trade Administration (1998).

For the m

Finally

The rem

Fo

E

Note that value of shipm

Exhibit 

International trade is discussed later in the section.

U.S. Departm
2-40

Exhibit 2-25: Production, Trade and Consumption Volumes for Selected Products (1988-1997)

1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997

Softwood Plywood (M ft3, 3/8 in basis)

Product shipments 22,089 21,385 20,919 18,652 19,332 19,315 19,368 19,367 19,181 17,963 

Imports 96 49 38 28 47 41 47 60 85 104 

Exports 1,004 1,442 1,613 1,322 1,442 1,409 1,211 1,267 1,248 1,548 

Apparent Consumption 21,181 19,991 19,344 17,358 17,937 17,946 18,474 18,160 18,018 16,519 

Other Structural Panels (M ft3, 3/8 in basis)

Product shipments 4,604 5,105 5,418 5,613 6,653 7,002 7,486 7,903 9,314 10,534 

Imports 815 1,111 1,313 988 1,572 2,163 2,588 3,214 4,414 5,272 

Exports 57 49 60 78 82 157 167 

Apparent Consumption 5,416 6,213 6,728 6,544 8,176 9,105 9,995 11,036 13,572 15,639 

Particleboard/Medium Density Fiberboard (M ft3, 3/4 in basis)

Product shipments 4,768 4,828 4,856 4,730 5,046 5,402 5,793 5,307 5,705 5,916 

Imports 1,634 425 363 293 405 572 775 840 814 963 

Exports 163 333 373 369 394 318 297 319 154 188 

Apparent Consumption 6,239 4,920 4,746 4,654 5,057 5,656 6,271 5,828 6,365 6,691 

Hardboard (M ft3, 1/8 in basis)

Product shipments 5,118 5,196 5,025 4,895 5,273 5,248 5,206 4,930 5,280 4,501 

Imports 633 718 689 571 571 639 1,119 1,152 1,183 1,306 

Exports 322 427 552 606 836 917 1,190 1,377 1,426 1,259 

Apparent Consumption 5,429 5,487 5,162 4,860 5,008 4,970 5,135 4,705 5,037 4,548 

Source: Spelter et al. (1997).* since 1991
2.5.2.1 Domestic Production 

As Exhibit 2-24 shows, the value of shipments (representing production) of softwood plywood 

and veneer was slightly lower in 1995 than it was in 1989. During the period, production reached its 

lowest level in 1993 and then began to climb, in response to meeting demand from rising expenditures for 

renovation and remodeling and new housing starts. The value of shipments of reconstituted wood 

products rose 15 percent between 1989 and 1995, linked to the underlying growth in the construction 

sector and the growth in market share of structural panel products over softwood plywood. 

Figure 2-10 compares the value of product shipments of softwood plywood and veneer to 

reconstituted wood products from 1989-1995. 

Figure 2-10: Value of Product Shipments, 1989-1995 

1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 

-

1,000 

2,000 

3,000 

4,000 

5,000 

6,000 

7,000 

8,000 

1997 Dollars ($1,000,000) 

Year 

Softwood plywood & 

veneer 

Reconstituted wood 

products 

Source: U.S. Department of Commerce, International Trade Administration (1998). 

Trends in product shipments by volume (Exhibit 2-25) have been mixed for this group of 

industries. A statistical report produced by the U.S. Forest Service’s Forest Products Laboratory (Spelter 

et al., 1997) focused on production of softwood plywood, Other Structural Panels (OSB and waferboard), 

particleboard and MDF as a group, and hardboard. Production by the Other Structural Panels category 

experienced high growth during the period, with 1997 production almost 130 percent greater than it was 

in 1988. Most of this increase can be attributed to the rapid increase in OSB’s share of the structural 

panel market in recent years. Particleboard and MDF production grew a moderate 24 percent, while 

production of softwood plywood and hardboard declined by 19 percent and 12 percent respectively. 

Historically, softwood plywood production made a continuous steady climb through the late 1980's. At 

that point, the product began losing market share to OSB and production leveled off. This trend was 

accompanied by a certain amount of mill attrition (Spelter et al., 1997). 

2-41
2.5.2.2 Domestic Consumption 

Domestic, or apparent, consumption is the sum of domestic production and imports, less exports. 

The dollar value of apparent consumption (Exhibit 2-25) for softwood plywood and veneer was slightly 

lower in 1995 than it was in 1989. During the period, demand for softwood plywood and veneer dropped 

slightly in the early 1990s and reached its lowest level in 1993 and then began to climb. The value of 

domestic consumption of reconstituted wood products followed a similar pattern, increasing by 25 

percent overall between 1989 and 1995. Drivers of consumption trends described here are the same as 

those presented in the previous section on production (increased demand for renovation, remodeling and 

new housing starts). 

Figure 2-11 compares the apparent consumption of softwood plywood and veneer to reconstituted 

wood products from 1989-1995. 

Figure 2-11: Apparent Consumption, 1989-1995 

1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 

0 

1,000 

2,000 

3,000 

4,000 

5,000 

6,000 

7,000 

1997 D

ollars ($1,000,000) 

Ye a r 

Softwood plywood & 

veneer 

Reconstituted wood 

products 

Source: U.S. Department of Commerce, International Trade Administration (1998) 

Further examination of consumption volumes (Exhibit 2-25) shows the following trends for 

softwood plywood, other structural panels, particleboard and MDF as a group, and hardboard. 

• By volume, apparent consumption of softwood plywood fell by over 20 percent in the last 10 

years. 

• At the same time, consumption of other structural panels increased by almost 200 percent. 

• Particleboard and MDF were consumed at a slightly higher level in 1997 than they were in 1988, 

following a decline that ended in 1992. 

• Hardboard consumption has fluctuated during the same 10 years, with a 16 percent decline from 

1988. 

2-42
2-43

Demand for softwood plywood and OSB combined experienced an annual average growth rate of 2-3

percent from 1970 to 1996 (Spelter et al., 1997). of this demand was met by increased production

of OSB by both domestic and imported producers.

2.5.2.3 International Trade

Imports

Import value trends during the 1989-1995 period (Exhibit 2-24) show the constant dollar value of

softwood plywood and veneer imports grew by 37 percent, particularly during the later years when the

price for the commodity was rising rapidly and supplies of timber were declining. ports to

consumption of softwood plywood and veneer, while only 0.02, grew by 45 percent. 

for softwood plywood and veneer fell by 37 percent. Imports of reconstituted wood products more than

doubled from 1989 to 1995 and the value of imports’ share of consumption grew by almost 90 percent

and the trade deficit nearly quadrupled.

Looking at import volumes (Exhibit 2-25) for softwood plywood, other structural panels,

particleboard and MDF as a group, and hardboard, imports have made the biggest gains in the other

structural panel category, taking advantage of the overall growth in demand for those products. ports

now supply over a third of the other structural panel market. ports of hardboard have also grown, more

than doubling in volume since 1988. ports of softwood plywood over

the 10 years, and a decline of 40 percent in imports of particleboard and MDF. Exhibit 2-26 shows U.S.

imports of major region and trading partner.

Exhibit 2-26: 1997 U.S. Wood Products Imports by Region and Major Trading Partner

Trade Areas

Value*

($millions) Share

NAFTA 8,128 85.1

Latin America 541 5.7

Western Europe 234 2.5

Japan/Chinese Economic Areas 35 0.4

Other Asia 458 4.8

Rest of World 150 1.6

World Total 9,554 100.0

Top 5 Countries

Canada 7,991 83.6

Indonesia 340 3.6

Brazil 303 3.2

Mexico 137 1.4

Chile 108 1.1

*Includes Sawmills (SIC 2421), Softwood Plywood and Veneer (SIC 2436), Reconstituted

Wood Products (2435), and Hardwood Plywood and Veneer (SIC 2435).

Source: U.S. Department of Commerce, International Trade Administration (1999).

Most

The ratio of im

The trade surplus

Im

Im

There was a slight increase in im

by
Exhibit 2-26 shows that a vast majority, 85.1 percent, of U.S. imported wood products 

originated in the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA) trade zone, of which only 1.5 percent 

originates in Mexico. The U.S. is also importing a significantly greater value of wood products than it is 

exporting. In 1997 the U.S. exported about $3,683 million of wood products while it imported $9,554 

million. 

Imports of softwood plywood and veneer grew by 24 percent from 1996 to 1997. Seventy-seven 

percent of U.S. softwood plywood and veneer imports are from Canada. This growth is consistent with 

the strong demand for softwood plywood and veneer during this period. The overall penetration of 

imports into the U.S. market is quite small (2 percent), which is attributed to the efficiency and low costs 

of U.S. softwood plywood and veneer producers (U.S. Department of Commerce, International Trade 

Administration, 1999). 

Imports of reconstituted wood products grew by seven percent from 1996 to 1997. Seventyeight percent of U.S. reconstituted wood products imports are from Canada. The overall penetration of 

imports into the U.S. market is significant (18 percent), which is attributed to recent capacity additions 

by Canadian reconstituted wood products producers (U.S. Department of Commerce, International Trade 

Administration, 1999). 

Exports 

Export trends during the 1989-1995 period (Exhibit 2-24) show the value of softwood plywood 

and veneer exports fell by 17 percent, particularly during the later years when the price for the 

commodity was rising rapidly and supplies of timber were declining. Economic crises in several Asian 

economies and the falling value of the Canadian dollar relative to the U.S. dollar played a role in this 

trend. The ratio of exports to value of shipments of softwood plywood and veneer fell by 11 percent. 

Exports of reconstituted wood products grew by 32 percent from 1989 to 1995 and the proportion of 

exports to shipments grew by almost 15 percent. 

Export volumes (Exhibit 2-25) of hardboard quadrupled between 1988 to 1997, and constitute a 

significant portion of the total shipments from this industry. Exports of softwood plywood grew by 50 

percent, and have become an increasingly important part of the sector’s overall production. While total 

exports of other structural panels grew significantly, this market still remains a small portion of 

production. Exports of particleboard and MDF grew significantly through 1992 but have dropped 

steadily in recent years and are now just 15 percent higher than they were seven years ago. Exhibit 2-27 

shows U.S. exports by major region and trading partner. 

2-44
2-45

Exhibit 2-27: 1997 U.S. Wood Product Exports by Region and Major Trading Partner

Trade Areas

Value*

($millions) Share

NAFTA 1,001 27.5

Latin America 203 5.6

Western Europe 1,230 33.8

Japan/Chinese Economic Areas 837 23.0

Other Asia 205 5.6

Rest of World 161 4.4

World Total 3,638 100.0

Top 5 Countries

Canada 800 22.0

Japan 636 17.5

Germany 292 8.0

United Kingdom 244 6.7

Mexico 202 5.5

*Includes Sawmills (SIC 2421), Softwood Plywood and Veneer (SIC 2436), Reconstituted

Wood Products (SIC 2493), and Hardwood Plywood and Veneer (SIC 2435).

 Source: U.S. Department of Commerce, International Trade Administration (1999).

By region, the U.S. exports its largest share (33.8 percent) of wood products to Western Europe. 

However, no single country in Europe imports the most significant share of U.S. wood products. 

imports the largest share, 22 percent, due to two reasons. economy has strengthened. 

Second, on January 1, 1998 Canada completed its final stage of tariff removal as directed under the U.S.-

Canada Free Trade Agreement. orementioned reasons, U.S. wood product exports to

Canada increased 21 percent to $800 million in 1997 (U.S. Department of Commerce, International

Trade Administration, 1999).

Continued growth in U.S. exports of wood products is dependent on an Asian economic revival,

particularly in Japan’s economy. In 1996, prior to the economic crisis, Japan was the largest importer of

U.S. wood products. 1997, Japan’s share of U.S. wood product exports fell to 17 percent, a 24

percent decrease from the previous year. exacerbate the problem, U.S. exports to Japan are

expected to decline an additional 30 percent in 1998 and 1999. 

revitalize its economy, such as the implementation of the Enhanced Initiative on Deregulation and

Competition Policy. However, an increase in the Japanese consumption tax from 3 percent to 5 percent

in 1996 is believed to have canceled out the potential gains of the Policy, resulting in the expected

continuing decline in Japanese demand for U.S. plywood and wood products (U.S. Department of

Commerce, International Trade Administration, 1999).

In 1997, exports of softwood plywood and veneer accounted for about 10.6 percent of wood

product exports from the U.S. t increase from the previous year, raising the total

value of softwood plywood and veneer exports to $392 million, the highest level in eight years. Exports

to the United Kingdom, Canada, and Germany, the top three importers of U.S. softwood plywood and

veneer, experienced strong gains in 1997. lthy European market has increased the demand for

softwood plywood and veneer. e construction sector throughout Europe has seen an

Canada

First, Canada’s

For the two af

By

To further 

Japan has undertaken several steps to

This was a 24 percen

A hea

In particular, th
increase in activity. However, the recent strong performance of softwood plywood and veneer is not 

expected to continue due to an increasing international acceptance of OSB, and increasing competition 

from Canada, Brazil, and Indonesia (U.S. Department of Commerce, International Trade Administration, 

1999). 

Reconstituted wood products accounted for about 9.75 percent of U.S. wood product exports in 

1997. Both the value and volume of reconstituted wood product exports increased by 15 percent from 

the previous year. Canada, the United Kingdom, Mexico, and Japan are the largest export markets for 

U.S. reconstituted wood. The continuing increase in exports is mainly attributable to a growing 

international acceptance of OSB. Exports are expected to continue to grow in the upcoming years, but at 

a slower rate than they did in 1997 (U.S. Department of Commerce, International Trade Administration, 

1999). 

2.5.3 Prices 

An index of the change in producer prices for lumber and wood products is shown below in 

Exhibit 2-28 This index was compiled by the Bureau of Labor Statistics. 

Exhibit 2-28: Lumber and Wood Products Producer Price Index, 1988-1997 

(1982 = 100) 

122.1 125.7 124.6 124.9 144.7 183.4 188.4 173.4 179.8 194.5 

2.9% -0.9% 0.2% 15.9% 26.7% 2.7% -8.0% 3.7% 

88-97 

59.3% 

1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 

Lumber 

and wood 

products 

(SIC 24) 

Change 

from 8.2% Previous 

year 

Source: U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics (1999). 

The biggest annual price increases for lumber and wood products occurred in 1992 and 1993 and 

the overall price increase between 1988 and 1997 was nearly 60 percent. Another source, the Forest 

Products Laboratory (FPL), that is part of the U.S. Department of Agriculture, provides a statistical 

report with disaggregated price indices presented in Exhibit 2-29. Note that the base year of the BLS 

index is 1982 while the base year for the FPL data is 1992. 

2-46
2-47

Exhibit 2-29: Producer Price Indices of Plywood and Wood Composite Products

(1992 =100)

Year 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 88-97

Softwood

Plywood

74.2 84.5 81.4 82.2 100.0 115.4 120.3 128.0 118.3 119.3

Change from

Previous year 0 1

Particleboard 103.4 106.0 96.7 96.5 100.0 114.8 128.5 128.4 123.3 117.6

Change from

Previous year 0 0

Hardboard 100.9 98.6 96.7 100.0 106.5 109.1 113.2 115.8 119.0

Change from

Previous year 0 0

Source: Howard (1999).

Softwood plywood experienced the biggest price increase, 61 percent over the 1988 to 1997

period, with volatile price changes within the period with the biggest annual increases came in 1992 and

1993. 

have been offset by price declines in the last three years presented. 18

percent, with mostly steady annual price increases from 1994 on.

The market conditions and the factors that affect softwood plywood prices, supply and demand

are somewhat analogous to those that affect prices for softwood lumber. ple, the cost of timber

and transportation, foreign supply and demand, inventory levels as well as construction-driven demand

are factors that affect market prices for softwood lumber, as well as softwood plywood and other

structural panels. 

A recent study produced by WEFA (Wharton Economic Forecast Associates) on trends in the

softwood lumber market provides some clues about the future of the three industries examined here. 

Softwood lumber prices have climbed steadily since November of 1998. b included some

higher than expected price increases in the early summer of this year. 

domestic demand related to housing construction as one underlying cause of the price increases in

softwood lumber. tially explained by the expectation that housing

demand has peaked while remaining strong, exports to Asia will increase as those economies recover,

and imports from Canada will decrease.

For the most part, the WEFA report indicates that the construction industry has responded to

climbing prices by switching to “just-in-time” buying of products. ers are hoping that prices will

begin falling and are postponing inventory build-up during this period of climbing prices. 

short-run factor affecting prices during the second quarter of this year was a constraint on truck and rail

transportation availability. e market has reached equilibrium for the moment,

although this could change if inventories increase at the same time that construction-driven demand

levels off or falls (WEFA, 1999).

Exhibit 2-30 presents the industry-reported free on board (f.o.b.) prices of southern plywood,

OSB and particleboard from 1989 to 1996. 

distributor mark-ups. ices reflect the trends demonstrated in the previous

exhibit, with large price increases during early 1992, falling back to or below 1989 levels by 1996.

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

100.8

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Overall prices for particleboard rose 14 percent, but the large price increases in 1993 and 1994

Hardboard prices grew by

For exam

This clim

The WEFA report cites strong

Current price conditions are par

Buy

Another

WEFA concludes that th

These are the product prices prior to shipping costs and

On an adjusted basis, these pr
2-48

Exhibit 2-30:

F.O.B. Prices of Southern plywood, OSB, and Particleboard

($ per cubic meter)

Year Southern plywood OSB Particleboard

As

Reported

Adjusted

$1997

As

Reported

Adjusted

$1997

As

Reported

Adjusted

$1997

1989 184 229 166 206 129 160

1990 168 200 124 148 122 145

1991 175 201 144 165 120 138

1992 226 252 208 232 129 144

1993 257 279 227 247 152 165

1994 274 291 252 268 171 182

1995 267 277 242 251 173 180

1996 231 235 184 187 165 168

89-96 2.8% -10.1% 4.5%

Prices adjusted by the GDP deflator.

Source: Spelter, et al. (1997).

Softwood Plywood

Long-term price trend data presented in the report “Review of the Wood Panel Sector in the

U.S.” showed a fairly stable price pattern for softwood plywood between 1977 and 1991. 

prices increased steadily from 1992 to their peak in 1994. 1994 to

1996. wood plywood prices at their current high levels,

producers will have a difficult time competing against the newer, more cost effective OSB producers. 

However, the authors note that softwood plywood producers may be able to hang on to market share and

justify the higher prices by differentiating their product as a premium construction material (Spelter et

al., 1997).

Oriented Strand Board

The “Review of the Wood Panel Sector in the U.S.” report presents OSB price data over time

that shows a 27 percent decline in price during 1995 and 1996, after a continuous trend of price increases

since 1977. s authors attribute this weakening to a rapid increase in capacity that contributed

to an increase in production, putting downward pressure on prices. of users to

substitute plywood for OSB, these low OSB prices have only added to the growing market share enjoyed

by OSB. 1992 to

1995 where the industry enjoyed excellent cost/price margins, drawing more investment to OSB

production capacity (Spelter et al., 1997).

Particleboard

Particleboard price data from 1984 to 1992 presented in the report, “Review of the Wood Panel

Sector in the U.S.” show some variation within a relatively small range, with a substantial price increase

in the years 1993 to 1995, declining slightly in 1996. The price trend for particleboard from 1977 to

1996 is very similar to that of plywood. on for this similarity is the close relationship of

particleboard input costs to the plywood manufacturing industry. About 25 percent of industry

production cost is for wood inputs, which are primarily made up of wastes from lumber and plywood

production (Spelter et al., 1997). 

At that point,

Prices declined over 15 percent from

The report authors observe that with soft

The report’

Due to the ability

Falling prices have cut into the net revenues of OSB producers, after a period from

One reas
Medium Density Fiberboard (MDF) 

Producer-reported MDF prices were $235 per ton in September of 1996 and declined by 15 

percent to $205 per ton as of April, 1997. Despite this drop, there continues to be a price gap between 

MDF and less costly particleboard, although increasingly narrow. The price drop was attributed to MDF 

production capacity expansions that resulted in an increase in supply, putting pressure on the profits of 

MDF producers (Spelter et al., 1997). 

Structural Wood Members 

Producer-reported prices for I-joists reach a high in 1994 and have been declining since that 

time. Recent price conditions have made I-joists more competitive with traditional 2" by 10" lumber on 

an installed cost basis, typically for floor framing applications. In particular, I-joists are price 

competitive with lumber when lumber prices are high. However, precise estimates of market prices are 

difficult to obtain. The authors found that prices varied depending on whether the product was being 

sold under a brand name, on sale, or under a volume discount. Laminated veneer lumber, presented in 

the Review at $550/m3

 f.o.b., is generally more expensive than 2" by 10" lumber, and is used mostly for 

structural applications or as an input to I-joists (Spelter et al., 1997). 

2.5.4 Market Forecasts 

Production and Consumption 

A study published by WEFA in the summer of 1999 examined housing starts and concluded that 

housing starts will decline throughout 1999, resulting in a decline in lumber demand (WEFA, 1999). 

However, housing starts continue to remain strong well into 1999, keeping demand for lumber and other 

wood products for construction strong as well. The WEFA study also noted that another factor affecting 

demand for softwood lumber is interest rates and concluded that rising interest rates could have a 

dampening effect on demand. Higher interest rates will not only affect the affordability of new homes, 

but also will curtail purchases of existing homes and mortgage refinancing activity, both major sources 

of demand for materials used in home remodeling. Based on the relationship between housing starts, 

purchases of existing homes, and remodeling and renovation (the construction-based demand for 

plywood and other products examined in this profile), this decline in demand can be expected to affect 

the plywood and wood composite industries, as 60 to 70 percent of their output goes to the construction 

sector. WEFA expects the industry to experience most of this decline in 2000 (WEFA, 1999). 

The most recent wood products market outlook published by APA - The Engineered Wood 

Association (APA) shows U.S. housing starts exceeding expectations in 1999 (APA, 1999d). Similar to 

the WEFA study, the forecast expects higher interest rates in the future to play a role in reducing future 

housing demand in the period from 2000 to 2002. The report also forecasts the same trends for 

residential improvements and repairs, but notes the long-term outlook for remodeling to be good as 

home ownership increases. Figure 2-12 below provides information from the APA on U.S. housing 

starts. The APA forecast also reports the industrial outlook is good for other wood-consuming sectors. 

The APA expects demand for furniture and fixtures to remain healthy, but not at peak levels as existing 

home sales will be declining from the current peak rates. Nonresidential construction is forecasted to 

peak in 1999 and 2000 with declines in 2001 and 2002. Increased school construction will be a driving 

factor in the upward trend for nonresidential construction (APA, 1999d). 

2-49
Figure 2-12: APA Projected Housing Starts (000s) 

0 

500 

1000 

1500 

2000 

1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 

US Single Family US Multi-Family 

Source: APA (1999d). 

In addition to providing overall forecasts for the market demand, the APA outlook includes 

detailed forecasts of the demand for and production of structural panels, specifically softwood plywood 

and OSB.9 These forecasts, summarized in Exhibit 2-31, show the demand from each of the major 

markets for structural panels, in order of their share of market demand: new residential construction, 

remodeling, industrial uses including furniture and materials, nonresidential construction, and foreign 

demand. The industrial use category will have the largest domestic demand increase over the forecast 

period, 8 percent. Foreign demand shows significant increase of 78 percent. However, reductions in 

U.S. production as imports gain a large market share point to increased pressure from imports. 

9

While the report does not specify whether the forecast is exclusively for softwood plywood or includes 

hardwood plywood, it is assumed to cover softwood plywood only, as hardwood plywood is typically not used for 

structural panels. 

2-50 
2-51

Exhibit 2-31: 

(million sq. ft. 3/8" basis)

1999 2000 2001 2002 % Change

New Residential 18,415 17,715 17,585 18,435 0.00

Remodeling 7,440 7,440 7,475 7,550 1%

Industrial/Other 6,575 6,720 6,875 7,085 8%

Nonresidential 3,800 3,800 3,735 3,670 -3%

Domestic Demand 36,230 35,675 35,670 36,740 1%

Foreign Demand 990 1,275 1,705 1,760 78%

Total Demand 37,220.00 36,950.00 37,375.00 38,500.00 3%

Imports (Canada only) (7,345) (7,400) (8,300) (9,330) 27%

Total Domestic Production 29,875.00 29,550.00 29,075.00 29,170.00 -2%

Plywood 18,135 17,450 16,575 16,295 -10%

OSB 11,740 12,100 12,500 12,875 10%

Source: APA (1999d).

The APA forecasts for panel capacity and production provide additional insight into substitution

between softwood plywood and OSB. below shows these projected trends. 

plywood shows significant decreases in capacity (down 24 percent) and production (down 16 percent)

from 1992 to 2002. and production and is

projected to continue to capture the market for structural panels. constant capacity

utilization in the plywood sector with significant decreases in production supports the forecast of

expected plant closures in the future, while the opposite is true for OSB with expected increases in the

number of facilities.

APA Forecasted Structural Panel Production and Demand 

Exhibit 2-32 Softwood

Meanwhile, OSB has shown significant increases in capacity

The relatively
2-52

Exhibit 2-32: APA Actual and Forecasted Structural Panel Capacity and Production 

(million Sq Ft, 3/8" Basis)

Plywood OSB

Capacity Production Utilization Capacity Production Utilization

1992 23,700 19,332 82% 7,040 6,653 95%

1993 23,300 19,315 83% 7,560 7,002 93%

1994 21,875 19,638 90% 7,920 7,486 95%

1995 22,070 19,367 88% 8,830 7,903 90%

1996 21,150 19,181 91% 11,285 9,314 83%

1997 19,275 17,965 93% 11,575 10,534 91%

1998 19,075 17,776 93% 12,050 11,227 93%

1999 19,275 18,135 94% 12,250 11,740 96%

2000 18,835 17,450 93% 13,120 12,100 92%

2001 18,260 16,575 91% 13,725 12,500 91%

2002 18,010 16,295 90% 14,380 12,875 90%

% Change -0.24 -0.16 1.04 0.94

Shaded areas represent estimated values.

Source: APA (1999d). 

The spring edition of the APA’s on-line Engineered Wood Journal reports that the expectation of

overall production of structural panels in 1999 would be roughly the same as it was in 1998 (APA,

1999b). prospects for the softwood plywood and veneer sector indicates that the

industry is in for a difficult time. embers are bracing for a battle to preserve market share, a

particularly challenging goal in the face of expected declines in housing starts. s

spring journal focuses on the multiple pressures on its market share. ary source of pressure is

from the expanding sentiment that wood products are not environmentally sensitive. are concerned

that environmental advocacy groups are becoming increasingly successful at convincing major

corporations that the use of wood products should be curtailed in order to preserve trees and forested

land (APA, 1999b).

Shipments of reconstituted wood products are expected to increase 4 percent in 1998 and 1999

according to the U.S. Industry and Trade Outlook 1999. and in the furniture market has

proved beneficial to particleboard, MDF, and hardboard producers. For reconstituted wood products, the

forecast predicts an increase in growth of 3.3 percent per year from 1998 to 2003 as furniture markets

and residential construction remain healthy (U.S. Department of Commerce, International Trade

Administration, 1999). 

In their article, “A Look at the Road Ahead for Structural Panels, ” authors Spelter and

McKeever compare the situation of the OSB industry in 1996 to that of the MDF industry in the 1970's. 

The MDF industry experienced a major upheaval in the 1970's when an economic slump hit the U.S.

right when the industry had added a significant amount of capacity. 

whether the OSB industry is in danger of experiencing the same process. ’s

capacity additions reflect those of the MDF industry, the economic conditions in the late 1990's lead the

However, the long term

APA m

Further, the APA’

A prim

They

Strong dem

In this article, Spelter looks at

While the OSB industry
author to conclude that the OSB industry conditions probably will not lead to closures like those 

experienced by the MDF sector in the seventies. However, Spelter does not expect that the OSB 

producers will continue to enjoy the gains in market share they have experienced over the last 10 to 15 

years. He cites the near 100 percent market share held by OSB in the northeast and the Midwest as the 

peak of growth opportunity in those markets. Further, the market share split in the south and west may 

have stabilized due to the entrenchment of softwood plywood in those areas (Spelter and McKeever, 

1996). 

At the same time, manufacturers of substitutes for wood-based construction such as steel, cement 

and plastic, are aggressively pushing their products hard on the construction industry using the argument 

that their products are environmentally friendly, and have advantages in the areas of price stability, 

quality, and performance. In-roads by these competing non-wood substitutes are expected to continue as 

overall costs for wood-based products continue to climb and the underlying price advantage that woodproducts have traditionally held is undermined. Other concerns expressed the Engineered Wood Journal 

include having adequate supply of timber in the long run to meet producers’ needs (APA, 1999b). 

International Trade 

The hope for the plywood and composite wood products export markets is that declining 

domestic prices and economic recovery, particularly of the Asian economies, will boost the demand for 

U.S. produced wood-based products. This is of particular importance to the softwood plywood 

industry, as they are currently exporting approximately 10 percent of their production. Another 

international driver of demand for domestically produced wood-based building products is the effect of 

regulatory changes in countries such as Japan and Korea to promote wood-based housing construction. 

WEFA attributes most of the increases in exports from North America during 1999 to the U.S. rather 

than Canada. Continued growth in this market is limited by expected falling housing starts in Japan 

(WEFA, 1999). Any future changes in the U.S.-Canadian exchange rate will likely have a positive effect 

on exports in the short-term (in the next 2-3 years), as will any modifications to tariff structures in place 

for U.S. exports. 

The APA outlook includes an international forecast that projects a positive outlook for wood 

product exports from 2000 to 2002. This projection is based on expectation that the markets in Europe, 

Mexico, South America, and Japan will pick up in 2000, causing a weaker dollar and better overall 

climate for exports as (APA, 1999d). The strength of the dollar in 1999 placed U.S. wood products at a 

disadvantage in world markets, but APA projects significant increases in exports from 2000 to 2002 (see 

Exhibit 2-31 for structural panel export forecast). The 1999 fall edition of the APA’s Engineered Wood 

Journal pointed to continuing pressures on U.S. exports coming from recent increases in European 

production capacity as posing a sizeable challenge to structural wood panel products in the U.S. (APA, 

1999c). 

The U.S. Industry & Trade Outlook notes growth in European markets and removal of tariff 

barriers throughout the world as contributing to modest growth in the wood products industry. At the 

same time, the report cautions that economic conditions in Asia, especially Japan, may be of some 

concern. While OSB is making significant strides in residential construction in Japan and elsewhere, an 

Asian recession could threaten this progress. Softwood plywood is still considered the material of 

choice in many markets unfamiliar with OSB. Nontraditional markets such as South America, eastern 

Europe, and China could provide significant opportunity for growth in the wood products industry, 

especially softwood plywood (U.S. Department of Commerce, International Trade Administration, 

1999). 

2-53
Prices 

The recently published WEFA report on softwood lumber forecasts a 5 percent increase in the 

price index for those products during the third quarter of 1999 from the previous quarter. Because of the 

expected leveling off or decline in construction, prices are expected to decline during the year’s fourth 

quarter. Based on WEFA’s forecast, overall annual prices in 1999 are expected to be about 8 percent 

higher than they were in 1998. Year 2000 prices are forecast to rise only marginally over 1999. 

The “Review of the Wood Panel Sector in the U.S. and Canada” presents a forecast for structural 

wood panels (softwood plywood and OSB combined). In the 1997 report, Spelter and his co-authors 

assume that the long run average annual growth in demand for softwood plywood and OSB combined 

will continue at the historical 3 percent rate. Using that assumption, these industries will have excess 

capacity until 2001, when capacity utilization reaches 95 percent (Spelter et al., 1997). 

This forecast concluded that current and planned production capacity will exceed demand until 

2001. This excess capacity will continue to put downward pressure on prices, a trend that began in 

1996. The report authors expect that this price pressure will result in a market correction, requiring both 

the plywood and the OSB sectors to adjust capacity through the closure of some high cost, low 

productivity plants. 

2-54
2.6 References 

Abt Associates Inc. 1997. Market Profile of the Adhesive Industry. Prepared for Wendy Hoffman, 

Regulatory Impacts Branch, Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics, U.S. Environmental 

Protection Agency, 401 M Street, SW, Washington, DC 20460. 

American Plywood Association - The Engineered Wood Association. 1999a. Web page information on 

product characteristics and manufacturing. Tacoma, WA: APA - The Engineered Wood 

Association. http://www.apawood.org/ 

American Plywood Association - The Engineered Wood Association. 1999b. Engineered Wood 

Journal Online. Tacoma, WA: APA - The Engineered Wood Association. Spring. 

http://www.apawood.org/news/journal/spring99.html 

American Plywood Association - The Engineered Wood Association. 1999c. Engineered Wood Journal 

Online. Tacoma, WA: APA - The Engineered Wood Association. Fall. 

http://www.apawood.org/news/journal/fall99.html 

American Plywood Association - The Engineered Wood Association. 1999d. Market Outlook. Lumber, 

Structural Panels, and Engineered Wood Products: 2000 - 2002. Tacoma, WA: APA - The 

Engineered Wood Association. 

American Plywood Association - The Engineered Wood Association. 1998. Engineered Wood Journal 

Online. Tacoma, WA: APA - The Engineered Wood Association. Fall. 

http://www.apawood.org/news/journal/fall98.html 

American Plywood Association - The Engineered Wood Association. 1997. Design/Construction 

Guide: Residential & Commercial. Tacoma, WA: APA — The Engineered Wood Association. 

Bentley, Jerome T., C. C. Lawson, and D. Crocker (Mathtech, Inc.) 1992. Economic Impacts of 

Alternative NESHAPS on the Wood Furniture Industry. Prepared for U.S. Environmental 

Protection Agency, Cost and Economic Impact Section, Emissions Standards Division, office of 

Air Quality Planning and Standards. September. 

Buongiorno, Joseph. 1996. “Forest sector modeling: a synthesis of econometrics, mathematical 

programming, and system dynamics methods. International Journal of Foresting, 12, pp. 329-

343. 

CINTRAFOR. 1999. “Asian Crisis Hits PNW: Export Revenues Down 27% Between 1998-1998.” 

Fact Sheet #29. January. http://www.cintrafor.org/FS29.htm 

Columbia Forest Products. 1999. “About our Company.” Portland, OR. 

www.columbiaforestproducts.com 

Composite Panel Association. 1998. 1997 Annual Shipments Report & Downstream Market Survey: 

U.S./Canada Particleboard & Medium Density Fiberboard Industry. Gaithersburg, MD: 

Composite Panel Association. http://www.pbmdf.com/pubs/shipments97.html 

Dirks, John. 1991. Perspectives on Wood Furniture Production, Marketing and Trade: A Survey of 

Research Results. CINTRAFOR Special Paper #1. http://www.cintrafor.org/SP01.htm 

2-55
Dun & Bradstreet. 1999a. D-U-N-S Number Database. Murray Hill, NJ: Dun & Bradstreet. May 24. 

http://www.dnb.com/dunsno/dunsno.htm 

Dun & Bradstreet. 1999b. Industry Norms & Key Business Ratios 1998-1999, Information for SIC 

Codes 2435, 2436, 2439, and 2493. 

Eastin, Ivan, C. Lane, T. Waggener, R. Fight, J Barbour. 1996. An Assessment of the Market for 

Softwood Clearwood Lumber Products. CINTRAFOR Working Paper No. 59. 

http://www.cintrafor.org/WP59.htm 

Financial Times Limited. 1999a. “Boise Cascade Corporation.” Company Briefs/Company Financials. 

http://www.ft.com 

Financial Times Limited. 1999b. “Georgia-Pacific Corporation.” Company Briefs/Company 

Financials. http://www.ft.com 

Financial Times Limited. 1999c. “Louisiana-Pacific Corporation.” Company Briefs/Company 

Financials. http://www.ft.com 

Financial Times Limited. 1999d. “Willamette Industries, Inc.” Company Briefs/Company Financials. 

http://www.ft.com 

Gale Business Resources. 1999. Online business database. Essays by industry SIC code downloaded 

from http://www.gale.com. 

Howard, James L. 1999. U.S. Timber Production, Trade Consumption, and Price Statistics 1965-1997. 

General Technical Report FPL-GTR-116. Madison, WI: U.S. Department of Agriculture, Forest 

Service, Forest Products Laboratory, 76p. July. 

International Paper. 1998. “International Paper, Union Camp Corporation Announce Merger.” Release, 

November 24. 

http://www.internationalpaper.com/ca/page/press_releases.cgi?funcs=links&ID=493957&back= 

archive 

Louisiana-Pacific Corporation. 1999. 

“Headquarters: Product Lines Overview” http://www.lpcorp.com/hq/products.html 

“Louisiana-Pacific Corp. Successfully Completes Tender Offer for ABT Building Products 

Corp.” Release No.: 112-2-9. February 24. 

http://www.lpcorp.com/pressrel/19990224_gen_pr.html 

“Louisiana-Pacific to Acquire Evans Forest Products, Ltd.” Release No.: 138-8-9. August 24. 

http://www.lpcorp.com/pressrel/19990824_gen_pr.html 

“Louisiana-Pacific Corp. Successfully Completes Tender Offer for Le Groupe Forex.” Release 

No.: 140-9-9. September 10. http://www.lpcorp.com/pressrel/19990910_gen_pr.html 

McKeever, Davis B. 1997. Engineered Wood Products: A Response to the Changing Timber Resource. 

Pacific Rim Wood Market Report, November. 

Midwest Research Institute. 1999. Memorandum from Becky Nicholson and Melissa Icenhour to Mary 

Tom Kissell and Larry Sorrels, U.S. EPA: “Preliminary facility-specific cost estimates for 

implementation of the plywood and composite wood products NESHAP.” October 20. 

2-56
Moody, Russell C. and J. Y. Liu. 1999. “Chapter 11: Glue Structural Members,” Wood 

handbook--Wood as an engineering material. Gen. Tech. Rep. FPL-GTR-113. Madison, WI: 

U.S. Department of Agriculture, Forest Service, Forest Products Laboratory. 

PR NewsWire. 1999a. 

“Boise Cascade to Acquire Furman.” June 15. 

“Boise Cascade Reports Sharply Increased Second-Quarter Earnings.” July 15. 

http://www.prnewswire.com/gh/cnoc/comp/109525.html 

PR NewsWire. 1999b. 

“Georgia-Pacific Group Reports Fourth Quarter and 1998 Results.” January 26. 

“Georgia-Pacific to Construct Oriented Strand Board Plant in Arkansas.” February 23. 

“Georgia-Pacific Group Reports Improved First Quarter Earnings and All-Time Quarterly 

Record for Building Products.” April 22. 

“Georgia-Pacific Completes Merger with Unisource Worldwide, Appoints Key Leadership; Sets 

Target for Resumption of Share Repurchases.” July 6. 

http://www.prnewswire.com 

PR NewsWire. 1999c. 

“Willamette Industries Reports Fourth Quarter Earnings.” January 20. 

“Willamette Industries Completes Darbo Acquisition.” June 22. 

“Willamette Industries to Build Particleboard Plant; Name New CFO.” August 5 

http://www.prnewswire.com/comp/971763.html 

PR NewsWire. 1998. “Willamette Industries Finalizes Purchase of French Plant.” March 4. 

http://www.prnewswire.com/gh/cnoc/comp/109525.html 

PR NewsWire. 1997. “Willamette Industries to Acquire Mexico City Box Plant.” December 15. 

http://www.prnewswire.com/comp/971763.html 

Spelter, Henry. 1998. Substitution, Timber Processing, March. 

Spelter, Henry, D. McKeever, and I. Durbak. 1997. Review of Wood-Based Panel Sector in United 

States and Canada, General Technical Report FPL-GTR-99. Madison, WI: U.S. Department of 

Agriculture, Forest Service, Forest Products Laboratory. 45p. 

Spelter, Henry. 1996. “Emerging Nonwood Building Materials in Residential Construction.” Forest 

Products Journal, 46(7/8). 

Spelter, Henry and T. McKeever. 1996. “A Look at the Road Ahead for Structural Panels.” C. C. Crow 

Publications, Inc., 11(5). October. 

Spelter, Henry. 1995. “Capacity Changes in U.S. Particleboard, Southern Pine Plywood, and Oriented 

Strandboard Industries.” Canadian Journal of Forest Resources, 25: 614-620. 

U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. 1999. Web site. http://stats.bls.gov/ppihome.htm 

2-57
U. S. Department of Commerce. 1999a. 1997 Census of Manufactures, Industry Series: 

Hardwood Veneer and Plywood, EC97M-3212A 

Softwood Veneer and Plywood, EC97M-3212B 

Engineered Wood Member (Except Truss) Manufacturing, 1997 Economic Census, 

Manufacturing Industry Series, EC97M-3212C 

Truss Manufacturing, EC97M-3212D 

Reconstituted Wood Products Manufacturing, EC97M-3212E 

U. S. Department of Commerce. 1999b. 1997 Census of Manufactures, Industry Series: 

Adhesive Manufacturing, EC97M-3255B 

Wood Office Furniture Manufacturing, EC97M-3372A 

U.S. Department of Commerce. 1997. Current Industrial Reports, Survey of Plant Capacity, 1997. 

U.S. Department of Commerce. 1995a. 1992 Census of Construction Industries, Industry Series: 

General Contractors — Single-Family Houses, Industry 1521. CC92-I-1. Washington, D.C.: 

U.S. Government Printing Office. June. 

U. S. Department of Commerce. 1995b. 1992 Census of Manufactures, Industry Series, Millwork, 

Plywood, and Structural Wood Members, Not Elsewhere Classified, Industries 2431, 2434, 

2435, 2436, and 2439. MC92-I-24B. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office. 

U. S. Department of Commerce. 1995c. 1992 Census of Manufactures, Industry Series, Household 

Furniture, Industries 2511, 2512, 2514, 2515, 2517, and 2519. MC92-I-25A. Washington, 

D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office. 

U. S. Department of Commerce. 1992. Census of Manufactures, Subject Series: General Summary, MC92-SC-1. 

U.S. Department of Commerce. No date. Census of Manufactures: 

Industry 2435, Hardwood Veneer and Plywood 

Industry 2436, Softwood Veneer and Plywood 

Industry 2439, Structural Wood Members, N.E.C. 

Industry 2493, Reconstituted Wood Products 

U.S. Department of Commerce, International Trade Administration. 1999. U.S. Industry &Trade 

Outlook. 

U.S. Department of Commerce, International Trade Administration. 1998. “Outlook Trend Tables.” 

http://www.ita.doc.gov/industry/otea/usito98/tables.htm. 

U.S. Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration. No date. SIC descriptions. 

http://www.osha.gov/oshstats/sicser.html. 

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. 1998. Industry Specific Information Collection Request (ICR) 

for the Development of Plywood and Particleboard Maximum Achievable Control Technology 

(MACT) Standards. 

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. 1995. Lumber and Wood Products, Office of Compliance 

Sector Notebook Project. 

2-58
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. 1992. “Economic Impacts of the Alternative NESHAPS on the 

Wood Furniture Industry.” 

U.S. Small Business Administration. 1999. Small Business Size Standards Matched to SIC Codes, 

http://www.sba.gov/regulations/siccodes/siccodes.html. 

WEFA. 1999. Informational Web site on softwood lumber. 

http://www.wefa.com/news/stories/99/lumber.cfm 

Weyerhaeuser. 1999a. “Weyerhaeuser Completes Acquisition of MacMillan Bloedel; Haskayne to Join 

Weyerhaeuser Board of Directors. Release. November 1. 

http://www.weyerhaeuser.com/news/mb/default.asp 

Weyerhaeuser. 1999b. “Facts About Weyerhaeuser.” Tacoma, WA: Weyerhaeuser Company. 

http://www.weyerhaeuser.com/facts/weyer.htm 

Willamette Industries, Inc. 1999. “Willamette Industries to Build $85 Million Facility in South 

Carolina.” Release. http://www.wii.com/newsexp.htm 

Youngquist, John A. 1999. “Chapter 10: Wood-Based Composite and Panel Products.” Wood 

handbook--Wood as an engineering material. Gen. Tech. Rep. FPL-GTR-113. Madison, WI: 

U.S. Department of Agriculture, Forest Service, Forest Products Laboratory. 

2-59
3 REGULATORY ALTERNATIVES, EMISSIONS, EMISSION 

REDUCTIONS, AND CONTROL AND ADMINISTRATIVE COSTS 

3.1 Regulatory Alternatives 

3.1.1 Background 

This chapter provides background information on the regulatory alternatives, emissions, 

reductions expected from implementation of the proposed rule, and the costs associated with the 

regulatory alternatives. 

Section 112 of the Clean Air Act (CAA) requires that EPA establish NESHAP for the control of 

hazardous air pollutants (HAP) from both new and existing major sources. A major source of HAP is 

defined as any stationary source or group of stationary sources within a contiguous area and under 

common control that emits or has the potential to emit, considering controls, in the aggregate, 10 tons per 

year or more of any single HAP or 25 tons per year of combined HAP. The CAA requires the NESHAP 

to reflect the maximum degree of reduction in emissions of HAP that is achievable. This level of control 

is commonly referred to as the maximum achievable control technology, or MACT. The MACT floor is 

the minimum control level allowed for NESHAP and is defined in Section 112 (d) (3) of the CAA. 

The requirements for new sources are potentially more stringent than those for existing sources. 

For new sources, Section 112(d)(3) of the CAA requires EPA to set standards for each category or 

subcategory that are at least as stringent as “the emission control that is achieved in practice by the best 

controlled similar source.” For existing sources, Section 112(d)(3) requires the HAP standards to be no 

less stringent than “the average emission limitation achieved by the best-performing 12 percent of the 

existing sources” for source categories or subcategories with at least 30 sources and “the average emission 

limitation achieved by the best-performing five sources” for source categories or subcategories with fewer 

than 30 sources.1 

In a previous rulemaking, the EPA promulgated a final rule (59 FR 29196) that presented the 

Agency’s interpretation of the statutory language regarding the basis of the MACT floor.2 The EPA’s 

interpretation of the “average emission limitation” is that it means a measure of central tendency, such as 

the median. If the median is used when there are at least 30 sources, then the emission level achievable 

by the source and its control system that is at the bottom of the top 6 percent of the best-performing 

sources (i.e., the 94th percentile) then becomes the MACT floor. For example, assume that there are 100 

sources, and HAP emissions from approximately 15 of these sources (15 percent nationwide) are 

controlled using thermal oxidizers and the HAP emissions from the remainder of the sources are 

uncontrolled. In this example, the 94th percentile is represented by the control system applied to the 

source ranked at number 6 (6/100 = 6 percent). However, in this example, the same type of add-on 

control technology used by the source at the 94th percentile (thermal oxidizer) is used by sources ranked 

below the 94th percentile. Assuming that there are no significant design or operational differences 

between the different thermal oxidizers that would affect their performance, all 15 sources equipped with 

thermal oxidizers would be considered representative of the MACT floor. Thus, when determining the 

performance level of the MACT floor technology, EPA would evaluate the available data for any and all 

of the sources equipped with thermal oxidizers. 

When there are less than 30 sources, the emission level achievable by the source and its control 

system that is the median of the 5 sources represents the MACT floor. For example, if there are 10 

sources nationwide and the emissions from 2 of these sources are controlled with thermal oxidizers and 

the emissions from the remaining 8 are uncontrolled, then the MACT floor is “no emission reduction” 

3-1
because the top 5 sources include the 2 that are controlled, plus 3 that are uncontrolled. In this example, 

the median source (the source ranked “number 3”) is uncontrolled. 

3.1.2 Control Technologies and Practices in MACT Floor Determination 

Control systems in use the PCWP industry include add-on control systems and incineration of 

process exhaust in an onsite combustion unit. The potential for pollution prevention also exists in the 

PCWP industry; however, there are no known and demonstrated pollution prevention techniques that can 

be universally applied across the industry. The emissions from PCWP process units are associated with 

the wood and/or resin processed. Thus, switching to alternative fuels (e.g., switching from wood fuel to 

natural gas) would not significantly reduce emissions and would not be economical for many facilities 

that use their wood waste as fuel. Facilities cannot readily switch wood types (e.g., from softwoods to 

hardwoods) for several reasons: (1) equipment at each facility is often designed for a particular wood 

type; (2) product characteristics would change; and (3) PCWP facilities are located near their wood 

source. Over the past decades, the PCWP industry and its resin suppliers have responded to pressure to 

reduce the HAP content of resins. It is expected that this trend will continue into the future (e.g., resins 

with lower HAP content are likely to be developed). Resin reformulation is a slow, trial-and-error 

process that must be completed by individual facilities and their resin suppliers so that product quality is 

maintained. At this time, no information is available to determine the degree of emission reduction that 

can be achieved through resin reformulation. The achievable emission reduction would be very facilityspecific, and may not be comparable to the emission reduction achievable with add-on control systems 

because emissions from the wood would remain. At the present time, few (if any) facilities use pollution 

prevention measures to achieve an emission reduction comparable to that of add-on incineration-based 

control systems. Therefore, this analysis focuses on add-on control devices. 

Available data on control device performance were reviewed to determine which add-on control 

systems are best at reducing HAP emissions. Because total hydrocarbons (THC), formaldehyde, and 

methanol are the most prevalent pollutants emitted from the PCWP industry and represent the majority of 

the available data on control device performance, the control systems were analyzed based on their ability 

to reduce emissions of these three pollutants. Although THC is not a HAP, control systems that are 

effective in reducing THC emissions are generally effective in reducing HAP emissions. 

The available control device performance data for the PCWP industry shows that only two types 

of add-on air pollution control devices consistently and continuously reduce HAP emissions: incinerationbased controls (including regenerative thermal oxidizers [RTOs], regenerative catalytic oxidizers [RCOs], 

and incineration of pollutants in onsite process combustion equipment [process incineration]) and 

biofilters. For control systems that use onsite process combustion equipment (e.g., power boilers or fuel 

cells) to reduce emissions, only those systems that route 100 percent of the process unit’s exhaust to the 

combustion equipment are included in the “incineration-based controls” category. Several of the process 

incineration systems are fully integrated systems that combine heat/energy recovery with pollution 

control. Systems that only incinerate a portion of the process unit exhaust stream (e.g., less than 

75 percent) are referred to as “semi-incineration” and are not included in the incineration-based controls 

category. 

Those PCWP facilities that practice semi-incineration take a portion of the exhaust stream and 

then route these emissions to a burner for use as combustion air. In those situations, the HAP emissions 

in the slip stream are actually combusted. However, some facilities with direct-fired dryers (i.e., dryers 

that receive hot exhaust air directly from combustion source) that practice semi-incineration may also use 

the dryer exhaust gas slip stream (or fresh air) to cool the exhaust gas from the burners in “blend 

chambers.” 3

 When the exhaust gas is routed to the blend chamber, the HAP in the exhaust gas are not 

combusted in the dryer, and if the dryer emissions are uncontrolled, these HAP are ultimately emitted to 

3-2
the atmosphere. The amount of exhaust gas recycled either to the burner or to the blend chamber can vary 

over time. Decisions about how much of the recycled exhaust stream are used as combustion air and 

when and how much exhaust air is used in a blend chamber generally are made by the equipment 

operators and are affected by process conditions such as the moisture content of the incoming wood 

furnish (which affects the target dryer operating temperature) and the desired amount of water removal.4 

Thus, semi-incineration is used to maintain the heat balance in the drying system (e.g., combustion unit 

and dryer). There is a lack of detailed information on how the semi-incineration process works at each 

facility, and thus, the actual HAP emission reductions that are achieved at PCWP facilities that practice 

semi-incineration cannot be determined/verified. In addition, it may not be possible to retrofit semiincineration onto existing process units, and therefore, semi-incineration may not be an option for process 

units that were not originally designed to incorporate semi-incineration. For the reasons stated above and 

for the purpose of establishing MACT floors for the PCWP source category, semi-incineration is not 

considered a verified control technique for reducing HAP emissions. However, as explained later in 

Section IV.B of this memorandum, there are only two process unit groups (bagasse fiberboard mat dryers 

and hardwood veneer dryers) where semi-incineration is the only available candidate for the MACT floor 

technology. 

The available control device efficiency data show that control devices installed for particulate 

matter (PM) abatement had no effect on gaseous HAP or THC emissions.5 These control devices include 

cyclones, multiclones (or multicyclones), baghouses (or fabric filters), and electrified filter beds (EFBs). 

The performance data for wet electrostatic precipitators (WESPs) and wet scrubbers installed for PM 

control also showed no effect on HAP and THC emissions. These wet systems may achieve short-term 

reductions in THC or gaseous HAP emissions, however, the HAP and THC control efficiency data, which 

range from slightly positive to negative values, indicate that the ability of these wet systems to absorb 

water-soluble compounds (such as formaldehyde) diminishes as the recirculating scrubbing liquid 

becomes saturated with these compounds.5 One wet scrubbing system, a combination water tray 

tower/high energy venturi scrubber that uses treated water and is designed to minimize emissions of both 

PM and odorous compounds from a hardboard press, did achieve notable HAP and THC emissions 

reductions. This system reduces formaldehyde and methanol emissions by 65 percent and 50 percent, 

respectively, and reduces THC emissions by 86 percent.5 

The THC, methanol, and formaldehyde control device performance data for incineration-based 

control and biofilters are presented in the MACT floor memo included in the public docket.6 The 

information in this memo was extracted from a separate memorandum which provides information on the 

available control device performance data for the various types of control devices applied to PCWP 

process units. The performance data for the incineration-based controls and biofilters showed methanol 

and formaldehyde emission reductions equal to or greater than 90 percent, except in some cases where the 

pollutant loadings of the emission stream entering the control systems were very low. The performance 

data for THC showed that incineration-based control systems could achieve THC emission reductions 

equal to or greater than 90 percent. The THC emission reductions achieved with biofilters varied 

somewhat, with THC reductions ranging from 73 percent to 90 percent. Although biofilters are effective 

in reducing the HAP compounds emitted from process units in the PCWP industry, they can be less 

effective in reducing some of the less water-soluble non-HAP compounds, such as pinenes, that can make 

up a portion of the THC measurements. 

The proposed MACT floor technology for the process units was either determined to be no 

emission reduction or equivalent to the emission reduction achievable with incineration-based control 

systems or biofilters. Although some process units are equipped with add-on controls that perform at a 

level somewhere between zero (no control) and the performance level achievable with incineration-based 

controls and biofilters, none of these control systems were identified as MACT floor control technologies 

because they (1) do not reduce HAP emissions (e.g., bag houses) or (2) do not reduce HAP emissions on 

3-3
a consistent basis (e.g., wet electrostatic precipitators), or (3) achieve lower HAP emission reductions 

than biofilters and incineration-based controls (e.g., semi-incineration). Therefore, the MACT floor 

analysis focused on incineration-based controls and biofilters. 

For the purpose of establishing the performance level of the MACT floor control systems, all 

available data on incineration-based controls and biofilters were grouped together. This “group 

approach” was used because some of the control systems treat HAP emissions from multiple types of 

process units, such as primary tube dryers, reconstituted panel presses, and board coolers. 

Determinations of the performance of the control system on emissions from each type of process 

unit were not possible. Also, for some process unit groups, limited data were available for the control 

systems applied to the process units in that group. By considering all of the performance data for 

incineration-based controls and biofilters together, the amount of available data upon which the MACT 

floor level of performance was based was maximized. 

The available data for incineration-based controls and biofilters (provided in the MACT floor 

memo)

6

 shows variability in performance from process unit to process unit and over time. In some cases, 

it was not possible to directly compare the performance of different control systems because data were not 

available for the same pollutant (i.e., not all test reports included data for THC, methanol, and 

formaldehyde). Comparison of the performance of the different types of incineration-based control 

systems with other incineration-based controls and with biofilters was also hampered by the fact that the 

uncontrolled emissions being treated by the different control systems varied with respect to pollutant 

loading (inlet concentration) and pollutant type. Because the control device efficiency is somewhat 

dependent on the amount of HAP entering the device, the variability in the uncontrolled emissions from 

process units both within and among the different process groups meant that the control device 

efficiencies also varied. With a few exceptions, when the concentration of methanol, formaldehyde, or 

THC in the uncontrolled emission stream was greater than 10 parts per million dry volume (ppmvd), the 

associated HAP emission reductions ranged from 90 to 99 percent. In general, lower control efficiencies 

were achieved when the inlet pollutant concentrations were below 10 ppmvd; however, in some cases, the 

control efficiency exceeded 90 percent even at the lower inlet concentrations. 

To account for the variability in the type and amount of HAP in the uncontrolled emissions from 

the various process units and the effect of this variability on control system performance, it is 

recommended that the MACT floor performance level be based on all three of the pollutants analyzed and 

include maximum concentration levels in the outlet of the control systems as an alternative to emission 

reductions. The MACT floor performance level is a 90 percent reduction in THC or methanol or 

formaldehyde emissions. The maximum concentration level in the outlet of the MACT floor control 

system is 20 ppmvd for THC, or 1 ppmvd for methanol, or 1 ppmvd for formaldehyde. The 20 ppmvd is 

recommended as the alternative maximum concentration for THC because 20 ppmvd represents the 

practical limit of control for THC. The 1 ppmvd is recommended as the maximum outlet concentration 

for both methanol and formaldehyde because this concentration is achievable by the MACT floor control 

systems and the method detection limits for these compounds using the National Council of the Paper 

Industry for Air and Stream Improvement (NCASI) impinger/canister emission test method (NCASI 

Method IM/CAN/WP-99.01) are less than 1 ppmvd.7 

3.1.3 MACT Floor Options 

The six recommended options for representing the MACT floor are shown in Exhibit 3-1. These 

six options reflect the emission reductions and maximum outlet pollutant concentrations achievable at the 

MACT floor for all process units with a MACT floor technology represented by incineration-based 

controls or biofilters. As shown in Exhibit 3-1, it is recommended that a restriction be placed on the use 

3-4
of the outlet concentration options for methanol and formaldehyde. The proposed restriction would be 

that the concentration of the pollutant (methanol or formaldehyde) entering the MACT control system 

must be at least 10 ppmvd for the facility to use the outlet concentration option. The purpose for this 

restriction is that some process units may have very low uncontrolled methanol or formaldehyde 

emissions, while still emitting significant quantities of HAP, and facilities with these process units could 

claim that they are achieving MACT floor levels of control without doing anything to reduce HAP 

emissions. All of the MACT floor control systems evaluated can meet at least one of the six control 

options for add-on control devices, based on the available data. Only a few of the MACT floor control 

systems evaluated can meet all six options; in those cases, the control systems tend to be applied to 

process units with both moderately high HAP emissions and moderately high THC emissions, which 

would allow them to meet the outlet concentration-based options for methanol and formaldehyde as well 

as the percent reduction options. Therefore, it is recommended that facilities be required to meet only one 

of the six emission options in Exhibit 3-1. 

Exhibit 3-1. MACT FLOOR CONTROL OPTIONS 

Pollutant Reduce by OR achieve emissions #

methanol 90 percent 1 ppma 

...OR... 

formaldehyde 90 percent 1 ppma 

...OR... 

THCb 90 percent 20 ppm a This option would only be applicable to units with uncontrolled emissions of that HAP that are $10 ppm. b Mills will be allowed to adjust THC measurements to subtract methane. 

3.1.4 Summary of MACT for Existing and New Process Units 

Exhibit 3-2 summarizes MACT for each type of process unit at new and existing PCWP 

facilities. The MACT represents the level of control that would be required by the PCWP NESHAP. The 

technologies listed below achieve that control level. 

3-5
Exhibit 3-2. SUMMARY OF MACT FOR PCWP PROCESS UNITS 

AT NEW AND EXISTING SOURCES 

Process unit 

MACT for process units at existing 

sources 

MACT for process units at new 

sources 

Tube dryers; Rotary strand 

dryers; Conveyor strand dryers; 

Green particle rotary dryers; 

Hardboard ovens; Softwood 

veneer dryers; Pressurized 

refiners 

Reconstituted wood product 

presses 

Fiberboard mat dryers (wood); 

Hardboard press preheat ovens 

Reconstituted wood product 

board coolers 

emission reduction achievable with 

incineration-based controla

 or 

biofilter 

emission reduction achievable with 

incineration-based controla or 

biofilter 

No emission reduction emission reduction achievable with 

incineration-based controla 

No emission reduction emission reduction achievable with 

incineration-based controla

 or 

biofilter 

Rotary agricultural fiber dryers; 

Dry particle rotary dryers; 

Paddle-type particle dryers; 

Hardboard humidifiers 

Fiberboard mat dryers (bagasse); 

Veneer kilns; Radio-frequency 

veneer redryers; Hardwood 

veneer dryers; Particleboard press 

molds; Particleboard extruders; 

Engineered wood products 

presses; Agriboard presses; 

Plywood presses; Stand-alone 

digesters; Atmospheric refiners; 

Blenders; Formers; Sanders 

Saws; Fiber washers; Chippers; 

Log vats; Lumber kilns 

No emission reduction No emission reduction 

emission reduction achievable with 

incineration-based controla 

emission reduction achievable with 

incineration-based controla 

a Incineration-based control includes RTOs, RCOs, TCOs, TOs, and incineration of process exhaust in combustion 

unit. 

3.1.5 Beyond the MACT Floor Options and Related Technologies 

Because the control devices that represent MACT levels of control are the same for all process 

units that have a controlled MACT floor for both new and existing units, the only beyond the floor 

options considered were for existing process unit groups that had MACT floors equal to “no emission 

reduction.” The annual total HAP emissions from the following equipment are very low compared to the 

emissions from other process units used in the PCWP industry: 

C agriboard dryers

C dry particle rotary dryers

C paddle-type particle dryers

C

C

C

particleboard press molds 

particleboard extruders 

engineered wood products presses 

3-6
C hardboard humidifiers C agriboard presses 

C bagasse fiber mat dryer C atmospheric refiners 

C veneer kilns C lumber kilns 

C RF veneer redryers C resin storage tanks 

C hardwood veneer dryers C other miscellaneous equipment (formers, 

sanders, saws, fiber washers, chippers, and log 

vats) 

No beyond-the-floor control options were considered for these equipment because emissions 

from these process units would not be cost-effective to control. In addition, no beyond-the-floor analyses 

of wastewater operations, wastewater tanks, and miscellaneous coating operations were conducted 

because sufficient information is not available to make beyond-the-floor determinations and it is not 

known (or expected) that emissions from these operations would justify control. 

Based on a review of the HAP emissions data for process units with MACT floors of no emission 

reduction, blenders and stand-alone digesters were selected for a beyond-the-MACT-floor analysis 

because these equipment emit higher levels of HAP emissions relative to other process units. Beyondthe-floor analyses were also conducted for process units with a MACT floor of no emission reduction for 

existing units and a MACT floor represented by the emission reduction achievable with incinerationbased controls for new units. These process units include fiberboard mat dryers, press preheat ovens, and 

reconstituted wood products board coolers. 

This analysis of beyond-the-floor options was based on the industry average exhaust flow for 

each process unit, the typical number of each process unit per plant, the industry average amount of HAP 

emitted from the process units, and assuming that an RTO would be used to control emissions from each 

process unit. The average exhaust flow rates and typical number of process units per plant were 

determined using the results from EPA’s MACT survey. The average HAP emissions and emission 

reductions were determined using the methodology described in the baseline emissions memo.

9 The 

annualized RTO cost was calculated based on flow rate using the methodology described later in this 

chapter. The cost per ton values were calculated by dividing the total annualized cost (TAC) for the RTO 

by the HAP reduction. This analysis assumes that facilities will not be able to route the emissions from 

process units to an existing control device or to a new control device installed to meet the PCWP 

standards (i.e., that a separate RTO must be purchased to handle the additional flow from the process 

units). Exhibit 3-3 below presents the results of this analysis. 

3-7
Exhibit 3-3. Cost-Effectiveness Analysis Of Beyond-The-Floor Control Options 

Process Unit 

Fiberboard mat dryer at FB 

plant 

Fiberboard mat dryer at w/d 

HB plant 

Fiberboard ma t dryers 

(average) 

Press preheat oven - w/d HB 

plant 

Board cooler - PB 

Board cooler - MDF 

Board cooler (average) 

Stand-alone digester - FB 

Stand-alone digester - HB 

Stand-alone digester (average) 

Blender - PB 

Blender - OSB 

Blender (average) 

Average 

flow, dscfm 

Typical 

no. 

per plant 

RTO 

TAC 

Average 

HAP 

emitted, tpy 

Tons HAP 

reduced, tpy 

49,389 1 $471,187 8 7.6 

19,491 1 $370,952 12 11 

34,440 1 $421,070 10 9.3 

21,812 1 $377,904 15 14 

41,423 1 $442,096 5 4.8 

79,483 1 $599,447 3 2.9 

60,453 1 $520,772 4 3.9 

7,587 2 $358,359 14 13 

7,587 2 $358,359 14 13 

7,587 2 $358,359 14 13 

13,590 2 $394,486 45 43 

13,590 2 $394,486 11 10 

13,590 2 $394,486 28 27 

Cost 

effectiveness 

$/ton (1998 

dollars) 

$30,076 

$26,520 

$133,531 

$26,944 

$14,610 

In all cases, the emission reductions that could be achieved from requiring controls for these 

existing units did not appear to be justified by the cost. Many of the existing control devices at wellcontrolled facilities would not have the additional capacity to treat the emissions from these process units, 

and thus, these facilities would have to install new controls. 

For more information, refer to the MACT memo for this proposed rule and the BID.8 

3.1.6 Considerations of Possible Risk-Based Alternatives to Reduce Impacts to Sources 

The Agency has made every effort in developing this proposal to minimize the cost to the 

regulated community and allow maximum flexibility in compliance options consistent with our statutory 

obligations. However, we recognize that the proposal may still require some facilities to take costly steps 

to further control emissions even though their emissions may not result in exposures which could pose an 

excess individual lifetime cancer risk greater than one in one million or which exceed thresholds 

determined to provide an ample margin of safety for protecting public health and the environment from the 

effects of hazardous air pollutants. We are, therefore, specifically soliciting comment on whether there are 

further ways to structure the proposed rule to focus on the facilities which pose significant risks and avoid 

the imposition of high costs on facilities that pose little risk to public health and the environment. 

Industry representatives provided EPA with descriptions of three mechanisms that they believed 

could be used to implement more cost-effective reductions in risk. The docket for today’s proposed rule 

contains “white papers” prepared by industry that outline their proposed approaches (see docket number 

A-98-44, Item # II-D-525). The Agency is taking comment on these approaches. We believe that two of 

3-8
the three suggested approaches warrant further consideration. We believe they could be used to focus 

regulatory controls on facilities with significant risks and avoid the imposition of high costs on facilities 

that pose little risk to public health or the environment. One of the approaches, an applicability cutoff for 

threshold pollutants, would be implemented under the authority of CAA section 112(d)(4); the other 

approach, subcategorization and delisting, would be implemented under the authority of CAA sections 

112(c)(1) and 112(c)(9). The EPA requests comment on the technical and legal viability of these 

approaches, as well as any modifications to these approaches that commenters may wish to suggest. The 

maximum achievable control technology, or MACT, program outlined in CAA section 112(d) is intended 

to reduce emissions of HAP through the application of MACT to major sources of toxic air pollutants. 

Section 112(c)(9) is intended to allow EPA to avoid setting MACT standards for categories or 

subcategories of sources that pose little risk to public health and the environment. The EPA requests 

comment on whether the proposals described here appropriately rely on these provisions of CAA section 

112. While both approaches focus on assessing the inhalation exposures of HAP emitted by a source, EPA 

specifically requests comment on the appropriateness and necessity of extending these approaches to 

account for non-inhalation exposures of certain HAP which may deposit from the atmosphere after being 

emitted into the air or to account for adverse environmental impacts. We are also interested in any 

information or comment concerning technical limitations, environmental and cost impacts, compliance 

assurance, legal authority, and implementation relevant to the approaches. We also request comment on 

appropriate practicable and verifiable methods to ensure that sources' emissions remain below levels that 

protect public health and the environment. We will evaluate all comments before determining whether 

either of the two approaches will be included in the final rule. 

3.1.6.1 Applicability Cutoffs for Threshold Pollutants Under Section 112(d)(4) of the CAA 

The first approach is an “applicability cutoff” for threshold pollutants that is based on EPA’s 

authority under CAA section 112(d)(4). A “threshold pollutant” is one for which there is a concentration 

or dose below which adverse effects are not expected to occur over a lifetime of exposure. For such 

pollutants, section 112(d)(4) allows EPA to consider the threshold level, with an ample margin of safety, 

when establishing emissions standards. Specifically, section 112(d)(4) allows EPA to establish emission 

standards that are not based upon the maximum achievable control technology (MACT) specified under 

section 112(d)(2) for pollutants for which a health threshold has been established. Such standards may be 

less stringent than MACT. Furthermore, EPA has interpreted 112(d)(4) to allow us to avoid further 

regulation of categories of sources that emit only threshold pollutants, if those emissions result in ambient 

levels that do not exceed the threshold, with an ample margin of safety.

10 

A different interpretation would allow us to exempt individual facilities within a source category 

that meet the section 112(d)(4) requirements. There are three potential scenarios under this interpretation 

of the section 112(d)(4) provision. One scenario would allow an exemption for individual facilities that 

emit only threshold pollutants and can demonstrate that their emissions of threshold pollutants would not 

result in air concentrations above the threshold levels, with an ample margin of safety, even if the category 

is otherwise subject to MACT. A second scenario would allow the section 112(d)(4) provision to be 

applied to both threshold and non-threshold pollutants, using the 1 in a million cancer risk level for 

decisionmaking for non-threshold pollutants. A third scenario would allow a section 112(d)(4) exemption 

at a facility that emits both threshold and non-threshold pollutants. For those emission points where only 

threshold pollutants are emitted and where emissions of the threshold pollutants would not result in air 

concentrations above the threshold levels, with an ample margin of safety, those emission points could be 

exempt from the MACT standard. The MACT standard would still apply to non-threshold emissions from 

1 See 63 FR 18754, 18765-66 (April 15, 1998) (Pulp and Paper Combustion Sources Proposed 

NESHAP) 

3-9 
other emission points at the source. For this third scenario, emission points that emit a combination of 

threshold and non-threshold pollutants that are co-controlled by MACT would still be subject to the 

MACT level of control. However, any threshold HAP eligible for exemption under section 112(d)(4) that 

are controlled by control devices different from those controlling non-threshold HAP would be able to use 

the exemption, and the facility would still be subject to the parts of the standard that control non-threshold 

pollutants or that control both threshold and non-threshold pollutants. 

Under the section 112(d) (4) approach, EPA would have to determine that emissions of each of 

the threshold pollutants emitted by PCWP sources at the facility do not exceed the threshold levels, with 

an ample margin of safety. The common approach for evaluating the potential hazard of a threshold air 

pollutant is to calculate a “hazard quotient” by dividing the pollutant’s inhalation exposure concentration 

(often assumed to be equivalent to its estimated concentration in air at a location where people could be 

exposed) by the pollutant’s inhalation Reference Concentration (RfC). An RfC is defined as an estimate 

(with uncertainty spanning perhaps an order of magnitude) of a continuous inhalation exposure that, over a 

lifetime, likely would not result in the occurrence of adverse health effects in humans, including sensitive 

individuals. The EPA typically establishes an RfC by applying uncertainty factors to the critical toxic 

effect derived from the lowest- or no-observed-adverse-effect level of a pollutant.11 A hazard quotient less 

than one means that the exposure concentration of the pollutant is less than the RfC, and, therefore, 

presumed to be without appreciable risk of adverse health effects. A hazard quotient greater than one 

means that the exposure concentration of the pollutant is greater than the RfC. Further, EPA guidance for 

assessing exposures to mixtures of threshold pollutants recommends calculating a “hazard index” by 

summing the individual hazard quotients for those pollutants in the mixture that affect the same target 

organ or system by the same mechanism.

12 Hazard index (HI) values would be interpreted similarly to 

hazard quotients; values below one would generally be considered to be without appreciable risk of 

adverse health effects, and values above one would generally be cause for concern. For the determinations 

discussed herein, EPA would generally plan to use RfC values contained in EPA’s toxicology database, 

the Integrated Risk Information System (IRIS). When a pollutant does not have an approved RfC in IRIS, 

or when a pollutant is a carcinogen, EPA would have to determine whether a threshold exists based upon 

the availability of specific data on the pollutant's mode or mechanism of action, potentially using a health 

threshold value from an alternative source such as the Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry 

(ATSDR) or the California Environmental Protection Agency (CalEPA). 

In the past, EPA routinely treated carcinogens as non-threshold pollutants. The EPA recognizes 

that advances in risk assessment science and policy may affect the way EPA differentiates between 

threshold and non-threshold HAP. The EPA's draft Guidelines for Carcinogen Risk Assessment13 suggest 

that carcinogens be assigned non-linear dose-response relationships where data warrant. Moreover, it is 

possible that dose-response curves for some pollutants may reach zero risk at a dose greater than zero, 

creating a threshold for carcinogenic effects. It is possible that future evaluations of the carcinogens 

emitted by this source category would determine that one or more of the carcinogens in the category is a 

threshold carcinogen or is a carcinogen that exhibits a non-linear dose-response relationship but does not 

have a threshold. 

11 “Methods for Derivation of Inhalation Reference Concentrations and Applications of Inhalation 

Dosimetry.” EPA-600/8-90-066F, Office of Research and Development, USEPA, October 1994. 

12 “Supplementary Guidance for Conducting Health Risk Assessment of Chemical Mixtures. Risk 

Assessment Forum Technical Panel,” EPA/630/R-00/002. USEPA, August 2000. 

http://www.epa.gov/nceawww1/pdfs/chem mix/chem mix 08 2001.pdf 

13 “Draft Revised Guidelines for Carcinogen Risk Assessment.” NCEA-F-0644. USEPA, Risk 

Assessment Forum, July 1999. pp 3-9ff. http://www.epa.gov/ncea/raf/pdfs/cancer_gls.pdf 

3-10 
There are at least several options for establishing a hazard index limit for the section 112(d)(4) 

analysis that reflect to varying degrees total public exposure. One option is to allow the hazard index 

posed by all threshold HAP emitted by PCWP sources at the facility to be no greater than one. This 

approach assumes that no additional threshold HAP exposures would be anticipated from other sources in 

the vicinity or through other routes of exposure (i.e., through ingestion). 

A second option is to adopt a “default percentage” approach, whereby the hazard index limit of the 

HAP emitted by the facility is set at some percentage of one (e.g., 20% or 0.2). This approach recognizes 

the fact that the facility in question is only one of many sources of threshold HAP to which people are 

typically exposed every day. Because noncancer risk assessment is predicated on total exposure or dose, 

and because risk assessments to focus only on an individual source, establishing a hazard index limit of 0.2 

would account for an assumption that 20% of an individual’s total exposure is from that individual source. 

For the purposes of this discussion, we will call all sources of HAP, other than the facility in question, 

“background” sources. If the facility is allowed to emit HAP such that its own impacts could result in HI 

values of one, total exposures to threshold HAP in the vicinity of the facility could be substantially greater 

than one due to background sources, and this would not be protective of public health, since only HI 

values below one are considered “safe” (i.e., without appreciable risk of harmful effects). Thus, setting the 

hazard index limit for the facility at some default percentage of one will provide a buffer which would help 

to ensure that total exposures to threshold HAP near the facility (i.e., in combination with exposures due to 

background sources) will generally not exceed one, and can generally be considered to be without 

appreciable risk of adverse health effects. The EPA requests comment on using the “default percentage” 

approach and on setting the default hazard index limit at 0.2. The EPA is also requesting comment on 

whether an alternative HI limit, in some multiple of 1, would be a more appropriate applicability cutoff. 

A third option is to use available data (from scientific literature or EPA studies, for example) to 

determine background concentrations of HAP, possibly on a national or regional basis. These data would 

be used to estimate the exposures to HAP from non-PCWP sources in the vicinity of an individual facility. 

For example, the EPA’s National-scale Air Toxics Assessment (NATA)14 and ATSDR’s Toxicological 

Profiles15 contain information about background concentrations of some HAP in the atmosphere and other 

media. The combined exposures from PCWP sources and from other sources (as determined from the 

literature or studies) would then not be allowed to exceed a hazard index limit of one. 

As an alternative to the third option, a fourth option is to allow facilities to estimate or measure 

their own facility-specific background HAP concentrations for use in their analysis. 

3.1.6.3 Subcategory Delisting Under Section 112(c)(9)(B) of the CAA 

EPA is authorized to establish categories and subcategories of sources, as appropriate, pursuant to 

CAA section 112(c)(1), in order to facilitate the development of MACT standards consistent with section 

112 of the CAA. Further, section 112(c)(9)(B) allows EPA to delete a category (or subcategory) from the 

list of major sources for which MACT standards are to be developed when the following can be 

demonstrated: 1) in the case of carcinogenic pollutants, that "no source in the category . . . emits 

[carcinogenic] air pollutants in quantities which may cause a lifetime risk of cancer greater than one in one 

million to the individual in the population who is most exposed to emissions of such pollutants from the 

source”; 2) in the case of pollutants that cause adverse noncancer health effects, that "emissions from no 

source in the category or subcategory . . . exceed a level which is adequate to protect public health with an 

14 See http://www.epa.gov/ttn/atw/nata 

15 See http://www.atsdr.cdc.gov/toxpro2.html 

3-11 
ample margin of safety"; and 3) in the case of pollutants that cause adverse environmental effects, that “no 

adverse environmental effect will result from emissions from any source.” 

Given these authorities and the suggestions from the white paper prepared by industry 

representatives (see docket number A-98-44, Item # II-D-525), EPA is considering whether it would be 

possible to establish a subcategory of facilities within the larger PCWP category that would meet the riskbased criteria for delisting. Since each facility in such a subcategory would be a low-risk facility (i.e., if 

each met these criteria), the subcategory could be delisted in accordance with section 112(c)(9), thereby 

limiting the costs and impacts of the proposed MACT rule to only those facilities that do not qualify for 

subcategorization and delisting. Facilities seeking to be included in the delisted subcategory would be 

responsible for providing all data required to determine whether they are eligible for inclusion. Facilities 

that could not demonstrate that they are eligible to be included in the low-risk subcategory would be 

subject to MACT and possible future residual risk standards. 

Establishing that a facility qualifies for the low-risk subcategory under section 112(c)(9) will 

necessarily involve combining estimates of pollutant emissions with air dispersion modeling to predict 

exposures. The EPA envisions that we would promote a tiered analytical approach for these 

determinations. A tiered analysis involves making successive refinements in modeling methodologies and 

input data to derive successively less conservative, more realistic estimates of pollutant concentrations in 

air and estimates of risk. 

As a first tier of analysis, EPA could develop a series of simple look-up tables based on the results 

of air dispersion modeling conducted using conservative input assumptions. By specifying a limited 

number of input parameters, such as stack height, distance to property line, and emission rate, a facility 

could use these look-up tables to determine easily whether the emissions from their sources might cause a 

hazard index limit to be exceeded. 

A facility that does not pass this initial conservative screening analysis could implement 

increasingly more site-specific but more resource-intensive tiers of analysis using EPA-approved modeling 

procedures, in an attempt to demonstrate that their facility does not exceed the hazard index limit. The 

EPA’s guidance could provide the basis for conducting such a tiered analysis.16 

Another approach would be to define a subcategory of facilities within the PCWP source category 

based upon technological differences, such as differences in production rate, emission vent flow rates, 

overall facility size, emissions characteristics, processes, or air pollution control device viability. If it 

could then be determined that each source in this technologically-defined subcategory presents a low risk 

to the surrounding community, the subcategory could then be delisted in accordance with 112(c)(9). 

One concern that EPA has with respect to the section 112(c)(9) approach is the affect that it could 

have on the MACT floors. If all of the well-controlled, low-risk facilities are subcategorized, that could 

make the MACT floor less stringent for the remaining facilities. One approach that has been suggested to 

mitigate this effect would be to establish the MACT floor now based on controls in place for the category 

and to allow facilities to become part of the low-risk category in the future, after the MACT standard is 

established. This would allow low risk facilities to use the 112(c)(9) exemption without affecting the 

MACT floor calculation. EPA requests comment on this suggested approach. 

16“A Tiered Modeling Approach for Assessing the Risks due to Sources of Hazardous Air 

Pollutants.” EPA-450/4-92-001. David E. Guinnup, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, 

USEPA, March 1992. 

3-12 
If this section 112(c)(9) approach were adopted, the rulemaking would likely indicate that the rule 

does not apply to any source that demonstrates, based on a tiered approach that includes EPA-approved 

modeling of the affected source’s emissions, that it belongs in a subcategory which has been delisted under 

section 112(c)(9). 

3.2 Emissions and Emission Reductions 

As mentioned in Chapter 1, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is developing 

national emission standards for hazardous air pollutants (NESHAP) for the plywood and composite wood 

products source category. This part of the RIA presents emission reductions expected to occur from 

compliance with the MACT floor alternative that is being proposed. 

3.2.1 Some Results in Brief 

The proposed plywood and composite wood products NESHAP will reduce HAP emissions by 

about 11,000 tons in the third year after its issuance.9 The major HAP reduced, as mentioned in the rule 

preamble, are acrolein, acetaldehyde, formaldehyde, phenol, propionaldehyde, and methanol. In addition, 

nearly 27,000 tons of VOC (reported as total hydrocarbon) emissions will be reduced. Nearly 11,000 

tons of CO emission reductions will occur, along with 13,000 tons of PM (coarse) emission reductions. 

There will also be 5,000 tons of additional NOx emissions and 4,000 tons of SO2 emissions added to the 

atmosphere due to the additional incineration-based controls that may be necessary for affected facilities 

to meet the MACT floor alternative. 

3.2.2 General Approach 

The methodology used to estimate the HAP emission reductions associated with this proposed 

rule is summarized in this section. Before the emissions reductions could be estimated, the baseline 

emissions level for each pollutant had to be determined. This was conducted by first estimating emissions 

without considering current air pollution controls, and then calculating the emissions levels with current 

controls applied. The first, uncontrolled emission estimates, are developed without consideration of air 

pollution controls currently in use at wood products plants. Baseline estimates reflect the level of 

pollution control that is presently used. The remainder of this section discusses the general methodology 

used to estimate uncontrolled and baseline emissions. 

Estimating uncontrolled and baseline emissions involves the following four steps: 

(1) Identification of hazardous air pollutant (HAP) emission sources, 

(2) Characterization of emission sources (e.g., assignment of throughput and other 

characteristics), 

(3) Application of emission factors, and 

(4) Calculation of emissions. 

3.2.2.1 Identifying Emission Sources 

Emission sources were identified based on responses to the EPA’s maximum achievable control 

technology (MACT) surveys and available emissions test data. The EPA gathered plant-specific 

information with three MACT surveys. The results of the three surveys are documented in separate 

memoranda.

10,11,12 Available emissions test data include data from nearly 100 test reports collected 

through EPA’s MACT survey, data from EPA’s Compilation of Air Pollutant Emission Factors, 

Volume I: Stationary Point and Area Sources (commonly referred to as AP-42), and extensive data from 

3-13
the industry-sponsored test program performed by the National Council of the Paper Industry for Air and 

Stream Improvement (NCASI). Emissions were estimated for sources that were identified in the EPA’s 

MACT survey (e.g., dryers, presses, board coolers) and for additional miscellaneous sources (e.g., 

digesters, refiners, fiber washers) for which applicable emission test data were available. Process flow 

diagrams submitted with the MACT surveys provided information about the presence (or absence) of 

miscellaneous sources at plants. The EPA’s MACT survey also provided information on the control 

devices used for most unit operations. 

Some plants have begun operation and other plants have added equipment and controls since 

EPA conducted the MACT survey. Such changes have been accounted for in the nationwide emission 

estimates. A separate memorandum summarizes the changes to plants that have occurred following the 

EPA’s MACT survey.

13 

3.2.2.2 Characterizing Emission Sources 

After the emission sources were identified, each source was assigned a throughput and further 

characterized. In most cases, plant-specific dryer and press throughput was provided in EPA’s MACT 

survey. If the dryer or press throughput was claimed confidential or was not provided, then a default 

throughput was assigned. For dryers, the default throughput was the average throughput for the same 

type dryers for the product manufactured. 10,11,12 If available, plant production (or capacity if production 

was unavailable) was used as the default throughput for presses; otherwise, presses were assigned the 

average press throughput for the product manufactured. 

Throughput for miscellaneous equipment was based on either dryer or press throughput, 

depending on the units of measure for the applicable emission factor (e.g., pounds per oven dry ton 

[lb/ODT] or pounds per thousand square feet [lb/MSF]). Collective throughputs for digesters, refiners, 

fiber washers, blenders, and formers were generally approximated as the total dryer throughput (ODT/yr) 

for the plant. Board cooler, sander, and saw throughput was generally approximated as the total press 

throughput (MSF/yr) for the plant. By assigning either the total dryer or press throughput to 

miscellaneous processes, no assumption about the number of miscellaneous operations (e.g., number of 

refiners) at each plant was necessary. 

Following assignment of throughput for each emission source, sources were further characterized 

(as necessary for application of emission factors) based on wood species, resin type, or other 

characteristics. Further characterization of emission sources is discussed in the baseline emissions memo 

for this proposed rule. If characterization of an emission source was not possible due to claims of 

confidentiality or missing information in the survey response, then default characterizations were applied 

based on practices most commonly observed at other plants. 

3.2.2.3 Applying Emission Factors 

As emission sources were characterized, the available emission factors were reviewed for 

applicability to each emission source. The emission factors used in developing the nationwide estimates 

are documented in a separate memorandum.

14 Emissions were generally estimated for total hydrocarbon 

as carbon (THC as C , referred to as “THC” in this RIA) and the following HAP’s: 

acetaldehyde methyl isobutyl ketone (MIBK) 

acrolein phenol 

benzene propionaldehyde 

cumene styrene 

3-14
formaldehyde toluene 

methanol m,p-xylene 

methylene chloride o-xylene 

methyl ethyl ketone (MEK) 

When used in this document, the terminology “complete set” refers to the set of emission factors 

for the above list of HAP’s, THC, and any other additional HAP’s that may have been measured at levels 

above a test method detection limit. 

Total HAP was taken to be the sum of the individual HAP’s. If all test data for a pollutant at a 

source were below the test method detection limit (denoted as “BDL” in reference 5), then the emission 

factor was treated as zero. For a few specific sources, HAP’s other than the ones listed above were tested 

for and detected. These HAP were included in the total HAP estimate for that source. Exhibit 3-4 

illustrates how the total HAP emission factors were developed. 

Exhibit 3-4. ILLUSTRATION OF TOTAL HAP CALCULATION 

FOR AN EMISSION SOURCE 

HAP Emission Factor (from reference 5) 

acetaldehyde 

acrolein a 

benzene 

cumene 

formaldehyde 

methanol 

methylene chloride BDL 

MEK 

MIBK 

phenol 

propionaldehyde 

styrene 

toluene 

m,p-xylene BDL 

o-xylene BDL 

Total HAP 0.0012 + 0.015 +0.076 + 0.0047 = 0.097 

0.0012 

BDL

BDL 

BDL 

0.015 

0.076 

BDL 

BDL 

0.0047 

BDL 

BDL 

BDL 

a BDL (below detection limit); all test runs for this pollutant and this source were below the test method detection 

limit. 

Test data were not available for all of the HAP’s considered for some sources (i.e., a complete set 

of emission factors was not available). In some cases, it was necessary to apply emission factors for one 

source to a similar source for which factors were not available. In other situations, it was necessary to 

3-15
group emission factors so that emissions of all the likely pollutants could be estimated for a particular 

emission source. Grouped emission factors were calculated from emission test averages using the 

methodology described in the emission factor memo14. Specific application of the emission factors for 

each unit operation is discussed in the baseline emissions memo for this proposed rule. 

3.2.2.4 Calculating Emissions 

Applicable emission factors were used to estimate uncontrolled emissions from each unit 

operation as follows: 

E = EF x T / 2000 

where: 

E = annual emissions (ton/yr) 

EF = emission factor (lb/ODT or lb/MSF-specified basis) 

T = process throughput (ODT/yr or MSF/yr-specified basis) 

To estimate baseline emissions, the emission reduction achieved by air pollution control devices 

(APCD’s) in place on unit operations was taken into account. Control devices that achieve significant 

reduction of HAP and THC include biofilters and incineration-based controls (e.g., regenerative thermal 

oxidizers [RTO’s], regenerative catalytic oxidizers [RCO’s], thermal oxidizers [TO’s], and thermal 

catalytic oxidizers [TCO’s]). Emission factors were available for several, but not all, of the unit 

operations that are presently controlled with biofilters and incineration-based controls. If a complete set 

of emission factors based on inlet and outlet test data for a single control device was available, the set of 

emission factors was used to estimate baseline emissions. Otherwise, the achievable percent reduction in 

emissions for the control device was used as follows: 

E = EF x T / 2000 x (1-R) 

where: 

R = percent reduction achievable with the control device (see table below) 

Control device HAP reduction THC reduction 

Biofilter 95% 80% 

RTO, RCO, TO, & TCO 95% 95% 

If only a portion of an exhaust stream was controlled (e.g., as with semi-incineration where only a 

portion of the exhaust is routed to a combustion unit), then controlled emissions were estimated for the 

controlled portion of the exhaust and uncontrolled emissions were estimated for the remaining exhaust. 

Because plant-specific capture efficiency information is not readily available, presses and board coolers 

without a permanent total enclosure that are routed to an APCD were assumed to operate with 50 percent 

capture efficiency. 

Following estimation of uncontrolled and baseline emissions for each unit operation, annual 

emissions for each facility were totaled. If there were facilities with no available information was 

available (e.g., plants that claimed their entire MACT survey confidential or plants that never responded 

to the survey), then the average facility-specific emissions for plants making the same product was used 

3-16
to approximate the emissions from plants with no available information. The emissions from all facilities 

were summed to obtain nationwide emission estimates. 

3.2.3 Nationwide HAP Emission Estimates 

Exhibit 3-5 presents the total nationwide uncontrolled and baseline emission estimates for each 

product type. Uncontrolled emissions are the emissions that occur before the application of a HAP 

emission control device. Baseline emission estimates take into account the HAP emission controls 

currently in place on HAP sources in the industry. Exhibits 3-6 and 3-7 present the nationwide 

uncontrolled and baseline speciated HAP emission estimates for each product type. 

To estimate the emissions and emission reductions associated with compliance with this proposed 

rule, it is necessary to determine the number of major sources that may be subject to the rule. Major 

sources are facilities with the potential to emit 10 or more tpy of any single HAP or 25 or more tpy of any 

combination of HAP. The number of major sources was approximated using the uncontrolled emission 

estimates (scaled up to reflect potential to emit) for each facility. 

The emission estimates presented in this chapter are based on equipment throughput at plant 

production levels. Plant capacity typically exceeds plant production. Thus, a facility’s potential to emit 

may be greater than the emissions estimated for each facility at plant production levels. To account for 

this, an average ratio of plant production to plant capacity was determined based on the non-CBI 

responses to EPA’s MACT survey. On average, plywood (hardwood and softwood) and reconstituted 

wood products plants were found to operate at around 75 percent of their plant capacity. Engineered 

wood products plants were found, on average, to operate at 60 percent of their capacity. For purposes of 

determining which facilities may be major sources based on potential to emit, the uncontrolled emission 

estimates for each facility were scaled up by 25 or 40 percent before comparison to the 10- or 25-tpy 

major source thresholds. Exhibit 3-8 presents the estimated number of major sources by product type. 

Because of the uncertainty in the emission estimates and lack of knowledge about the specific 

operations at facilities the numbers of major sources presented in Exhibit 3-8 are merely estimates. Major 

source determinations depend on the types of operations at a facility and facility-specific factors. There 

may be operations and HAP emission sources at wood products facilities that have not been accounted for 

in the emission estimates (e.g., plants that manufacture furniture in addition to particleboard). Plants with 

additional onsite operations may be major sources regardless of their plywood and composite wood 

products operations. Then again, there may be plants that were determined to be major sources in this 

analysis that are not major sources due to uncertainty in the emission estimates or potential to emit. The 

purpose of the analyses discussed in this document is to estimate – on a nationwide scale – emissions 

from plywood and composite wood products plants and the number of major sources. On a nationwide 

scale, it is unlikely that the uncertainties in the emission estimates or number of major sources will have a 

significant impact on the direction of the proposed plywood and composite wood products rulemaking. 

The reduction in emissions of total HAP and THC is the difference between baseline emissions 

and the emissions expected to remain following implementation of the MACT floor level of control 

identified for the PCWP standards. Baseline emissions reflect the level of air pollution control that is 

currently used at PCWP plants. The MACT floor control level reflects the level of control that will be 

used following implementation of the PCWP standards. The following assumptions were used when 

estimating emissions at the MACT floor control level: (1) plants will install RTO on all process units that 

require controls to meet the MACT floor; (2) presses at conventional particleboard, MDF, OSB, and 

hardboard plants will be fully enclosed by a PTE that captures and routes 100 percent of the emissions 

from the press area to an RTO; and (3) WESP will be installed upstream of RTO for new RTO 

installations on rotary strand dryers. The nationwide HAP and THC emission reduction was calculated 

3-17
by subtracting the emissions remaining at the MACT floor control level from the baseline emissions. 

Exhibit 3-9 presents the nationwide HAP and THC emissions reduction.14 

3.2.4 Nationwide Emission Estimates - Non-HAP Species 

As mentioned earlier in this chapter, there are reductions in pollutants other than HAPs as a result 

of compliance with this proposed rule. There are reductions of coarse particulate matter (PM10), volatile 

organic compounds (VOC), and carbon monoxide (CO), and increases in nitrogen oxides (NOx), and 

sulfur dioxide (SO2). The reductions of PM10 are estimated at 13,000 tons, the reductions of VOC 

(reported as total hydrocarbon) are estimated at 27,000 tons (see Exhibit 3-9), and the reductions of CO 

are estimated at 11,000 tons. The increase of NOx emissions is estimated at 5,000 tons, and there are 

potentially as many as 4,000 tons of additional SO2 emissions. All emission estimates are estimated for 

the fifth year after the issuance of the proposed rule. The methodology used to prepare these estimates is 

contained in the BID for this proposed rule.15 

3-18
Exhibit 3-5. UNCONTROLLED AND BASELINE HAP EMISSIONS ESTIMATES 

No. of 

plantsa 

Uncontrolled emissions, ton/yrb Baseline emissi

Product Total HAP THC as C Total HAP 

MDF 24 4,000 8,200 2,400 

Particleboardd 51 5,700 13,000 5,400 Hardboard 18 3,500 5,800 3,300 

Fiberboard 7 78 400 78 

OSB 37 7,100 19,000 3,500 

Softwood plywood 105 4,000 24,000 3,700 

Hardwood plywood 166 150 640 150 

EWP 39 310 990 290 

Nationwide totale 447 25,000 73,000 19,000 

a Some plants make multiple products and are counted once for each product they make (e.g., a particleboard and softwood plywood plb Uncontrolled emissions represent the emissions that occur before the application of HAP emission control devices. 

Baseline emissions reflect the application of HAP emission controls in the industry as of April 2000. 

d Includes conventional and molded particleboard. e Nationwide emission totals may not exactly match sum due to rounding. 

3-19

c 
Exhibit 3-6. SPECIATED NATIONWIDE UNCONTROLLED HAP EMISSIONS BY PRODUCT T

Product 

Estimated HAP’s emitted, ton/yr 

Acetaldehyde Acrolein Formaldehyde Methanol Phenol Propionaldehyde Other 

MDF 48 1 1,700 2,200 93 1 

Particleboardb 230 56 1,300 3,800 150 20 1

Hardboard 320 76 580 2,100 99 250 Fiberboard 9 1 17 45 1 0 OSB 1,500 540 890 3,500 340 88 2Softwood plywood 

450 26 280 2,900 150 24 

Hardwood plywood 

20 0 11 81 15 0 

EWP 53 4 36 140 46 8 Totalf 2,600 700 4,800 15,000 890 390 7

a Other HAP’s include benzene, cumene, methylene chloride, MEK, MIBK, styrene, toluene, m,p-xylene, and o-xylene. b Includes conventional and molded particleboard. 

Includes HAPs listed in footnote “a” plus acetophenone, biphenyl, bis-(2-ethylhexyl phthalate), bromomethane, carbon disulfide, carb

chloroform, chloromethane, di-n-butyl phthalate, ethyl benzene, hydroquinone, n-Hexane, 1,1,1-trichloroethane, and 4-methyl-2-pent

d Includes HAPs listed in footnote “a” plus chloroethane, chloromethane, ethyl benzene, m.p-cresol, and o-cresol. e Includes HAPs listed in footnote “a” plus MDI. f Totals may not exactly match sum due to rounding. 

3-20

c 
Exhibit 3-7. SPECIATED NATIONWIDE BASELINE HAP EMISSIONS BY PRODUCT 

Product 

Estimated HAP’s emitted, ton/yr 

Acetaldehyde Acrolein Formaldehyde Methanol Phenol Propionaldehyde Other 

MDF 29 1 1,000 1,300 51 0 

Particleboardb 200 50 1,200 3,700 140 18 1

Hardboard 270 61 570 2,100 96 200 Fiberboard 9 1 17 45 1 0 OSB 570 200 370 2,000 210 32 Softwood plywood 

390 20 230 2,700 130 17 

Hardwood plywood 

20 0 11 81 15 0 

EWP 47 4 30 140 46 7 Totalf 1,500 330 3,400 12,000 690 270 4

a Other HAP’s include benzene, cumene, methylene chloride, MEK, MIBK, styrene, toluene, m,p-xylene, and o-xylene. b Includes conventional and molded particleboard. 

Includes HAPs listed in footnote “a” plus acetophenone, biphenyl, bis-(2-ethylhexyl phthalate), bromomethane, carbon disulfide, carb

chloroform, chloromethane, di-n-butyl phthalate, ethyl benzene, hydroquinone, n-Hexane, 1,1,1-trichloroethane, and 4-methyl-2-pent

d Includes HAPs listed in footnote “a” plus chloroethane, chloromethane, ethyl benzene, m.p-cresol, and o-cresol. e Includes HAPs listed in footnote “a” plus MDI. f Totals may not exactly match sum due to rounding. 

3-21

c 
Exhibit 3-8. ESTIMATED NUMBER OF MAJOR SOURCES BY PRODUCT 

Product No. of plantsa No. of major sourcesb 

No

non

MDF 24 24 Particleboardc 51 42 

Hardboard 18 18 Fiberboard 7 3 OSB 37 37 Softwood plywood 105 87 Hardwood plywood 166 0 EWP 39 12 Total 447 223 

a Some plants make multiple products and are counted once for each product they make (e.g., a particleboard and softwood plywood plb Major sources are defined as facilities with the potential to emit 10 or more tons per year (tpy) of any single HAP or 25 or more tpy o

HAP. Sources with HAP emissions estimated to be below the 10/25 thresholds in this analysis are labeled as potentially non-major s

estimation methodology described in this document does not account for onsite operations (e.g., furniture manufacture) not included i

composite wood products source category. Includes conventional and molded particleboard. Five of the potentially non-major particleboard sources manufacture molded particl

3-22

c 
Exhibit 3-9. ESTIMATED NATIONWIDE REDUCTION IN TOTAL HAP AND THC 

Product type 

Softwood plywood/veneer Hardwood plywood/veneer 

Medium density fiberboard Oriented strandboard Particleboardc 

Hardboard Fiberboard Engineered wood products TOTAL 

Total HAP (ton/yr) THC (ton/yr

Baselinea MACT floor Reduction Baselinea MACT floo

3,700 3,043 657 19,631 9,709 

161 161 0b 640 640 

2,469 345 2,124 4,763 572 

3,513 753 2,760 5,362 1,755 

5,377 2,787 2,590 12,632 6,724 

3,291 752 2,539 5,478 2,103 

78 78 0b 398 398 

298 230 68 793 617 

18,933 8,196 10,737 49,706 22,529 

a The baseline emissions presented in this table may differ slightly from the values presented in Exhibits 3-4 through 3-6 because of sli

calculation procedures (i.e., use of a total HAP emission factor instead of summing speciated HAP emissions) and rounding. 

b There is no impact because no plants are impacted by the PCWP standards at the MACT floor control level. 

Includes conventional and molded particleboard. 

3-23

c 
3.3 Control Equipment and Costs 

Traditional add-on pollution control devices are expected to be the types of control measures that 

firms will choose in order to comply with the proposed rule. Add-on air pollution control devices that are 

most likely to be used to comply with the plywood and composite wood products rule include 

incineration-based controls. Among these types of controls are regenerative thermal oxidizers (RTO), 

regenerative catalytic oxidizers (RCO), and process incineration. Biofilters is another add-on control that 

may be applied. The control device most commonly used to control emissions from plywood and 

composite wood products plants is the RTO. Therefore, it was assumed that most plants would install 

RTO’s to comply with the rule. A number of RCO’s and biofilters are also presently used by plywood 

and composite wood products plants, and plants may choose to install these technologies to comply with 

the plywood and composite wood products rule. There may be cost advantages to using RCO’s or 

biofilters instead of RTO’s for some plants. However, the cost analyses focus on use of RTO’s for 

simplicity (e.g., to minimize the number of cost algorithms developed and to avoid judgements regarding 

which plants may choose a particular technology). 

Several facilities with large capacity heat energy systems currently use process incineration as a 

method of emissions control. Facilities may elect to use process incineration to comply with the rule. 

However, the applicability of process incineration is limited to those plants that have or may later install 

large onsite heat energy systems. The capital and operating costs of process incineration are expected to 

be significantly lower than the costs of add-on controls. 

The plywood and composite wood products rule contains emissions averaging provisions and 

production-based emission limits. It may be possible for some plants to reduce their control costs by 

complying with either the emissions averaging provisions or production-based emission limits. However, 

because there is no way to predict which plants might use the emissions averaging provisions or 

production-based emission limits, the cost estimates did not account for these options. Instead, the 

control cost estimates were developed assuming that all facilities would install RTO(s) to meet the 90 

percent HAP reduction emission limit in the plywood and composite wood products rule. 

Oriented strandboard plants typically install wet electrostatic precipitators (WESP’s) upstream of 

rotary dryer RTO’s to protect the RTO media from plugging. Thus, the capital and annual costs 

associated with WESP’s were modeled for rotary strand dryers. 

Enclosures must be installed around presses in order to ensure capture of the press emissions that 

are routed to a control device. Thus, the capital costs of permanent total enclosures (PTE’s) were 

included in the costing analyses. Annual costs associated with PTE’s (if any) were assumed to be 

minimal and were not included in the cost analyses. 

This chapter presents the estimated nationwide capital and annualized costs for compliance with 

the PCWP rule. Compliance costs include the costs of installing and operating air pollution control 

equipment and the costs associated with demonstrating ongoing compliance (i.e., emissions testing, 

monitoring, reporting, and recordkeeping costs). Section 3.3.1 discusses the estimated air pollution 

control costs. Cost estimates associated with testing, monitoring, reporting, and recordkeeping are 

discussed in the Paperwork Reduction Act submission for the proposed PCWP standards and are 

summarized in Section 3.4. 

3.3.1 Basis For Control Costs 

As discussed above, add-on air pollution control devices most likely to be used to comply with 

the PCWP rule include incineration-based controls (e.g., RTO, RCO, and process incineration) or 

3-24
biofilters. The control device most commonly used to control emissions from PCWP plants is the RTO. 

Therefore, for costing purposes, it was assumed that most plants would install RTO’s to comply with the 

rule. A number of RCO’s and biofilters are also presently used by PCWP plants. In addition, several 

plants with large capacity heat energy systems currently use process incineration. However, the 

applicability of process incineration is limited to those plants that have, or may later install, large onsite 

heat energy systems. There may be cost advantages to using RCO’s, biofilters, process incineration, other 

add-on control devices, or pollution prevention measures instead of RTO’s for some plants. Plants may 

elect to use any of these technologies to comply with the rule, provided the technology limits HAP 

emissions to the levels specified in the rule. However, the cost analyses described in this chapter focus on 

use of RTO’s due to their prevalence in the industry and to minimize the number of cost algorithms 

developed and to avoid judgements regarding which plants may choose a particular technology. 

Oriented strandboard plants typically install WESP’s upstream of rotary dryer RTO’s to protect 

the RTO media from plugging. Thus, the capital and annualized costs associated with WESP’s were 

modeled for rotary strand dryers. Available information indicates that WESP’s are not necessary for 

protecting RTO’s installed of other types of dryers (e.g., tube dryers) or on presses.16 Therefore, with the 

noted exception of OSB dryers without WESP’s, the existing particulate abatement equipment on process 

units was assumed to be sufficient for protecting the RTO media.17 

Enclosures must be installed around presses to ensure complete capture of the press emissions 

before routing these emissions to a control device. Thus, the capital costs of permanent total enclosures 

(PTE’s) were included in the costing analyses. Annualized costs associated with PTE’s were assumed to 

be minimal and were not included in the cost analyses. 

The following sections discuss the RTO, WESP, and PTE costs. Section 3.3.1.4 describes how 

plant-by-plant control costs were estimated, and Section 3.3.1.5 summarizes the nationwide control costs. 

3.3.1.1 RTO Costs 

An RTO cost algorithm was developed based on: (1) information from an RTO vendor with 

numerous RTO installations at PCWP plants, and (2) the costing methodology described in the EPA Air 

Pollution Control Cost Manual.18,19 The RTO cost algorithm was used to determine RTO total capital 

investment (TCI) and total annualized cost (TAC) based on the exhaust flow to be controlled and annual 

operating hours. Development of the algorithm is discussed in Sections 3.4.1.1.1 and 3.4.1.1.2. 

RTO Total Capital Investment.

18,19 

Equipment costs (including equipment, installation, and freight) were provided by the RTO 

vendor for four sizes of RTO’s. The 1997 equipment costs were not escalated because the Vatavuk Air 

Pollution Control Cost Index (VAPCCI) for 1997 (107.9) was slightly greater than the preliminary 

VAPCCI for RTO’s in fourth quarter 1999 (107.8). 20 According to the EPA Air Pollution Control Cost 

Manual, instrumentation is typically 10 percent of equipment cost (RTO and auxillary equipment); sales 

tax is typically 3 percent of the equipment cost; and freight is typically 5 percent of the equipment cost. 

Figure 3-1 presents the purchased equipment costs (PEC) supplied by the RTO vendor (minus freight), 

and shows that the equipment costs vary linearly with gas flow rate. The regression equation presented in 

Figure 3-1 was included in the RTO cost algorithm to calculate the equipment cost for the oxidizer and 

auxillary equipment for various gas flow rates. Instrumentation, sales tax, and freight were added to the 

calculated equipment costs to obtain the total PEC. 

3-25
2,500,000 

2,000,000 

1,500,000 

1,000,000 

500,000 

0 

0 50,000 100,000 150,000 200,000 250,000 

y = 8.5101x + 499194 

R2 = 0.991 

Flow rate , ds cfm 

Figure 3-1. Variation in RTO purchased equipment cost with flow rate. 

Direct installation costs for handling and erection, electrical, and piping were included in the 

equipment cost provided by the RTO vendor. Start-up costs were also included in the equipment cost 

provided by the RTO vendor. These costs are typically 22 percent of the PEC. Thus, these costs were 

subtracted from the PEC before further calculations based on the PEC were performed. Direct installation 

costs including foundation and support, insulation for ductwork, and painting were estimated according to 

the procedures in the EPA Air Pollution Control Cost Manual. Because PTE’s were costed separately, no 

enclosure building was costed in the RTO algorithm. Site preparation costs and indirect installation costs 

(e.g., engineering, field expense, contractor fees, performance tests, and contengencies) were estimated 

according to the procedures in the EPA Air Pollution Control Cost Manual. The TCI was calculated by 

summing the PEC, direct and indirect installation costs, and site preparation cost. 

RTO Total Annualized Cost 

Total annualized costs consist of operating and maintenance labor and material costs, utility costs, 

and indirect operating costs (including capital recovery). Operating and maintenance labor and material 

costs were estimated based on the RTO vendor information because the RTO vendor assumptions led to 

higher costs than the EPA Air Pollution Control Cost Manual and were assumed to be more representative 

of the PCWP industry. The operator labor rate supplied by the RTO vendor was $19.50 per hour. 

The RTO electricity use and natural gas use was provided by the RTO vendor for the four RTO 

sizes. Figures 3-2 and 3-3 present the relationships between flow rate and electricity and flow rate and 

natural gas use, respectively. As shown in the figures, there is a linear relationship between RTO 

electricity consumption and flow rate, and an exponential relationship between RTO fuel consumption 

and flow rate. Purchased Equipment Cost, $ 

3-26
y = 0.1479e2E-05x 

R2 = 0.9981 

0 

2 

4 

6 

8 

0 50000 100000 150000 200000 250000 

Flow rate, dscfm 

MMBTU/HR 

y = 0.0052x+ 3.283 

R2

 = 1 

0 

500 

1000 

1500 

0 50000 100000 150000 200000 250000 

Flowrate, dscfm 

kW 

Figure 3-2. Relationship between RTO electricity consumption and flow rate. 

Figure 3-3. Relationship between RTO natural gas consumption and flow rate. 

Electricity costs were estimated by the RTO vendor at $0.045 per kilowatt-hour (kWh). The 

RTO vendor estimated natural gas costs at $3 per million British thermal units (MMBtu). Both of these 

energy prices match closely with currently published nationwide average prices. 21,22 Thus, the electricity 

and natural gas prices supplied by the RTO vendor were used in the cost algorithm. 

Indirect operating costs were estimated using the methodology described in the EPA Air 

Pollution Control Cost Manual. The capital recovery cost was estimating assuming an RTO equipment 

life of 15 years (based on the RTO vendor information) and a 7-percent interest rate. The TAC was 

calculated by summing the direct and indirect annual operating costs. 

Application of the RTO Cost Algorithm to Estimate Capital and Annualized Costs. 

3-27
The complete RTO cost algorithm, which predicts RTO capital and annualized costs as a function 

of operating hours and flow rate, was run several times assuming 8,000 operating hours per year and 

various flow rates. 

survey, which show industry average operating hours of slightly less than 8,000 hr/yr.10 Although several 

The 8,000-hr operating time was selected based on the results of the EPA’s MACT 

plants operate process lines more than 8,000 hr/yr, their equipment and control devices may or may not be 

operated for more than 8,000 hr/yr. Thus, 8,000 hr/yr was selected as the control device operating time 

for purposes of costing. 

The TCI and TAC values generated for each flow rate using the RTO cost algorithm are 

presented in the BID for this proposed rule. A regression equation was developed based on the calculated 

TCI and TAC for each flow rate. Figures 3-4 and 3-5 present the relationships between flow rate and 

RTO capital costs and flow rate and annualized costs, respectively, and the associated regression 

equations. 

3.3.1.2 WESP Costs 

A WESP cost model was developed based on: (1) information from a WESP vendor with many 

WESP installations at wood products plants, and (2) the costing methodology described in the EPA Air 

Pollution Control Cost Manual for electrostatic precipitators (ESP’s).19,23 The cost model was used to 

determine TCI and TAC for WESP’s used to control particulate emissions from OSB rotary dryers. The 

WESP vendor provided cost information for a WESP sized to treat 27,650 dry standard cubic feet per 

minute (dscfm) of OSB rotary dryer exhaust. This flow rate matches closely with the flow rates for 

uncontrolled OSB. Thus, the model TCI and TAC could be applied for each dryer to be controlled (i.e., 

the model need not calculate different costs for varying flow rates). The WESP cost model is presented in 

the BID for the proposed rule. Development of the model is discussed below. 

WESP Total Capital Investment. 

The WESP and auxiliary equipment costs (which makeup the PEC) were provided by the WESP 

vendor. These PEC include the cost of the WESP; pumps, piping, and tanks; ducting (including the 

quench); fans; and a 1-gallon per minute (gpm) blowdown solids removal system. Instrumentation costs 

were also provided by the WESP vendor. Sales tax and freight were added into the total PEC based on 

the methodology described in the EPA Air Pollution Control Cost Manual. 

y = 13.797x + 809310 

R2

 = 1 

0 

1,000,000 

2,000,000 

3,000,000 

4,000,000 

5,000,000 

6,000,000 

- 50,000 100,000 150,000 200,000 250,000 300,000 350,000 

Flow ra te , dscfm 

TCI ($) 

Figure 3-4. Variation in RTO total capital investment with flow. 

3-28 
y = 317394e8E-06x 

R2 = 0.9887 

0 

500,000 

1,000,000 

1,500,000 

2,000,000 

2,500,000 

3,000,000 

3,500,000 

- 50,000 100,000 150,000 200,000 250,000 300,000 350,000 

Flow rate, dscfm 

TAC ($) 

Figure 3-5. Variation in RTO total annualized cost with flow. 

The direct installation costs such as foundation and support, handling and erection, electrical, 

piping, insulation for ductwork, and painting were included in the PEC provided by the WESP vendor. It 

was assumed that no building would be necessary for the WESP and that there would be no additional site 

preparation costs. Several indirect costs were also included in the equipment cost supplied by the WESP 

vendor, including engineering, construction and field expense, start-up, and contingencies. Because 

WESP’s are already widely used at OSB plants, it was assumed that no model study would be necessary 

for the WESP although the EPA Air Pollution Control Cost Manual mentions model-study costs for 

ESP’s. 

The cost of a performance test was included in the WESP cost model. According to the EPA Air 

Pollution Control Cost Manual, the performance test is typically 1 percent of the PEC. Thus, 1 percent of 

the model PEC (minus the direct and indirect installation costs included in the PEC) was used as the cost 

of the performance test. The direct and indirect costs were summed to arrive at the WESP TCI. 

WESP Total Annualized Cost 

The direct annualized costs include operating and maintenance labor and materials, utilities, and 

waste disposal. The operating labor cost was based on 1,146 hr/yr (provided by the WESP vendor) at 

$19.50/hr (the labor rate used in the RTO cost algorithm). The annual cost of operating materials, 

including caustic and defoamer, was provided by the WESP vendor. The maintenance labor rate was 

estimated as 110 percent of the operating labor rate. The maintenance hours per year were estimated 

based on information supplied WESP vendor. The cost of maintenance materials (including replacement 

of one pump seal per year, and one voltage controller every 4 years, and miscellaneous materials) was 

supplied by the WESP vendor. 

The electricity necessary to power the WESP components (approximately 2,076,000 kWh/yr for 

all WESP components) was based on information provided by the WESP vendor. An electricity cost of 

$0.045/kWh was used (the same as used in the RTO cost algorithm). A $0.20/gal cost for makeup water 

3-29
was used based on the EPA Air Pollution Control Cost Manual. The WESP water recirculation rate, 

makeup water addition rate, and blowdown generation rates were provided by the WESP vendor. The 

EPA Air Pollution Control Cost Manual indicated that wastewater treatment costs may range from $1.30 

to $2.15 /1,000 gallons. Methods of WESP wastewater treatment and disposal could include evaporation 

from settling ponds, discharge to a municipal water treatment facility, or spray irrigation. The wastewater 

treatment and disposal cost for the blowdown was assumed to be $2.15 per gallon. The wastewater 

percent solids of 7.6 percent was based on the average from the MACT survey responses.11 It was 

assumed that the solids would ultimately be disposed in a landfill (although they could be burned onsite 

or used for soil amendment). The trucking cost for hauling sludge to landfill was estimated to be $0.20 

yd3-mi.

22 The landfill was assumed to be 20 miles away, and a $20/ton landfill tipping fee was used.22 

The density of the solids was assumed to be 0.5 ton/yd3 for wet wood particulate (given that the density 

of water is 0.84 ton/yd3 and the density of wood is from 30 to 50 percent of the density of water). 

The indirect operating costs were estimated based on the methodology described in the EPA Air 

Pollution Control Cost Manual. The capital recovery cost was estimated assuming a WESP equipment 

life of 20 years (based on the EPA Air Pollution Control Cost Manual and WESP vendor information) 

and a 7-percent interest rate. The TAC was calculated by summing the direct and indirect annual 

operating costs. 

3.3.1.3 Permanent Total Enclosure (PTE) Costs 

The capital costs associated with installation of a PTE were based on available information in the 

project files on the capital cost of PTE’s for particleboard, MDF, and OSB presses.24 These costs 

included the following elements: 

• installed cost of the PTE (including fan system) 

• ductwork 

• instrumentation and wiring 

• fire suppression (in some cases) 

• site supervision 

• start-up and testing 

Based on the available cost information, the following algorithm was developed to estimate the PTE costs 

for various exhaust flowrates: 

TCIPTE = 1.2031 x Qdscfm + 425,760 

where: 

TCIPTE = the total capital cost of the permanent total enclosure, $ 

Qdscfm = design exhaust flow rate from PTE, dry standard cubic feet per minute 

Available information on actual exhaust flow rates from PTE’s installed around reconstituted wood 

product presses was used to develop model flow rates for the various press applications.25 Information on 

press vent flow rates from unenclosed presses was available, but not used, because unenclosed press flow 

rates are altered when a PTE is installed around a press.26 The cost algorithm was then applied to the 

model flow rates to estimate the capital costs of the model PTE’s as shown in Exhibit 3-10. The costs 

were rounded to the nearest $1,000. In the case of the particleboard press PTE, the cost was set at 

$485,000 (instead of $481,000, which is the value derived from the cost algorithm) because the PTE 

model flow rate was similar to those for the MDF and hardboard presses, and applying the same cost to 

all three types of press PTE’s simplified the costing analyses. Annualized costs were not developed for 

3-30
PTE’s because the annualized cost of the fans is already accounted for in the estimated costs of the RTO’s. 

Exhibit 3-10. PRESS ENCLOSURE EXHAUST FLOW RATES AND CAPITAL COSTS 

Equipment type Flow rate, dscfm PTE capital cost 

Particleboard press 45,524 $485,000 

OSB press 97,509 $543,000 

MDF or dry/dry hardboard press 49,413 $485,000 

Wet/dry or wet/wet hardboard press 49,209 $485,000 

3.3.2 Plant-by-Plant Costing Approach 

The control costs associated with the PCWP standards were estimated for each plant and were 

summed to arrive at a nationwide estimate of control costs. The PCWP standards apply only to major 

sources of HAP emissions. Therefore, cost estimates were developed for only those plants that were 

assumed to be major sources.15 The information used to estimate the plant-by-plant control costs is 

described below. 

3.3.2.1 Application of Control Costs to Process Units 

The cost models discussed in Section 3.3.1 were applied to each plant that would likely need to 

install air pollution controls in order to meet the PCWP standards. Plant-specific information on process 

units (e.g., dryers, presses) and controls was taken from the MACT survey responses.10,11,12 In addition, 

information about the presence of PTE’s on presses was taken from the MACT survey responses.10 If 

information about press enclosures was not provided in the MACT survey responses, or was claimed 

confidential, the press was assumed to be unenclosed if it was uncontrolled or enclosed if it was 

controlled for purposes of costing. 

Some plants have begun operation and other plants have added equipment or controls since EPA 

conducted the MACT survey. Such changes were accounted for in the nationwide cost estimates. A 

separate memorandum summarizes the changes to plants that have occurred following the EPA’s MACT 

13 survey. 

The process units and controls present at each plant were reviewed to determine which of the 

assumed what control equipment (i.e., RTO, WESP, or PTE) the plant would need to install to meet the 

PCWP standards based on the MACT floor control levels. The MACT floor control levels are based on 

the information presented in the BID for this proposed rule.6 Exhibit 3-2 summarizes the process units for 

which control equipment would be required to meet the MACT floor and the control equipment costed for 

these process units. At each plant, the exhaust gas flow rates from the applicable uncontrolled process 

units listed in Exhibit 3-11 were summed to yield a plant-wide uncontrolled exhaust gas flow rate. 

Process units already equipped with controls to meet the MACT floor were not included in the plant-wide 

uncontrolled gas flow rate estimates. The procedures for estimating the uncontrolled gas flow rates from 

process units and the application of the cost algorithms is discussed in the following section. 

3-31
Exhibit 3-11. CONTROL EQUIPMENT COSTED FOR PROCESS UNITS WITH 

CONTROLLED MACT FLOOR 

Existing process units with 

control requirements 

Control 

equipment costed Notes 

Tube dryers (primary and 

secondary) 

RTO Tube dryers are located at particleboard, MDF, and 

hardboard plants 

Rotary strand dryers WESP and RTO Rotary strand dryers are located at OSB and LSL plants. 

Assumed that the WESP is not needed for plants that already 

have an RTO without a WESP. Assumed that plants that 

currently operate an EFB or multiclone alone (i.e., with no 

RTO) would install a WESP with the RTO. 

Conveyor-type strand 

dryers 

RTO Conveyor strand dryers are located at OSB and LSL plants. 

Rotary green particle dryers RTO Rotary green particle dryers are located at particleboard, 

MDF, or hardboard plants and process furnish with >30% 

(dry basis) inlet moisture content at dryer inlet temperature 

of >600°F 

Hardboard ovens RTO Includes bake and tempering ovens 

Softwood veneer dryers RTO Softwood veneer dryers are located at softwood plywood, 

hardwood plywood, LVL, and PSL plants and dry $50% (by 

volume, annually) softwood veneer 

Pressurized refiners None The exhaust from pressurized refiners typically passes 

through a tube dryer and exits through the tube dryer control 

device. Therefore, it was not necessary to cost separate 

control equipment for pressurized refiners. Pressurized 

refiners are located at MDF and hardboard plants. 

Reconstituted wood 

products presses 

PTE and RTO Reconstituted wood products presses are located at 

hardboard, MDF, OSB, and particleboard plants 

Exhaust Flow Rate to Be Controlled 

If provided in the non-confidential MACT survey responses, process-unit specific exhaust flow 

rate, temperature, and percent moisture were used to determine the dry standard flow rate for each process 

unit. If sufficient information was not provided in the MACT survey response to determine dry standard 

flow rates (or the information was claimed confidential), then default values were used for the flow rate. 

The default values were based on the average value for other similar process units at plants that provided 

enough non-confidential information to calculate the dry standard flow rate. Exhibit 3-12 summarizes the 

default flow rates used in the costing analyses. The average flow rates from press enclosures are 

described in Section 3.3.1 and were used for all presses. 

3-32
Exhibit 3-12. DEFAULT FLOW RATES 

Process line Equipment type Flow rate (dscfm) 

Particleboard Rotary green particle dryer 35,731 

Tube dryer 14,955 

OSB Rotary strand dryer 32,478 

Conveyor-type strand dryer 37,810 

MDF Primary tube dryer (single-stage or first 

stage of staged dryer) 

79,173 

Secondary tube dryer (second stage of staged 

dryer) 

18,195 

Plywood Softwood veneer dryer 12,062 

Hardboard Bake oven 4,742 

Tempering oven 4,055 

Primary tube dryer (single-stage or first 

stage of staged dryer) 

37,436 

Secondary tube dryer (second stage of staged 

dryer) 

31,728 

Several plants have multiple process units requiring controls. The flow rates for these process 

units were summed and divided across control equipment as necessary. In most cases, the total dryer 

flow was assumed to be routed to one or more RTO’s dedicated to controlling dryer exhaust and the total 

press flow was assumed to be routed to one or more RTO’s dedicated to controlling press exhaust. 

Because RTO fuel costs increase exponentially with gas flow rate, RTO sizes were assumed to remain 

less than about 150,000 dscfm. (The largest RTO in mentioned in the MACT survey responses was 

around 150,000 dscfm.) 

In some cases, dryers and presses were assumed to be routed to the same RTO, provided that the 

total dryer and press flow remained under 150,000 dscfm. For example, two RTO’s (103,500 dscfm 

each) would be costed for a MDF plant with 2 dryers (79,000 each) and 1 press (49,000) assuming that 

the flow for both dryers and the press could be combined and split equally across the two RTO’s. This 

approach seems reasonable given that several MDF plants currently route dryer and press exhaust to the 

same RTO. 

Calculation of Nationwide Control Costs 

The total plant-by-plant control cost was calculated by summing the control cost associated with 

each RTO, WESP, and PTE costed for each plant. The number of control devices at each plant depended 

on the number of process units and the exhaust flow to be controlled at the plant. In some cases, only one 

control device was costed, while in other cases, multiple control devices were costed for a plant. 

3-33
Some plants claimed all relevant portions of their MACT survey responses confidential. In 

addition, a MACT survey response was not available for a few plants likely to be impacted by the PCWP 

standards. Without a non-confidential MACT survey response, information was not available to develop 

plant-specific cost estimates. Therefore, the average cost for all other plants manufacturing the same 

product was used to approximate the costs for plants for which there was no non-confidential plantspecific information. 

The nationwide capital and annualized control costs were determined by summing the total plantspecific costs. 

3.3.3 Summary of Nationwide Control Costs 

Exhibit 3-13 summarizes the nationwide control costs for different product types. The 

nationwide total capital cost for control equipment is estimated to be $473 million and the nationwide 

total annual cost for control equipment is estimated as $136 million (1999 dollars). Exhibit 3-14 presents 

the dollars of total annualized costs per ton of HAP and THC reduced. 

3.4 Testing, Monitoring, Reporting, And Recordkeeping Costs 

Compliance with the PCWP standards must be demonstrated through performance testing, 

ongoing monitoring of process or control device operating parameters or emissions, periodic reporting to 

the government agency that implements the PCWP rule, and recordkeeping. There are capital and 

annualized costs associated with these testing, monitoring, reporting, and recordkeeping activities. These 

costs, which are estimated and documented in the supporting statement for the Paperwork Reduction Act 

submission, and are summarized in this section.27 

3-34
Exhibit 3-13. ESTIMATED NATIONWIDE CONTROL COSTS FOR THE PCWP INDUSTR

Product type No. of plantsa 

No. of plants 

impacteda,b 

Softwood plywood/veneer 105 66 

Hardwood plywood/veneer 166 0 Medium density fiberboard 24 18 

Oriented Strandboard 37 23 

Particleboard (conventional and molded) 

51 38 

Particleboard (agriboard) 5 0 

Hardboard 18 18 

Fiberboard 7 0 

Engineered wood products 41 3 

Process units impacted Control equipment 

Total c

costs, $

softwood veneer dryers RTO $8

N/A no control $

dryers, presses RTO for dryers and 

PTE/RTO for presses 

$7

dryers, presses WESP/RTO for dryers and 

PTE/RTO for presses 

$9

green rotary particle 

dryers, presses 

RTO for dryers and 

PTE/RTO for presses 

$12

N/A no control $

tube dryers, presses, 

ovens 

RTO for dryers and 

PTE/RTO for presses 

$8

N/A no control $

softwood veneer dryers, 

strand dryers 

RTO for veneer dryers and 

WESP/RTO for strand dryers 

$

TOTAL: 454 166 $47

a Some plants manufacture more than one product type. These plants are listed once for each product type manufactured. b The number of plants impacted may be different from the number of plants nationwide for one of the following reasons: (1) some pla

(2) some plants already have all of the necessary control equipment; or (3) a few plants are major sources but do not operate any proc

are control requirements (e.g., glu-lam plants). 

3-35
Exhibit 3-14. DOLLARS (IN TOTAL ANNUALIZED COSTS) PER TON OF 

HAP AND THC REDUCED 

Product type HAP, $/ton THC, $/ton 

Softwood plywood/veneer $43,000 $2,900 

Hardwood plywood/veneer NA NA 

Medium density fiberboard $10,000 $5,100 

Oriented Strandboard $9,200 $7,100 

Particleboard $13,000 $5,800 

Hardboard $9,300 $7,000 

Fiberboard NA NA 

Engineered wood products $47,000 $18,000 

Overall industry $13,000 $5,000 

(all types) 

The annual costs associated with testing, monitoring, reporting, and recordkeeping activities 

include reporting and recordkeeping labor; annualized capital for monitoring equipment, file cabinets, and 

performance tests; and the operation and maintenance costs associated with monitoring equipment. The 

capital costs include capital for monitoring equipment, file cabinets and performance tests. Performance 

tests are considered to be capital costs because plants will typically hire a testing contractor to conduct the 

performance tests. 

The total nationwide capital cost associated with testing, monitoring, reporting, and 

recordkeeping is estimated to be $5.8 million and the total nationwide annualized cost is estimated to be 

$5.6 million (1999 dollars). These costs were developed based on the information presented in the 

Paperwork Reduction Act submission for the first 3 years following the effective date of the PCWP rule. 

The costs apply for the 223 PCWP plants that are expected to be major sources. There are 57 facilities 

that incur monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting costs but do not incur control costs from compliance 

with this proposed rule. 

3.5 REFERENCES 

1. United States Congress. Clean Air Act, as amended October 1990. 42 U.S.C. 7401 et seq. 

Washington, DC. U.S. Government Printing Office. 

2. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency. National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air 

Pollutants for Source Category: Organic Hazardous Air Pollutants from the Synthetic Organic 

Chemical Manufacturing Industry and Other Processes Subject to the Negotiated Regulation for 

Equipment Leaks; Determination of MACT “Floor.” 59 FR 29196. Washington, DC. U.S. 

Government Printing Office. June 6, 1994. 

3. Memorandum from K. Hanks and B. Nicholson, MRI, to P. Lassiter, EPA/ESD. April 16, 1998 

(Finalized 5/28/98). Trip report for February 12, 1998 site visit to Timber Products Company 

particleboard and hardwood plywood plant in Medford, Oregon. 

3-36
4. R. Nicholson, MRI, to D. Word, NCASI. February 17, 2000 (Confirmed via Email on 9/7/00). 

Contact report to (1) find out if oxygen measurement data were available from the NCASI MACT 

emissions test program, and (2) to get some information on typical oxygen concentrations in 

dryer and press exhaust at plywood and composite wood products plants. 

5. Memorandum from R. Nicholson, MRI, to M. Kissell, EPA/ESD. May 26, 2000. Control Device 

Efficiency Data for Add-on Control Devices at PCWP Plants. 

6. Memorandum from K. Hanks and B. Nicholson, MRI, to M. Kissell, EPA/ESD. July 13, 2000. 

Determination of MACT floors and MACT for the Plywood and Composite Wood Products 

Industry. 

7. National Council of the Paper Industry for Air and Stream Improvement (NCASI) Method 

IM/CAN/WP-99.01, Impinger/Canister Source Sampling Method for Speciated HAPs at Wood 

Products Facilities. 1999. 

8. Reference 6. 

9. Memorandum from K. Hanks and D. Bullock, MRI, to M. Kissell, EPA/ESD. June 9, 2000. 

Baseline Emission Estimates for the Plywood and Composite Wood Products Industry. 

10. Memorandum from D. Bullock, K. Hanks, and B. Nicholson, MRI to M. Kissell, EPA/ESD. 

April 28, 2000. Summary of Responses to the 1998 EPA Information Collection Request 

(MACT Survey) -- General Survey. 

11. K. Hanks, B. Threatt, and B. Nicholson, MRI to M. Kissell, EPA/ESD. May 19, 1999. Summary 

of Responses to the 1998 EPA Information Collection Request (MACT Survey) -- Hardwood 

Plywood and Veneer. 

12. K. Hanks, B. Threatt, and B. Nicholson, MRI to M. Kissell, EPA/ESD. January 20, 2000. 

Summary of Responses to the 1998 EPA Information Collection Request (MACT Survey) --

Engineered Wood Products. 

13. Memorandum from K. Hanks, MRI, to Project Files. April 18, 2000. Changes in the population 

of existing plywood and composite wood products plants and equipment following the 

information collection request. 

14. Memorandum from D. Bullock and K. Hanks, MRI, to M. Kissell, EPA/ESD. April 27, 2000. 

Documentation of Emission Factor Development for the Plywood and Composite Wood Products 

Manufacturing NESHAP. 

15. Background Infomation Document for the Proposed Plywood and Composite Wood Products 

NESHAP. U.S. EPA/OAQPS, September 2000. 

16. Suchsland, O., and G. Woodson, Fiberboard Manufacturing Practices in the United States, John 

Wiley & Sons, New York, 1991, pp. 151-153. 

17. K. Corrigan, North Dakota Department of Health, Division of Environmental Engineering. 

February 11, 1997. Performance Test Report Review: Primeboard, Inc. 

3-37
18. Facsimile from J. Seiwert, Smith Environmental Corporation, to L. Kesari, EPA/OECA. 

October 31, 1997. Revised emissions abatement systems RTO pricing (Smith Proposal BO7-95-

156-1, Trinity Consultants) 

19. EPA Air Pollution Control Cost Manual (Sixth Edition), U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 

April 26, 2002. EPA -452/B-02-001. Found on the Internet at 

www.epa.gov/ttn/catc/products.html#cccinfo. 

20. Vatavuk Air Pollution Control Cost Indexes (VAPCCI), Chemical Engineering, March 2000, 

p. 150. 

21. Energy Information Administration, Form EIA-826, “Monthly Electric Utility Sales and 

Revenue Report with State Distributions.” 

22. Energy Information Administration, Natural Gas Monthly, February 2000, p. 60. 

23. Letter and attachments from S. Jaasund, Geoenergy International Corporation, to B. Nicholson, 

MRI. March 28, 2000. Geoenergy WESP Capital and Operating Costs. 

24. Memorandum from B. Nicholson, MRI, to Plywood and Composite Wood Products Project File. 

July 31, 2000. Cost of Permanent Total Enclosures. (Confidential Business Information) 

25. Memorandum from B. Nicholson, MRI, to Plywood and Composite Wood Products Project File. 

July 31, 2000. Exhaust Gas Flowrate Information for Enclosed Presses. (Confidential Business 

Information) 

26. Memorandum from D. Bullock and K. Hanks, MRI, to P. Lassiter, EPA/ESD. October 27, 1998. 

Trip report for visit to Temple-Inland Forest Products plant in Diboll, Texas. 

27. Paperwork Reduction Act Submission, Supporting Statement, Plywood and Composite Wood 

Products, 2000. 

3-38
4 ECONOMIC IMPACT ANALYSIS 

4.1 Results in Brief 

This economic impact analysis presents the results of modeling the effects of the proposed 

plywood and composite wood products NESHAP upon affected facilities, firms, markets, and industries. 

The analysis shows that product prices increase for each of the four industry sectors included in the 

economic model, from 0.9 percent for the softwood plywood industry to 2.5 percent for the particleboard 

and medium density fiberboard industry. Output is expected to decrease from 0.1 percent for the 

softwood plywood industry to 0.7 percent for the particleboard and medium density fiberboard industry. 

Exports of these products are expected to decline by no more than 0.7 percent for these four industries, 

while imports are expected to rise. Only one product line closure at an affected facility is expected, and 

employment at affected firms is expected to decline by only 0.3 percent. In addition, an analysis of 

effects of this proposal on the supply, distribution, or use of energy finds that these effects are not 

significant. 

4.2 Introduction 

The U.S. EPA is proposing a rule that addresses the emissions of hazardous air pollutants (HAPs) 

from facilities that produce plywood and composite wood products. As described in Chapter 3, the 

proposed rule will result in some facilities in this industry incurring costs associated with controlling HAP 

emissions. The addition of these control costs will directly affect the individual facilities because their 

costs of production will increase. In addition, the addition of compliance costs may also have an effect on 

the overall markets for plywood and wood composite products through market price changes. Depending 

on market conditions, these changes could occur if facilities with compliance costs increase their prices, 

reduce their output, or cease operations altogether. 

This section presents estimates of the economic changes that are expected to occur as a result of 

the proposed NESHAP rule for the plywood and composite wood industry U.S. EPA, 1999a). The goal 

of the assessment is to develop estimates of the following impact measures. 

• Market price changes 

• Market quantity changes 

• International trade effects 

• Size and distribution of social costs 

Chapter 2 presented a profile of the different sectors within the plywood and composite wood 

industry, which provides market information necessary to design and implement the EIA for this industry. 

The plywood and composite wood products manufacturing industry affected by the proposed NESHAP 

rule includes five distinct market sectors. 

• Softwood Plywood and Veneer (SWPW) 

• Oriented Strandboard (OSB) 

• Other Wood Composites (OWC), including 

• Particleboard and Medium Density Fiberboard (PB/MDF) 

• Hardboard (HB) 

• Engineered Wood Products (EWP) 

For all but the EWP market sector, the Agency applied partial equilibrium (P/E) modeling 

techniques to estimate the economic impacts of the proposed NESHAP rule for plywood and wood 

4-1
composites. For reasons presented in Section 4.4 below, developing an estimate of the economic impacts 

of the proposed rule on the EWP sector required a qualitative approach. 

Section 4.3 presents the inputs for the P/E economic analysis, including producer 

characterization, market characterization, and compliance costs of the regulation. Section 4.4 describes 

the approach to estimating the economic impacts on the SWPW, OSB, PB/MDF, and HB industry sectors, 

and Section 4.5 presents the results of the economic impact analysis. Section 4.6 presents the qualitative 

analysis of the EWP market sector. 

4.3 Economic Impact Analysis Inputs 

The first step of an impact assessment is developing information used to characterize the baseline 

conditions of the industry. Key information needed for EIA inputs is used to characterize the following. 

• Individual producers 

• Product markets 

• Compliance costs 

4.3.1 Producer Characterization 

The primary source of baseline data on individual producers used in the EIA is a database 

developed using the data collected by 1998 ICR described in Chapter 2 (U.S. EPA, 1998). The 

information in the facility database allowed the characterization of facilities according to several features 

needed for the analysis, including major products (SWPW, OSB, etc), baseline production volumes, and 

facility capacity. The baseline year for the analysis is 1997 as it corresponds to the year for which 

plywood and composite wood producers provided this information. 

For certain facilities, production and capacity information was not available, and was 

supplemented by additional research. Those facilities without specific production and capacity data were 

assigned an estimate based on the average production and capacity data for facilities within the same 

market sector and size category (as determined by employment). 

4.3.2 Plywood and Composite Wood Markets 

The Plywood and Composite Wood Products industry is a broad category encompassing the four 

distinct markets listed above: (1) SWPW, (2) OSB, (3) OWC, and (4) EWP. For reasons discussed in the 

EIA, the OWC sector is decomposed into two markets: PB/MDF and HB. The Agency developed P/E 

models representing each of these four markets. 

Market level data used in this EIA are presented in Exhibit 4-1. The market prices and elasticities 

for each of the four markets were obtained from various industry market reports and economic literature 

as described in Chapter 2. Total market volumes used in the models for each product are the sum of the 

production of all identified U.S. facilities (from the facility database) and imports from foreign producers. 

Total U.S. production for each market is the total production of all facilities identified in the EPA’s 

facility database. The production was also separated in to two subsets - the total production of affected 

facilities and the total production of unaffected facilities.17 The source of foreign trade data on exports 

and imports of these products was presented in Chapter 2. 

17As mentioned in Chapter 1, some facilities in the “unaffected” category have monitoring, reporting, and 

record keeping costs of $25,194 per year. 

4-2 
Exhibit 4-1: Baseline Characterization of Plywood and Composite Wood Markets: 1997 

Softwood 

Plywood 

Oriented 

Strandboard 

“Other Composites” 

PB/MDF HB 

Market price (1997$/cubic meter) 

Price Elasticity of Demand 

Construction 

Manufacturing/Other 

Price Elasticity of Supply 

Market quantity 

(thousand cubic meters) 

Domestic production 

Affected 

Unaffected 

Exports 

Imports 

$235 $185 $169 $1,322 

-0.1034 -0.1034 -0.1149 -0.1149 

-0.2585 n/a -0.2872 -0.2872 

0.42 0.42 0.42 0.42 

17,568,254 9,595,121 11,646,227 1,768,930 

17,568,162 9,590,456 11,644,523 1,768,545 

11,680,778 4,691,645 9,670,639 1,768,545 

5,887,384 4,898,811 1,973,884 n/a 

1370 148 333 371 

92 4,666 1,705 385 

Sources: U.S. EPA facility database; Section 2; and Appendix B of the Economic Impact Analysis. 

4.3.3 Facility Compliance Costs 

As described in Chapter 3, the Agency developed compliance costs estimates for those facilities 

that must control HAP emissions in accordance with the regulatory requirements of the proposed 

NESHAP rule. The EIA uses these costs to develop a “with regulation” market equilibrium scenario used 

to estimate changes in individual facility production, total market volumes, market price, and social costs. 

Typically, the Agency adjusts the compliance cost estimates from nominal dollars to baseline dollars 

using the plant cost indices to be consistent with the baseline industry characterization of the economic 

model (U.S. EPA, 1999b). In this case, there was virtually no change in the plant cost indices between 

the baseline year of 1997 and current period, so no adjustment was made to the costs used in this analysis. 

4.4 Economic Impact Analysis Methodology 

The following section presents a summary of the approach used to assess the economic impacts of 

the proposed NESHAP rule. The EIA contains a more detailed description of the methodology used to 

analyze the economic impact of this proposed regulation on each of the markets analyzed. The purpose of 

the EIA is to model the responses of individual producers and the overall market to the imposition of 

compliance costs. For this EIA, the agency used a market-based economic model that reflects the 

production choices producers make in the face of changes in their individual production costs and 

changes in overall market prices. 

The economic model used in this analysis simulates the short run decisions of the producers in 

response to operating cost and price changes within a given market. For each of the four markets, the 

model used in this analysis assumes that the market is perfectly competitive, based on the conclusions 

drawn from the information in the industry profile. In a competitive market, each individual facility takes 

the price as determined by the market because they do not have the power to set the market price of the 

product. The approach used for this EIA assumes that the competitive market for each of the four 

products determines both prices and quantities (U.S. EPA, 1999b). 

In the short run, a firm with an existing plant will decide, based on the market price, how much 

output to produce with its capital stock (e.g., fixed investment in the plant and equipment) considered as 

4-3
constant. In this decision, the firm considers the costs of inputs that vary with output levels, such as 

materials and labor (U.S. EPA, 1999b). When the market price is equal to the average variable 

(operating) costs, the firm is only recouping the cost of its variable inputs. When the price is less than the 

firm’s variable costs, it will no longer produce output because it cannot recover all of its variable costs in 

the short run. When the market price exceeds variable costs, the firm can also recover a part of its fixed 

investment in the plant and equipment. In the long run, the firm must cover all of its fixed investment in 

the plant and equipment. Under this more stringent condition, the market price must exceed its average 

total costs, which include capital and variable input costs. In this analysis, which is short-run in 

timeframe, the model assumes that all firms wish to maximize its profits and will produce output using 

their existing plants as long as the market price even marginally exceeds their variable costs of producing 

output. 

The market model developed by the Agency for this EIA is based on a series of equations that 

represent the market supply and demand functions for a given product. The demand functions use 

baseline price, total domestic production, import, and export data, as well as estimates of the price 

elasticity of demand for a given product as inputs. The market supply function is based on an estimated 

supply function for each plywood or wood composite product at all production facilities. The Agency 

developed a spreadsheet model for each of the four markets to represent the conceptual model described 

below. The EIA provides a description of this process. 

Figure 4-1 shows a generalized upward-sloping supply function that characterizes the production 

function of each facility included in the analysis (affected and unaffected). In the EIA model, this 

function represents the marginal cost curve for each supplier of the product within the market. The 

minimum constraint on this function is zero, and the maximum constraint is each facility’s capacity. If 

the market price is above a given facility’s average variable cost, the facility will produce output up to the 

point where production equals the facility’s production capacity. If a given facility’s marginal production 

cost is above the market price, it will produce zero output (EPA, 1999b). 

$/lb S 

lbs/year 

Figure 4-1. Supply Curves for Affected Facilities 

Source: U.S. EPA, 1999b. 

4-4
The model then aggregates the supply functions of the individual facilities within a market to 

represent the market level supply curve. Next, the model equilibrates the market demand curve and the 

market supply curve according to the baseline market price and quantity values. Figure 4-2 shows that 

market prices and quantities are set in the baseline according to the intersection of the supply and demand 

curves in the baseline (the period prior to the imposition of compliance costs on affected facilities). The 

baseline scenario equilibrium market price and quantity (P, Q) are the points on the graph’s axes points 

where the downward-sloping market demand curve (DM) intersects with the upward-sloping market 

supply curve (SM). In the baseline, at price P, the industry produces total output, Q, with affected 

facilities producing the amount qa and unaffected facilities producing qu (EPA, 1999b). 

Next the same facility-specific supply functions in the model are recalculated after taking into 

account the increase in production costs associated with the imposition of annual compliance costs on 

some producers. The costs are expresses in terms of dollars per unit of output in the baseline (in this case 

per thousand cubic meter of product). Figure 4-1(b) show the effect of the compliance costs: the supply 

curve for the affected producers shift upward Sa to Sa' . This raises the point at which market price must 

cover variable production costs from pa to pa'. The supply curve Su for the unaffected facilities remain the 

same. When the supply curves for the affected and unaffected facilities are aggregated to represent the 

market level supply curve, the market supply curve also shifts upward from SM to SM'. Using the original 

market demand curve, DM, the new equilibrium price increases from P to P' and market output declines 

from Q to Q'. This reduction in market output is the net result from reductions at affected facilities and 

p 

Sa Su 

+ p = p 

SM 

DM 

qa qu Q 

Market

Affected Facilities Unaffected Facilities 

a) Baseline Equilibrium 

p′

Sa S′

a 

p′

Su 

p′

p + p = p 

SM′

DM 

SM 

q′

a qa qu q′u Q′ Q 

Market

Affected Facilities Unaffected Facilities 

b) With Regulation Equilibrium 

Figure 4-2. Market Equilibrium Without and With Regulation 

Source: U.S. EPA, 1999b. 

4-5
increases at unaffected facilities (EPA, 1999b). For more information on the economic impact analysis 

methodology, refer to Appendix B of this report. 

4.5 Economic Impact Analysis Results 

The following section presents the results of the Agency’s implementation of the EIA models 

described in the previous section. The results are presented at three levels: market, industry, and societal. 

The market level results present the impacts in terms of changes in price and quantity for each of the four 

markets. The industry level impacts include changes in revenues, production, employment, and number 

of operating production lines. 

4.5.1 Market-Level Results 

Exhibit 4-2 presents the expected impacts of the regulation at the market-level. These changes 

include the new price and quantity for each product and changes in foreign trade. In each market, prices 

increase and production quantities decrease due to the imposition of compliance costs on the affected 

producers. The reduction in market quantities of each product reflect reductions in domestic production 

(including production for exports) and increases in foreign imports. The reduction in domestic production 

reflects production decreases by affected producers and increases by unaffected producers (EPA, 1999b). 

For softwood plywood, the market price is expected to increase by 0.9 percent, while market 

quantity declines by 0.1 percent, or 26,207 thousand cubic meters (or M cubic meters) per year. For 

oriented strandboard, the market price is expected to increase by 1.3 percent, while market quantity 

declines by 0.1 percent, or 12,945 M cubic meters per year. For particleboard and medium density 

fiberboard, the market price is expected to increase by 2.5 percent, while market quantity declines by 0.7 

percent, or 78,595 M cubic meters per year. Finally, for hardboard, the market price is expected to 

increase by 1.0 percent, while market quantity will decline by 0.3 percent, or 4,727 M cubic meters per 

year. 

Generally, increases in market price result in changes in foreign trade of these products: exports 

decrease and imports increase. Exhibit 4-2 shows that exports of softwood plywood from the United 

States are expected to decline by 0.2 percent (or 2 M cubic meters per year); exports of oriented 

strandboard are expected to decline by 0.1 percent (or 0.2 M cubic meters per year); exports of 

particleboard and medium density fiberboard are expected to decline by 0.7 percent (or 2 M cubic meters 

per year); and exports of hardboard are expected to decline by 0.2 percent (or 1 M cubic meter per year). 

Imports of each of these products to the United States are expected to increase as follows: SWPW by 685 

percent (or 630 M cubic meters per year), OSB by 28.82 percent (or 1,345 M cubic meters per year), 

PB/MDF by 85 percent (or 1,451 M cubic meters per year), and HB by 100 percent (or 387 M cubic 

meters per year). 

Exhibit 4-2. Market-Level Impacts of the Proposed NESHAP 

Industry Sector Baseline 

With 

Regulation 

Changes from Baseline 

Absolute Percent 

Softwood Plywood 

Market price (1997$/cubic meter) $235 $237.20 $2.20 0.9%

Market output (M cubic meters/yr) 17,568,254 17,542,048 -26,206 -0.1%

Domestic production 17,568,162 17,541,326 -26,837 -0.2%

Affected Facilities 11,680,778 11,629,258 -51,520 -0.4%

Unaffected Facilities 5,887,384 5,912,067 24,683 0.4%

4-6
Exhibit 4-2. Market-Level Impacts of the Proposed NESHAP 

Industry Sector Baseline 

With 

Regulation 

Changes from Baseline 

Absolute Percent 

Exports 1,370 1,368 -2 -0.2% 

Imports 92 722 630 685.1% 

Oriented Strandboard 

Market price (1997$/cubic meter) $185 $187.43 $2.43 1.3% 

Market output (M cubic meters/yr) 9,595,121 9,582,176 -12,945 -0.1% 

Domestic production 9,590,456 9,576,165 -14,291 -0.1% 

Affected Facilities 4,691,645 4,654,117 -37,528 -0.8% 

Unaffected Facilities 4,898,811 4,922,048 23,237 0.5% 

Exports 147.8 147.6 -0.2 -0.1% 

Imports 4,666 6,011 1,345 28.8% 

Particleboard and Medium Density Fiberboard 

Market price (1997$/cubic meter) $169 $173.29 $4.29 2.5% 

Market output (M cubic meters/yr) 11,646,228 11,567,633 -78,595 -0.7% 

Domestic production 11,644,523 11,564,477 -80,046 -0.7% 

Affected Facilities 9,670,639 9,553,510 -117,129 -1.2% 

Unaffected Facilities 1,973,884 2,010,967 37,083 1.9% 

Exports 333 331 -2 -0.7% 

Imports 1,705 3,156 1,451 85.1% 

Hardboard 

Market price (1997$/cubic meter) $1,322 $1,335.17 $13.17 1.0% 

Market output (M cubic meters/yr) 1,768,930 1,764,203 -4,727 -0.3% 

Domestic production 1,768,545 1,763,431 -5,114 -0.3% 

Affected Facilities 1,768,545 1,763,431 -5,114 -0.3% 

Unaffected Facilities n/a n/a 0 n/a 

Exports 371 370 -1 -0.2% 

Imports 385 772 387 100.5% 

4.5.2 Industry-Level Results 

Industry impacts associated with the proposed NESHAP for the plywood and composite wood 

industry are presented in Exhibit 4-3. Industry-level impacts include changes in revenue, production, 

numbers of operating product-lines, and changes in employment. The estimates for changes in production 

lines and employment are described in Section 4.5.3 below. 

The EIA model estimates the change in prices and production levels after the imposition of the 

compliance costs on the affected facilities. Exhibit 4-3 shows that overall revenues for each industry 

increase slightly. Industry revenues increase because demand elasticities for these four markets mean that 

the change in price (in percentage terms) is greater than the percentage reduction in output. Affected 

facilities will experience an increase in revenues due to the increase in the market price, but this effect is 

likely to be offset by the increase in production costs. Changes in profits, however, could not be estimated 

due to lack of information on production costs at the facility level. 

4-7
Exhibit 4-3. Industry-Level Impacts of the Proposed NESHAP 

Baseline With Regulation 

Changes from Baseline 

Absolute Percent 

Softwood Plywood 

Revenues ($ million/yr) 

Production (M cubic meters/yr) 

Operating product lines (#) 

Employment* 

Oriented Strandboard 

Revenues ($ million/yr) 

Production (M cubic meters/yr) 

Operating product lines (#) 

Employment* 

$4,128.5 $4,161 $32.4 0.78% 

17,568162 17,541,326 -26,836 -0.15% 

108 107 -1 -0.93% 

36,877 36,821 -56 -0.15% 

$1,774.2 $1,794.9 $20.7 1.17% 

9,590,456 9,576,164 -14,292 -0.15% 

38 38 0 0.00% 

6,681 6,671 -10 -0.15% 

Particleboard & Medium Density Fiberboard 

Revenues ($ million/yr) 

Production (M cubic meters/yr) 

Operating product lines (#) 

Employment* 

Hardboard 

Revenues ($ million/yr) 

Production (M cubic meters/yr) 

Operating product lines (#) 

Employment* 

$1,967.9 $2,004.0 $36.1 1.83% 

11,644,523 11,564,477 -80,046 -0.69% 

83 83 0 0.00% 

20,424 20,284 -140 -0.69% 

$2,338.0 $2,354.5 $16.5 0.71% 

1,768,545 1,763,431 -5,114 -0.29% 

18 18 0 0.00% 

6,271 6,252 -18 -0.29% 

*Baseline employment estimates are based total production and employment of all facilities in each market as 

reported in the EPA facility database. Average production per employee was calculated using the sum of 

facility-specific production and employment. Because facilities reported employment as a range, they are 

assigned an employment estimate using the mid-point of the reported range. Post-regulation employment was 

then estimated by dividing post-regulation production by the baseline production per employee. 

4.5.3 Distribution of Impacts 

The distribution of regulatory impacts is presented in Exhibit 4-4. This table presents the same 

information as in Exhibit 4-3, but provides details on how the rule impacts affected and unaffected 

facilities differently. 

One important result from the EIA model is the projection of process line closures that could 

occur following promulgation of the proposed NESHAP rule. The model’s estimate of process line 

closures may be sensitive to the accuracy of the baseline characterization of the facilities. Characteristics 

such as baseline production levels, revenues (as a function of production and price), the underlying 

supply function that represents production costs, and the compliance cost estimates are all factors that 

affect the distribution of the rule’s impacts. 

4-8
Exhibit 4-4: y-Level Impacts of Proposed NESHAP: 

Affected and Unaffected Producers 

Baseline 

With 

Regulation 

Changes From Baseline 

Absolute Percent 

Distribution of Industr

Softwood Plywood 

Affected Process Lines 

Revenues ($ million/yr) $2,745.0 $2,758.5 $13.5 0.49% 

Production (M cubic meters/yr) 11,680,778 11,629,258 -51,520 -0.44% 

Operating process lines (#) 66 65 -1 -1.52% 

Employment* 24,519 24,411 -108 -0.44% 

Unaffected Process Lines 

Revenues ($ million/yr) $1,383.5 $1,402.4 $18.9 1.37% 

Production 5,887,384 5,912,067 24,683 0.42% 

Operating process lines (#) 42 42 0 0.00% 

Employment* 12,358 12,410 52 0.42% 

Oriented Strandboard 

Affected Process Lines 

Revenues ($ million/yr) $868.0 $872.3 $4.4 0.50% 

Production (M cubic meters/yr) 4,691,645 4,654,117 -37,528 -0.80% 

Operating process lines (#) 20 20 0 0.00% 

Employment* 3,268 3,242 -26 -0.80% 

Unaffected Process Lines 

Revenues ($ million/yr) $906.3 $922.6 $16.3 1.80% 

Production 4,898,811 4,922,048 23,237 0.47% 

Operating process lines (#) 18 18 0 0.00% 

Employment* 3,413 3,429 16 0.47% 

Particleboard & Medium Density Fiberboard 

Affected Process Lines 

Revenues ($ million/yr) $1,634.3 $1,655.6 $21.2 1.30% 

Production (M cubic meters/yr) 9,670,639 9,553,510 -117,129 -1.21% 

Operating process lines (#) 53 53 0 0.00% 

Employment* 16,962 16,756 -205 -1.21% 

Unaffected Process Lines 

Revenues ($ million/yr) $333.6 $348.5 $14.9 4.47% 

Production 1,973,884 2,010,967 37,083 1.88% 

Operating process lines (#) 30 30 0 0.00% 

Employment* 3,462 3,527 65 1.88% 

4-9
Exhibit 4-4: y-Level Impacts of Proposed NESHAP: 

Affected and Unaffected Producers 

Baseline 

With 

Regulation 

Changes From Baseline 

Absolute Percent 

Distribution of Industr

Hardboard 

Affected Process Lines 

Revenues ($ million/yr) $2,338.0 $2,354.5 $16.5 0.70% 

Production (M cubic meters/yr) 1,768,545 1,763,431 -5,114 -0.29% 

Operating process lines (#) 18 18 0 0.00% 

Employment* 6,271 6,252 -18 -0.29% 

Unaffected Process Lines 

Revenues ($ million/yr) n/a n/a n/a n/a 

Production n/a n/a n/a n/a 

Operating process lines (#) n/a n/a n/a n/a 

Employment* n/a n/a n/a n/a 

Total 

Affected Process Lines 

Revenues ($ million/yr) $7,585.3 $7,640.9 $55.6 0.73% 

Production (M cubic meters/yr) 27,811,607 27,600,316 -211,291 -0.76% 

Operating process lines (#) 157 156 -1 -0.64% 

Employment* 51,020 50,662 -358 -0.70% 

Unaffected Process Lines 

Revenues ($ million/yr) $2,623.4 $2,673.4 $50.1 1.91% 

Production 12,760,079 12,845,082 85,003 0.67% 

Operating process lines (#) 90 90 0 0.00% 

Employment* 19,233 19,366 133 0.69% 

All Process Lines (net) 

Revenues ($ million/yr) 10,209 10,314 $105.6 1.03% 

Production 40,571,686 40,445,398 -126,288 -0.31% 

Operating process lines (#) 247 246 -1 -0.40% 

Employment* 70,252 70,028 -225 -0.32% 

n/a = not applicable

*Baseline employment estimates are based total production and employment of all facilities in each market as

reported in the EPA facility database. Average production per employee was calculated using the sum of

facility-specific production and employment. Because facilities reported employment as a range, they are

assigned an employment estimate using the mid-point of the reported range. Post-regulation employment was

then estimated by dividing post-regulation production by the baseline production per employee.

Exhibit 4-4 shows that one softwood plywood production line is expected to prematurely cease 

operations. The model does not predict any closures in all of the other product markets. The affected 

entity that closes following adoption of the regulation is a small SWPW producer that incurs higher 

control costs per unit of production than other SWPW production lines. This facility, with one process 

line, did not respond to the EPA’s ICR survey. Therefore, it was necessary to estimate baseline 

production and compliance costs based on very little facility-specific information. Total baseline 

4-10
production of SWPW by the facility that closes was roughly 9,500 M cubic meters per year, or less than 

0.05 percent of the 17,568,162 M cubic meters of SWPW produced by all SWPW facilities during 1997. 

As a result of the closure and reductions in production at other affected facilities, the EIA model 

estimates a total net loss in employment of 225 employees (0.3 percent) attributable to the proposed 

NESHAP across all four market sectors. Affected facilities experience employment loss of 358, which is 

offset by employment gains at unaffected facilities of 133. Overall the four sectors together experience a 

1 percent increase in revenues, and a 0.3 percent decrease in production. 

4.5.4 Social Costs of the Proposed NESHAP 

The social costs of a regulation are measured according to the impacts that it has on both 

consumers and producers. The proposed NESHAP rule, because it is expected to result in changes in 

both market price and market quantity, will impact the consumers and producers of softwood plywood 

and composite wood products. Social costs, also called welfare impacts, are the measure of overall gains 

and losses experienced by the two groups that may result from the imposition of costs associated with the 

regulatory requirements. 

The economic benefits producers experience when participating in a market is called producer 

surplus. Producers experience impacts when their revenues change either because of a new market price, 

increased production costs, or both. These impacts change the amount of producer surplus relative to the 

baseline. Likewise, the economic benefits consumers experience is called consumer surplus. Consumer 

surplus changes when consumers experience impacts when the amount of product they consume or the 

product price changes. 

The estimate of the social cost of the proposed NESHAP rule, presented in Exhibit 4-5, is the sum 

of the change in producer and consumer surplus. The EIA model estimates the social cost of the proposed 

NESHAP as $134.2 million annually (1999 dollars). These costs are distributed across both consumers 

and producers of plywood and composite wood products according to projected changes in market price 

and quantity associated with the proposed NESHAP. 

Consumer surplus is reduced by $135.1 million annually due to the increase in prices and 

reductions in consumption. Consumers of softwood plywood are worse off by $38.7 million annually; 

consumers of oriented strandboard are worse off by $23.3 million annually; consumers of particleboard 

and medium density fiberboard and of hardboard are worse off annually by $49.8 million and $23.3 

million, respectively. 

Producers (in aggregate) are slightly better off because of the imposition of the proposed 

NESHAP, with an increase in producer surplus of just under $1 million annually. Essentially all of this is 

change associated with domestic producers. Because the market prices for these products increase, 

certain individual domestic producers gain at the expense of their competitors. The size of this gain at 

any given facility depends on how much their production costs change (as a result of new compliance 

costs) relative to the change in market price and quantity that increases revenues. The benefit to foreign 

producers associated with higher market prices is quite small, under $100,000. 

4-11
Exhibit 4-5: Distribution of Social Costs Associated with the Proposed NESHAP 

Stakeholder 

Change in Value ($ million -1999 

dollars) 

Social Costs of Regulation $-134.2 (Change in consumer surplus + Change in producer surplus) 

Total Change in Consumer Surplus $-135.1 

SWPW Consumers $-38.7 

OSB Consumers $-23.3 

PB/MDF Consumers $-49.8 

HB Consumers $-23.3 

Total Change in Producer Surplus $0.9 

Softwood Plywood 

Producer Surplus, total $8.3 

Domestic producers $8.3 

Affected Facilities $-4.1 

Unaffected Facilities $12.4 

Foreign producers $0.0 

Oriented Strandboard 

Producer surplus, total $-1.4 

Domestic producers $-1.4 

Affected Facilities $-12.9 

Unaffected Facilities $11.5 

Foreign producers $0.0 

Particleboard & Medium Density Fiberboard 

Producer surplus, total $-5.2 

Domestic producers $-5.2 

Affected Facilities $-13.5 

Unaffected Facilities $8.3 

Foreign producers $0.0 

Hardboard 

Producer surplus, total $-0.8 

Domestic producers $-0.8 

Affected Facilities $-0.8 

Unaffected Facilities n/a 

Foreign producers $0.0 

4.5.5 Energy Impact Analysis 

Executive Order 13211, “Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy 

Supply, Distribution, or Use” (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001), provides that agencies shall prepare and 

submit to the Administrator of the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management 

4-12
and Budget, a Statement of Energy Effects for certain actions identified as “significant energy actions.” 

Section 4(b) of Executive Order 13211 defines “significant energy actions” as “any action by an agency 

(normally published in the Federal Register) that promulgates or is expected to lead to the promulgation 

of a final rule or regulation, including notices of inquiry, advance notices of proposed rulemaking, and 

notices of proposed rulemaking: (1) (i) that is a significant regulatory action under Executive Order 12866 

or any successor order, and (ii) is likely to have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or 

use of energy; or (2) that is designated by the Administrator of the Office of Information and Regulatory 

Affairs as a significant energy action.” The proposed rule is not a “significant energy action” because it is 

not likely to have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy. The basis for 

the determination is as follows. 

As stated in Chapter 2, this proposed rule affects manufacturers in the softwood veneer and 

plywood (NAICS 321212), reconstituted wood products (NAICS 321219), and engineered wood products 

(NAICS 321213) industries. There is no crude oil, fuel, or coal production from these industries. 

Hence, there is no direct effect on such energy production related to implementation of this proposal. In 

fact, as mentioned in section IV.D. of this preamble, there will be an increase in energy consumption, and 

hence an increase in energy production, resulting from installation of regenerative thermal oxidizers 

(RTOs) and wet electrostatic precipitators (WESPs) likely needed for sources to meet the requirements of 

the proposed rule. This increase in energy consumption is equal to 718 million killowatt-hours/year 

(kWh/yr) for electricity and 45 million cubic meters/year (m3

/yr) for natural gas. These increases are 

equivalent to 0.012 percent of 1998 U.S electricity production and 0.000001 percent of 1998 U.S. natural 

gas production.18 It should be noted, however, that the reduction in demand for product output from these 

industries may lead to a negative indirect effect on such energy production, for the output reduction will 

lead to less energy use by these industries and thus some reduction in overall energy production. 

For fuel production, the result of this indirect effect from reduced product output is a reduction of 

only about 1 barrel per day nationwide, or a 0.00001 percent reduction nationwide based on 1998 U.S. 

fuel production data19. For coal production, the resulting indirect effect from reduced product output is a 

reduction of only 2,000 tons per year nationwide, or only a 0.00001 percent reduction nationwide based 

on 1998 U.S. coal production data. For electricity production, the resulting indirect effect from reduced 

product output is a reduction of 42.8 million Kilowatt-hours per year (kWh-yr), or only a 0.00013 percent 

reduction nationwide based on 1998 U.S. electricity production data. Given that the estimated price 

increase for product output from any of the affected industries is no more than 2.5 percent, there should 

be no price increase for any energy type by more than this amount. The cost of energy distribution should 

not be affected by this proposal at all since the rule does not affect energy distribution facilities. Finally, 

with changes in net exports being a minimal percentage of domestic output (0.01 percent) from the 

affected industries, there will be only a negligible change in international trade, and hence in dependence 

on foreign energy supplies. No other adverse outcomes are expected to occur with regards to energy 

supplies. Thus, the net effect of this proposed rule on energy production is an increase in electricity 

output of 0.012 percent compared to 1998 output data, and a negligible change in output of other energy 

types. All of the results presented above account for the passthrough of costs to consumers, as well as the 

cost impact to producers. These results also account for how energy use is related to product output for 

18U.S. Department of Energy, Energy Information Administration. Annual Energy Review, End-Use 

Energy Consumption for 1998. Located on the Internet at http://www.eia.doe.gov/emeu/aer/enduse.html. 

19 Ibid. 

4-13 
the affected industries.20 More detailed information on the estimated energy effects and the methodology 

employed to estimated them are in the background memo21 that provides such details for the proposed 

rule. 

Therefore, we conclude that the proposed rule when implemented is not likely to have a 

significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy. 

4.6 Analysis of Economic Impacts on Engineered Wood Products Sector 

4.6.1 Overview 

The engineered wood products (EWP) sector is much different than the other four sectors 

examined in this analysis. Due to both the nature of the products and their markets as mentioned in 

Section 4.6.4 below, and the limited availability of data, a quantitative analysis was not performed. 

EWP products are characterized by differentiated structural beam products, although some can 

also be used as columns. EWPs are produced by firms using differentiated production systems. There are 

a number of large firms with market power, allowing them to set prices. Although many of the products 

in this market sector can be substituted for one another to an extent, each product’s design usually 

provides it with an advantage over others in the design of final structures. Product differentiation allows 

each product to dominate particular market niches, but also makes many of the products complements as 

well as substitutes. Even when substitution is possible, some large firms use their market power to 

influence purchase decisions and persuade consumers to purchase their products. Consequently, these 

products are not standard commodities as are products in the other plywood and composite wood sectors. 

Therefore, commodity prices and other standard information that is characteristic of competitive markets 

are not available. These factors limit the ability of EPA to quantify the impact of the proposed NESHAP 

rule on this sector using the same quantitative method applied to the other sectors. 

Three of the fifty-three EWP facilities in the U.S. will have compliance costs are a result of the 

proposed NESHAP rule. This includes the country’s two LSL plants, and one of the country’s two PSL 

plants. Weyerhaeuser, Inc. purchased these four plants when they acquired Trus Joist MacMillan. 

(Weyerhaeuser-Trus Joist MacMillan will be referred to as W/TJM for the remainder of this report.) 

W/TJM is currently the only manufacturer of LSL and PSL in the world. 

4.6.2 Characteristics of EWP Products 

EWPs include laminated veneer lumber (LVL), laminated strand lumber (LSL), parallel strand 

lumber (PSL), wood I-joists (I-J), and glue laminated timber (GL). These are value added lumber 

products designed to be used in applications that are not suitable for ordinary framing lumber. The design 

and composition of each of these products differ, providing them with different strength, stiffness, cost, 

and dimensional properties. Strength properties allow products to carry heavier loads without breaking. 

Strength is particularly important for uses such as carrying beams in floors or bridge girders, which are 

used to support structures. Stiffness prevents materials from shaking as objects are moved over them. 

This is particularly important in floors and bridge decks where structure shakes or squeaks are 

20 U.S. Department of Energy, Energy Information Administration. 1998 Manufacturing Energy 

Consumption Survey. Located on the Internet at 

http://www.eia.doe.gov/emeu/mecs/mecs98/datatables/contents.html. 

21 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. “Energy Impact Analysis of the Proposed Plywood and 

Composite Wood Products NESHAP.” July 30, 2001. 

4-14 
uncomfortable or dangerous. Each product’s strength and stiffness is partially a function of its 

dimensional characteristics. For example, I-J are strong, stiff and typically less expensive than the other 

products. However, their structural integrity does not hold beyond certain lengths. 

Laminated-Strand Lumber 

W/TJM introduced LSL in 1992. Its dimensional characteristics match nominal 2x4 and 4x4 

framing lumber, but it provides greater and more uniform strength and stiffness properties.22 Unlike 

many of the other EWPs, one of the primary uses of LSL is in vertical applications, as a stud or column. 

PSL is also used in vertical applications, but its primary uses are in horizontal applications, as a beam. 

The uses of LSL are summarized in Exhibit 4-6. 

Exhibit 4-6: Primary Uses and Substitutes for LSL 

Application Uses Substitutes 

Columns or studs Wall, window, and door framing Framing lumber, PSL, solid sawn 

lumber, steel 

Headers Garage door, other wide span doors and Framing lumber, GL, LVL, PSL, steel 

windows 

Beams Light applications, low load bearing Solid sawn lumber, GL, LVL, PSL, I-J 

Rim Board Floor systems, nailing surface for Plywood 

sheathing, decks and siding 

Source: http://www.trusjoist.com 

Because W/TJM is the sole producer of LSL, very little information is available about their costs 

or profits. Exhibit 4-7 below identifies the production information that is known. Note that neither plant 

operates near full capacity. The two plants combined operate at less than 50 percent of their combined 

capacity (EWP survey). This may be due to a decline in demand or an immature market. 

Exhibit 4-7: Characteristics of LSL Plants 

Location Item 

Deerwood, MN Capacity 

Production 

Capacity 

Employees 

Plant Age 

Chavies, KY Capacity 

Production 

Capacity 

Employees 

Plant Age 

7,900,000 ft3

/yr 

4,900,000 ft3

/yr

62%

100-249

1992 (estimate)

14,900,000 ft3

/yr

5,400,000 ft3

/yr

36%

250-499

1992 (estimate)

Source: EPA facility survey, 1998. 

22 LSL bending strength = 1700psi; stiffness (modulus of elasticity or MOE) = 1.3-1.5E. 

4-15 
Parallel-Strand Lumber 

PSL is a slightly older technology than LSL. It was introduced to the market in the mid-1980’s 

by W/TJM. PSL is a high performance beam and header product that can also be used as a column. It is 

designed with exceptional strength, stiffness characteristics that is capable of spanning much longer 

distances than most other EWPs.23 Only GL can match or beat PSL’s ability to carry heavy loads over 

long spans.24 Furthermore, PSL is a balanced beam, which means it has no top or bottom. This property 

is particularly desirable to the residential framing industry. Balanced beams save on labor costs due to 

lower skill required to install the product, providing PSL with an edge over GL for a number of years. 

However, Anthony Forest Products recently developed a line of balanced GL beams with comparable 

strength and stiffness properties to PSL, and a number of other GL manufacturers have since done the 

same. This has lead to a competitive more environment. However, PSL still maintains a share of the 

residential market. Exhibit 4-8 summarizes the uses of PSL. 

Exhibit 4-8: Primary Uses and Substitutes for PSL 

Application Uses Substitutes 

Columns or studs Wall framing, street lights Steel, solid sawn lumber, steel 

Headers Garage door, other wide span doors and GL,LVL, steel 

windows 

Beams Heavy applications, high load bearing GL, steel, solid sawn lumber, LVL 

Because W/TJM has been the only producer of this product, very little is known about their 

production costs and profits. Exhibit 4-9 below identifies the production information that is known about 

the two U.S. PSL production facilities. 

Exhibit 4-9: Characteristics of PSL Plants 

Location Item 

Colbert, GA 

(affected by rule) 

Buckhannon, WV 

(not affected by rule) 

Capacity 

Production 

Capacity Factor 

Employees 

Plant Age 

Capacity 

Production 

Capacity Factor 

Employees 

Plant Age 

3,000,000ft3

/yr

2,770,000ft3

/yr

92%

250-499

mid-1980s (estimate)

2,500,000ft3

/yr

1,929,000ft3

/yr

77%

250-499

mid-1980s (estimate)

source: EPA facility survey, 1998. 

Since PSL does compete directly with GL in some applications, there is slightly more information 

available on it than on LSL. There is one published source of EWP prices that includes some retail PSL 

delivered prices: Engineered Lumber Trends produced by The Irland Group in Winsor, ME. Exhibit 4-10 

presents a comparison of retail prices for PSL and GL. However, it is not possible to estimate firm 

23 PSL bending strength = 2900psi; stiffness = 2.0E. 

24 GL bending strength = 2400-3000psi; stiffness = 1.8 - 2.1E 

4-16 
revenue using these prices because they are retail prices and there is considerable markup from the 

producer to retail level. The prices listed in the table below show that PSL is more expensive than GL. 

Exhibit 4-10: Retail Prices of GL and PSL Beams 

Delivered to Los Angeles 

Beam* Width 

(inches) 

Depth 

(inches) 

Price 

per linear foot 

PSL 

(strength = 2900psi 

stiffness = 2.0E) 

GL

(strength = 2400psi

stiffness = 1.8E)

GL **

(strength = 3000psi

stiffness = 2.1E)

3-1/2 11-7/8 $8.16 

3-1/8 12 $5.90 

3-1/8 12 $7.08 

Source: Engineered Lumber Trends (December 1999) 

*Beam bending strength measured in pounds per square inch and 

stiffness the beams modulus of elasticity or E 

**Price of the 3000-psi GL is estimated by marking up the 2400psi 

GL by 20% based on conversations with GL manufacturers 

W/TJM has stated that PSL could be manufactured using waste material from plywood and LVL. 

Other industry members dispute this due to the high quality material required for the product. They feel 

that there is actually considerable wasted material in the production process in order to acquire the highquality wood fiber. Consequently, there are two conflicting arguments why PSL is able to sell their 

product at the higher price. 

• Consumers view it as a superior product despite the availability of substitutes, providing it with a 

higher profit margin. 

• W/TJM has used strategic behavior to maintain the price it requires to provide its product on the 

market. 

4.6.3 Comparison to Other EWP Products 

Substitution among EWPs is a complicated dynamic. While the products can be viewed as 

distinct commodities, they are integral components in the engineering design of a structure. Therefore, it 

is possible for two EWP products to be both substitutes and complements. This is particularly true for 

W/TJM’s products because they sell both the individual products and entire framing systems that include 

either LSL or PSL, or both. 

LSL is more comparable to framing lumber and solid sawn lumber than most other engineered 

wood products. As a header it competes with LVL, GL, and PSL. However, as a column or stud, it is 

fairly unique. It is also a very new technology, which may partially explain why competing firms have 

not developed comparable products to date. Furthermore, LSL is marketed as a complementary product 

to W/TJM’s other engineered wood products (I-J, LVL, PSL) in various structures they design. 

As an individual product, PSL has more direct substitutes than LSL. In shorter spanning 

applications (such as headers or floor joists) LVL, I-J, GL, or LSL can be substituted for each other 

4-17
depending on the application. In longer spanning applications, PSL competes with GL and steel. W/TJM 

also designed PSL to complement their other products in pre-designed framing systems. If an architect or 

engineer purchases the pre-designed framing system, PSL will be specified in the system. This eliminates 

the possibility of substitutes in these applications. These characteristics are discussed in greater detail 

below. 

4.6.4 Market Characterization 

The EWP sector is characterized by imperfect competition among firms, particularly. In the case 

of LSL and PSL, W/TJM is a monopoly producer because it operates all four facilities that produce 

products affected by the rule. Although a number of other products can be substituted for both LSL and 

PSL at the commodity level, W/TJM has a monopoly on these two products. In addition, they have some 

ability to control material choice within the residential framing market because they produce Computer 

Automated Design (CAD) programs used by architects, engineers, and lumber product distribution 

companies to design structures. The individual using the program is actually purchasing a complete 

architectural design, which competes with other architectural designs on the basis of total design cost. 

Other EWP companies have not developed such programs to the same extent that W/TJM has. 

By pre-specifying its products as material inputs in these design packages, W/TJM assures that 

they are used in the structure. Moreover, the individual product prices are less important to W/TJM 

because the price the buyer using the program is concerned with is the price of the whole structure. 

Further, because W/TJM makes all the products used in the design, they can sell any one of the 

components at a loss provided the loss is made up by profits on the whole structure. In addition, W/TJM 

also sells pre-designed floor, roof, and wall systems that incorporate its EWP products. 

Therefore, W/TJM is a price setter in both these markets. The high price of PSL allows producers 

of comparable GL a substantial markup over its costs. However, GL manufacturers offered the opinion 

that PSL could not raise its price without suffering a loss in demand . Those same producers believe that 

PSL is already selling at a loss to promote the sale of its other products, although this information cannot 

be confirmed. Another complicating factor is the purchase of TJM by Weyerhaeuser, Inc. Even if TJM 

had been selling PSL at a loss, Weyerhaeuser may not be willing to do this, particularly if costs increase 

due to the proposed NESHAP rule. 

4.6.5 Appropriateness of Partial Equilibrium Economic Analysis for the EWP Market 

It is not appropriate to use a partial equilibrium analysis to quantify the impact of the rule on the 

EWP sector. The EWP facilities that will have compliance costs due to the rule are not part of a 

competitive market. W/TJM has a monopoly on both PSL and LSL because they are the only company in 

the world producing both these products. Although the products compete to an extent with other EWPs, 

W/TJM is able to use its market power to influence consumer purchasing decisions and prices. Also, 

W/TJM may be able to absorb cost increases on one product with profits from another. 

4.6.6 Analysis 

The estimated total annual compliance costs for the three impacted EWP facilities are $3.2 

million, which is only 2.4 percent of the overall cost of the rule of $142 million per year. Moreover, the 

costs are incurred by one of the largest wood products companies in the world. The costs incurred by 

W/TJM are less than 1 percent the corporation’s total annual revenues, which now include revenues from 

the facilities purchased from TJM. Although the specific impact on W/TJM’s profitability cannot be 

determined, it is likely that W/TJM can afford the costs at the corporate level. 

4-18
The Agency cannot be certain of the impact that these cost increases will have on the markets for 

LSL and PSL. W/TJM could decide use their price setting power to increase the price of PSL and/or 

LSL. This could lead to a decrease in consumer surplus. However, it is important to note the 

distributional impact of this potential price increase. EWPs are often used in high end residential and 

commercial construction. They typically provide luxury features, such as squeak proof floors, large open 

rooms with high ceilings and no support columns. 

Alternatively, W/TJM may choose not to raise the prices of PSL and LSL. For example, PSL is 

already more expensive than GL, a substitute product. A rise in PSL prices could lead to a loss in market 

share. Furthermore, production data showed that the PSL market is functioning at about 50 percent of its 

full capacity. These factors indicate that a PSL price increase may not be favorable to W/TJM. W/TJM 

could choose to absorb the cost increase with profits from its other products in the short run. In the long 

run they could abandon production of these products. In order to meet the demand for their pre-designed 

structural systems, they could either produce or buy a substitute product to use in the structural systems. 

If W/TJM chooses to shut down these plants, there may be a number of unfavorable short run 

impacts. First, the closures could mean the loss of 600-1250 jobs, spread over three communities. EPA 

expects that the reduction in employment at these facilities would be offset by an increase in employment 

at a competing firm, but the community impacts may remain. 

The impact of the proposed NESHAP rule on both consumers and the individual facilities and 

firms will depend upon corporate strategy. Given the acquisition of Trus Joist MacMillan by 

Weyerhaeuser, corporate decisions and long term strategy are more influential than what could be 

represented in a model. 

4.6.7 Conclusions 

Although the specific impacts to the EWPs sector cannot be determined, it is unlikely that 

substantial economic losses will result. The cost burden of this sector is minimal in comparison to the 

other sectors. Furthermore, the affected facilities are all owned by W/TJM, which has sufficient resources 

to handle the compliance costs. Even if W/TJM passes this cost on to consumers, the price increase is 

likely to be minimal as substitute products are available. 

4.7 References 

Abt Associates Inc. 1999. Profile of the Plywood and Wood Composite Industries. Prepared for Larry 

Sorrels, Innovative Strategies and Economic Group, Air Quality Strategies and Standards 

Division, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 

Research Triangle Park, NC. December 

Abt Associates Inc. 2000. Economic Analysis Methodology for the Plywood and Wood Composite 

Industries. Prepared for Larry Sorrels, Innovative Strategies and Economic Group, Air Quality 

Strategies and Standards Division, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, U.S. 

Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC. March. 

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. 1998. Industry Specific Information Collection Request (ICR) for 

the Development of Plywood and Particleboard Maximum Achievable Control Technology 

(MACT) Standards. Air Quality Strategies and Standards Division, Office of Air Quality 

Planning and Standards, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC. 

4-19
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. 1999a. OAQPS Economic Analysis Resource Document. Air 

Quality Strategies and Standards Division, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, U.S. 

Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC. 

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. 1999b. Economic Impact Analysis for the Polymers & Resins III 

NESHAP. Air Quality Strategies and Standards Division, Office of Air Quality Planning and 

Standards, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC. 

4-20
5 SMALL BUSINESS IMPACTS 

Under the requirements of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) of 1980, Federal regulatory 

agencies must give special consideration to small entities that are affected by regulatory actions. In 1996, 

amendments to the RFA under the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act (SBREFA) 

added certain requirements associated with analyses and procedures associated with determining whether 

a regulatory action will have a significant impact on a substantial number of small entities (U.S. EPA, 

1999a, 1999b). 

5.1 Results in Brief 

The screening analysis of small business impacts presented in this chapter indicates that 17 of the 

83 businesses affected by this proposed rule are small. Of these 17 small firms, ten have annual 

compliance costs of 1 percent or greater of their sales. Of these 10 firms, three have annual compliance 

costs of 3 percent or greater of their sales. Of the 32 facilities owned by these 17 small firms, only one is 

predicted to close in order to avoid incurring costs associated with compliance with the proposed rule. 

This analysis supports a certification of no significant impact on a substantial number of small entities 

(SISNOSE) for this rule because, while a few small firms may experience significant impacts, there will 

not be a substantial number incurring such a burden. 

5.2 Introduction 

The proposed NESHAP rule for the plywood and composite wood industries will affect the 

owners of the facilities that will incur compliance costs to control their HAP emissions. The owners, 

either firms or individuals, are the entities that will bear the financial impacts associated with these 

additional operating costs. The proposed rule has the potential to impact all firms owning affected 

facilities, both large and small. This section presents the results of EPA’s small business impact analysis 

of the impact the proposed NESHAP for the Plywood and Composite Wood Industries on small 

businesses. The analysis was performed in two stages: a screening-level analysis, and an examination of 

impacts on small businesses developed using the models described in Chapter 4. 

The screening analysis provides EPA with a preliminary estimate of the magnitude of impacts the 

proposed NESHAP may have on the ultimate domestic parent companies that own facilities EPA expects 

to be impacted by the standard. The analysis focused on small firms because they may have more 

difficulty complying with a new regulation or affording the costs associated with meeting the new 

standard. This section first describes the data sources used in the screening analysis, the methodology we 

applied to develop estimates of impacts, the results of the analysis, and conclusions about the results. The 

results of the impact assessment specific to small businesses that own affected facilities follows. Detailed 

documentation of the screening analysis presented in this section is contained in the economic impact 

analysis (EIA). 

5.3 Screening Analysis Data Sources 

The screening analysis was based on the following information: 

• Industry Specific Information Request (ICR) for the Development of Plywood and Particleboard 

MACT Standards (U.S. EPA, 1998). 

• Profile of the Plywood and Composite Wood Products Industries (Abt Associates, January 2000). 

• Estimated Nationwide Costs of Control: Plywood and Composite Wood Products (MRI, April 14, 

2000). 

5-1
• Dun & Bradstreet, Ward’s Business Directory, and Internet research on facility and firm 

employment and sales. 

5.4 Screening Analysis Methodology 

Cost Analysis 

After summing annual compliance costs for each affected facility associated with a given parent 

firm, EPA developed ratios of firm-level compliance costs to firm-level sales. The preparation of cost to 

sales ratios is a typical part of screening analyses such as this one. The analysis incorporated firm level 

compliance costs from the most recent facility compliance cost estimates for all affected facilities. The 

firm sales data for the majority of the firms with affected facilities was obtained through a search of the 

Dun & Bradstreet (D&B) company database. The information obtained from D&B was supplemented 

with data from firm web sites and several other business databases available through the Internet (e.g., 

Zapdata, Hoover’s Online, Thomas’ Register, and Lycos Companies Online). 

Profitability Analysis 

For the second step in the screening analysis, EPA reviewed the profitability of only those firms 

with affected facilities with a cost to sales ratio (C/S) greater than 1 percent. Specifically, EPA examined 

a measure of profitability called the net profit margin, also known as the return on sales ratio (R/S), 

calculated by dividing net profit after taxes by annual net sales. Profitability data is not publicly available 

for those affected firms with cost /sales ratios greater than 1 percent because they are all privately held 

firms. EPA estimated profitability according to industry-wide average profitability measures available 

from public sources. Exhibit 5-1 presents the profitability measure of R/S by product category. 

Exhibit 5-1: Net Profit Margins by Product Type 

Product Category 1997 Return on Sales Ratio 

Softwood, Plywood, and Veneer 1.7 

Oriental Strandboard 3.5 

Other Wood Composites 3.5 

Engineered Wood Products* 5.0 

Multiple Processes** 2.6 

Notes:

Source: Dun & Bradstreet (1999). Indicator values are based on median

values of the industrial sample.

*Includes 1998 data for Structural Wood Members, the only data

reported for this sector.

**Firms with multiple product lines were assigned an R/S ratio based on

the average of the R/S ratios for firms with Softwood Plywood and

Other Wood Composite product lines. 

5.5 Screening Analysis Assumptions 

Because there were certain gaps in the data, EPA had to make assumptions regarding some 

affected firms’ employment and sales data as follows. 

• For those affected facilities for which no parent company data were available, EPA assumed that 

the facility represents the ultimate parent. EPA then assumed that the employees or the sales 

associated with the facility were the same for the parent firm. 

5-2
• For 8 affected firms for which Dun & Bradstreet, Ward’s, or Internet sales data was not available 

at the firm or facility level, EPA applied a sales estimate based on the average sales for firms in 

the same product and employee size category. 

• For one affected firm, EPA obtained employment information for all three of its identified 

facilities and sales information for two of the three. EPA extrapolated the sales data on a dollar 

per employee basis from the two facilities with complete data to the facility with only 

employment data and added those sales to estimate the firm’s total sales. 

5.6 Screening Analysis Results 

Cost Analysis 

Based on the results of the C/S ratio test, EPA developed the following summary information. 

• The total number and percent of affected firms with C/S ratios greater than 3 percent. 

• The total number and percent of affected small firms with C/S ratios greater than 3 percent. 

• The total number and percent of affected firms with C/S ratios greater than 1 percent. 

• The total number and percent of affected small firms with C/S ratios greater than 1 percent. 

• The median and mean C/S ratios for the following groups of firms: 

• All firms. 

• Small firms. 

• Firms owning affected softwood plywood and veneer facilities. 

• Firms owning affected oriented strand board facilities. 

• Firms owning affected other wood composite products facilities.25 

• Firms owning affected engineered wood product facilities. 

• Firms owning affected facilities that make multiple products. 

The screening analysis showed that of the 52 firms that own facilities incurring capital and 

monitoring, recordkeeping , and reporting (MRR costs), 17 of them (33 percent) are small firms according 

to the U.S. Small Business Administration’s “Small Business Size Standards Matched to NAICS Codes” 

(U.S. SBA, 2000). Small firms with affected facilities had a median C/S of 1.22 percent. The remaining 

35 firms (67 percent) are large, with a median C/S ratio of 0.33 percent. Overall, the weighted median 

C/S ratio for all firms is 0.62 percent. Exhibit 5-2 summarizes this information, along with the mean, 

maximum and minimum C/S by firm size category. 

25Medium density fiberboard, hardboard, conventional particle board and molded particleboard. 

5-3 
Exhibit 5-2: Affected Firms by Size 

Firm 

Size1 

Number of 

Affected 

Firms2 

Percent of 

Total Affected 

Firms 

Median C/S 

Ratio 

Mean 

C/S Ratio 

Maximum 

C/S Ratio 

Minimum 

C/S Ratio 

Small 17 33.0% 1.2% 2.3% 8.3% 0.53% 

Large 35 67.0% 0.3% 0.6% 5.1% 0.01% 

Total/ 52 100.0% 0.6% 1.2% 8.3% 0.01% 

Weighted 

Average 

Notes:

1

For those firms for which firm size information was not available, EPA assumed a typical firm size

within the product type category.

2

Based on affected facilities only. Includes the firm that has capital costs but no annual costs.

When screened by process type,26 EPA found that the affected softwood plywood and veneer 

firms (40 percent of all firms), other composite wood firms (25 percent of all firms) and firms with 

multiple processes (29 percent of all firms) make up the majority of affected firms. The firms owning 

facilities that produce softwood plywood have the highest median C/S ratio, 0.82 percent, followed by the 

owners of other composite wood facilities, with a mean C/S ratio of 0.41 percent. See Exhibit 5-3 for a 

summary of the data by process type, including mean, maximum and minimum C/S ratios. 

Exhibit 5-3: Affected Firms by Process Type 

Process Type1 

Number of 

Affected 

Firms3 

Percent of Total 

Affected Firms 

Median 

C/S Ratio 

Mean 

C/S 

Ratio 

Maximum 

C/S Ratio 

Minimum 

C/S Ratio 

Softwood Plywood/Veneer 21 40.4% 0.8% 1.1% 8.3% 0.01% 

Oriented Strand Board 3 5.8% 0.2% 0.7% 1.9% 0.01% 

Other Wood Composites2 13 25.0% 0.4% 2.1% 8.2% 0.03% 

Engineered Wood Products 0 0.0% n/a n/a n/a n/a 

Multiple Processes 15 28.8% 0.4% 0.6% 2.0% 0.01% 

Total/Weighted Average3 52 100.0% 0.6% 1.2% 8.3% 0.01% 

Notes:

1

Firms categorized according to the process types associated with the affected facilities. Firms owing facilities

with more than one process type were assigned to the “Multiple Processes” category. 2

Includes Medium Density Fiberboard, Hardboard, and Particleboard (conventional and molded). 3

Based on affected facilities only (facilities incurring capital and MRR costs). Includes one firm that has

capital costs but no annual costs.

26Firms categorized according to the process types associated with the affected facilities. Firms owing 

facilities with more than one process type were assigned to the “Multiple Processes” category. 

5-4 
Of the four firms with C/S ratios of 3 percent or greater, three are small. Ten small firms have 

C/S ratios of one percent or greater out of 16 in this category. One large firm has a C/S ratio of 3 percent 

or greater and six of them have C/S ratios of one percent or greater. The other wood composite category 

has the most firms with C/S ratios of 3 percent or greater (three out of the four). The softwood plywood 

has seven firms followed by other wood composites with five firms with C/S ratios of one percent or 

greater (out of 16). The C/S screening results are presented in Exhibits 4 and 5, below. These tables also 

compare the number of affected firms (i.e., firms with facilities incurring only MRR costs as well as those 

incurring capital and MRR costs) to the estimated total number of firms nationally. 

Exhibit 5-4: Affected Firms with C/S Ratios of 3 Percent or Greater 

Category 

Number of Firms 

Nationwide* 

Number of 

Affected Firms 

Firms as a Percent 

of National Firms 

Firms as a Percent 

of Affected Firms 

Firm Size 

Small 38 3 7.9% 17.6% 

Large 42 1 2.4% 2.9% 

Undetermined 3 n/a n/a n/a 

Total/Weighted Average 83 4 4.8% 7.7% 

Process Type 

Softwood Plywood/Veneer 30 1 3.3% ?? 

Oriented Strand Board 2 0 0.0% ?? 

Other Wood Composites 19 3 15.8% ?? 

Engineered Wood Products 11 n/a n/a n/a 

Multiple Processes 21 0 0.0% ?? 

Total/Weighted Average 83 4 4.8% 7.7% 

Notes:

See notes to Exhibits 5-2 and 5-3 above.

* Estimate. 

5-5
Exhibit 5-5: Affected Firms with C/S Ratios of 1 Percent or Greater 

Category 

Number of Firms 

Nationwide* 

Number of 

Firms 

Firms as a 

Percent of 

National Firms 

Firms as a Percent of 

Affected Firms by 

Category 

Firm Size 

Small 38 10 26.3% 58.8% 

Large 42 6 14.3% 17.1% 

Undetermined 3 n/a n/a n/a 

Total/Weighted Average 83 16 19.3% 30.8% 

Process Type 

Softwood Plywood/Veneer 

Oriented Strand Board 

Other Wood Composites 

Engineered Wood Products 

Multiple Processes 

Total/Weighted Average 

30 7 23.3% ?? 

2 1 50.0% ?? 

19 5 26.3% ?? 

11 0 0.0% n/a 

21 3 14.3% ?? 

83 16 19.3% ?? 

Notes:

See notes to Exhibits 5-2 and 5-3 above.

* Estimate. In a few cases, a firm’s process type changed when all facilities were taken into account. 

Profitability Analysis 

Based on the results of the profitability analysis performed as described above, EPA developed 

the following information. 

• The total number and percent of affected firms

27 whose C/S ratio: 1) exceeds their profitability 

ratio by 50 percent or more; 2) is between zero and 50 percent; or 3) is less than or equal to their 

profitability ratio. 

• The total number and percent of affected small firms whose C/S ratio: 1) exceeds their 

profitability ratio by 50 percent or more; 2) is between zero and 50 percent; or 3) is less than or 

equal to their profitability ratio. 

When EPA compared the C/S ratio to the R/S ratio for those firms with C/S ratios greater than one 

percent, EPA found that in 14 of the 16 cases, the C/S ratio exceeded the R/S by over 50 percent. Two 

firms’ C/S ratio exceeded their R/S ratio by between zero and 50 percent. Exhibit 5-6 presents these 

results in tabular form. 

27 That is, firms with C/S ratios greater than one percent. 

5-6 
Exhibit 5-6: C/S to R/S comparison for firms with C/S of one percent or greater 

C/S exceeds R/S by over 50 

percent 

C/S exceeds R/S by between 0 

and 50 percent 

C/S is less than or equal to R/S 

Firm Size Number 

of Firms 

Percent of Total 

Firms with Costs 

Number 

of Firms 

Percent of Total 

Firms with Costs 

Number 

of Firms 

Percent of Total 

Firms with Costs 

Small 10 ?? 1 ?? 0 n/a 

Large 4 ?? 1 ?? 0 n/a 

Total/ 14 ?? 2 ?? 0 n/a 

Weighted 

Average 

Notes:

See notes to Exhibits 5-2 and 5-3 above.

EPA focused its review of the results for the 16 firms with C/S ratios greater than one percent. 

For 4 of the 10 small firms in this category, no sales data were available. EPA developed sales estimates 

for these firms according to the average sales for firms with the same number of employees in the same 

product category. It is possible that in reality, these firms have parent-level sales that differ from those 

assumed in the current analysis. However, based on extensive research into domestic parent-level 

employment and sales data, EPA expects that this information is not publicly available for these firms.28 

For the remaining 6 small firms with C/S ratios greater than one percent, EPA assumed that the domestic 

parent firm sales information obtained from D&B, Wards, or the other Internet sources are reliable for the 

purpose of this analysis. 

EPA assumed that the firm size and sales data are reliable for 5 of the 6 large firms with C/S 

ratios greater than 1 percent. One firm, Sierra Pine (a California Limited Partnership), should be regarded 

as a special case. Sierra Pine recently purchased three affected facilities from Weyerhaeuser, greatly 

increasing the total costs associated with Sierra Pine. However, Sierra Pine’s sales data is from a query of 

D&B data performed in late 1999. As a result, the sales associated with recent acquisition of the three 

plants are not reflected in Sierra Pine’s sales data. If, for instance, Sierra Pine’s total compliance costs 

were prorated to exclude the costs attributed to the plants previously owned by Weyerhaeuser, Sierra 

Pine’s C/S would change from 4.9 percent to 1.7 percent. 

EPA also tested the sales estimates applied to large firms. The one large firm for which EPA 

assumed sales had a C/S ratio well below one percent. In this case, the firm’s actual sales would have to 

be approximately half of the assumed sales in order for the firm’s C/S ratio to exceed one percent. EPA 

believes that while the assumed sales are potentially higher than the actual sales of this firm, it is less 

likely that the firm has actual sales that would result in a C/S ratio over one percent. 

28Research indicates that one of the small firms with particularly high impacts, Dominance Industries (d.b.a. 

Pan Pacific Products) is a single location private corporation owned Philip Ling. However, Dr. Ling is also the 

owner of a group of companies around the world and is the chairman of Malaysian-based Pan Pacific Asia Berhad, 

an investment holding company that also provides management services. Pan Pacific Asia’s 1998 sales were $88 

million (U.S.). The group manufactures and distributes timber logs and timber moldings. Other activities of the 

company are stockbroking and investment holding. While this information is not necessarily applicable to the 

ultimate domestic parent of Dominance Industries’ affected facility, is indicates that the facility’s owner has access 

to financial capital beyond what the sales from the facility generate. 

5-7 
EPA used industry-wide measures of profitability because such information is not available for 

privately held firms. Because all the affected firms with C/S ratios above one percent are privately held, 

firm-specific information regarding R/S is not publicly available. If firm specific profitability measures 

were available, it is likely that a comparison of firms’ C/S ratio to their R/S ratio would produce 

significantly different results. It should be noted that while overall industry return on sales may be low, it 

is not necessarily the case for any given firm. 

All ten small firms with C/S ratios of one percent or greater had a C/S ratio that exceeded the 

industry profitability measure of return on sales. For the three small firms whose C/S ratios were three 

percent or greater, the comparison of compliance costs and profitability measures showed that their C/S 

ratios exceeded the industry R/S by over 100 percent. This divergence between the C/S ratios for these 

firms and the industry R/S is an indicator that these three firms may experience high impacts as a result of 

incurring the costs of compliance associated with the proposed rule. However, the results of the 

economic impact analysis show that the affected facilities owned by these firms will continue to operate 

after controls have been applied to comply with the proposed rule. Therefore, the impact on these firms, 

while relatively high, are not enough to lead them to cease operations at these facilities. 

5.7 Screening Analysis Conclusions 

The Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) generally requires an agency to prepare a regulatory 

flexibility analysis of any rule subject to notice and comment rulemaking requirements under the 

Administrative Procedure Act or any other statute unless the agency certifies that the rule will not have a 

significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. Small entities include small 

businesses, small organizations, and small governmental jurisdictions. 

For purposes of assessing the impacts of today’s proposed rule on small entities, small entity is 

defined as: (1) a small business according to Small Business Administration size standards by 5-digit 

NAICS code of the owning entity (in this case, 500 employees); (2) a small governmental jurisdiction that 

is a government of a city, county, town, school district or special district with a population of less than 

50,000; and (3) a small organization that is any not-for-profit enterprise which is independently owned 

and operated and is not dominant in its field. 

After considering the economic impact of today’s proposed rule on small entities, we certify that 

this action will not have a significant impact on a substantial number of small entities. In accordance with 

the RFA, we conducted an assessment of the proposed standard on small businesses in the industries 

affected by the rule. Based on SBA size definitions for the affected industries and reported sales and 

employment data, the Agency identified 17 of the 52 companies, or 32 percent, owning affected facilities 

as small businesses. These facilities incur capital and MRR costs associated with the proposed rule. 

There 31 other firms that only incur MRR costs; and all of these firms are small. Although small 

businesses represent 32 percent of the affected companies within the source category, they are expected to 

incur only 6 percent of the total industry compliance costs of $142 million. There are only three small 

firms with compliance costs equal to or greater than 3 percent of their sales. In addition, there are seven 

small firms with cost-to-sales ratios between 1 and 3 percent. 

We performed an economic impact analysis to estimate the changes in product price and 

production quantities for the firms affected by this proposed rule. The analysis shows that of the 32 

facilities owned by affected small firms, only one would be expected to shut down rather than incur the 

cost of compliance with the proposed rule. Although any facility closure is cause for concern, it should 

be noted that the baseline economic condition of the facilities predicted to close affects the closure 

estimate provided by the economic model. Facilities which are already experiencing adverse economic 

5-8
conditions for reasons unconnected to this rule are more vulnerable to the impact of any new costs than 

those that are not. 

This analysis indicates that the proposed rule should not generate a significant impact on a 

substantial number of small entities for the coatings manufacturing source category for the following 

reasons. First, of the 10 small firms that have compliance costs greater than 1 percent of sales, only 3 

have compliance costs of greater than 3 percent of sales. Second, the results of the economic impact 

analysis show that only 1 facility owned by a small firm out of the 32 facilities owned by affected small 

firms may close due to the implementation of this rule. The facility that may close rather than incur the 

cost of compliance appear to have low profitability levels currently. It also should be noted that the 

estimate of compliance costs for this facility is likely to be an overestimate due to the lack of facilityspecific data available to assign a precise control cost in this case. In sum, this analysis supports today’s 

certification under the RFA because, while a few small firms may experience significant impacts, there 

will not be a substantial number incurring such a burden. 

Although this proposed rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number 

of small entities, we minimized the impact of this rule on small entities in several ways. First, we 

considered subcategorization based on production and throughput level to determine whether smaller 

process units would have a different MACT floor than larger process units. Our data show that 

subcategorization based on size would not result in a less stringent level of control for the smaller process 

units. Second, in light of cost considerations, we chose to set the emission limitation at the MACT floor 

control level and not at a control level more stringent than the MACT floor control level. Thus, the 

control level specified in the proposed PCWP rule is the least stringent allowed by the CAA. Third, the 

proposed rule contains multiple compliance options to provide facilities with the flexibility to comply in 

the least costly manner while maintaining a workable and enforceable rule. The compliance options 

include emissions averaging and production-based emission limits which allow inherently low-emitting 

process units to comply without installing add-on control devices and facilities to use innovative 

technology and pollution prevention methods. Fourth, the proposed rule includes multiple test method 

options for measuring methanol, formaldehyde, and total HAP. We continue to be interested in the 

potential impacts of the proposed rule on small entities and welcome comments on issues related to such 

impacts. 

5.8 Economic Impact Analysis Results for Small Businesses 

Exhibit 5-7 provides a summary of the economic impact on small businesses associated with the 

estimated market adjustments due to compliance with the proposed NESHAP. As shown, the Agency’s 

economic analysis indicates that the 17 small businesses that own 18 affected process lines will be 

affected as follows: 

5-9
Exhibit 5-7: Economic Impacts on Small Businesses Associated with 

Projected Market Adjustments* 

Changes Baseline 

Baseline With Regulation Absolute Percent 

Revenues ($ 

thousands/yr)** 

394,393 387,229 7,164 -1.82 

from 

Production (million 

m3

/yr) 

Compliance Costs ($ 

thousands/yr) 

Operating Process 

Lines 

Employment loss 

(FTEs) 

1,791,408 1,737,969 53,439 -2.98 

0 9,194 9,194 n/a 

18 17 1 -5.56 

3,621 3,513 108 -2.98 

Notes: 

* Does not include small businesses that own facilities with

MRR costs only.

** Estimated using production and price data in economic

impact model

FTEs = full-time equivalents

The one process line closure predicted by the economic impact model is owned by a small 

business. This results in a 5.6 percent decrease in the number of process lines owned by small business. 

Overall, the small businesses’ revenues decrease by just under 2 percent, their production decreases by 

just under 3 percent, and their total employment decreases by just under 3 percent, or 108 FTEs. The 

estimate of employment loss assumes that the production per employee at the affected facilities owned by 

small firms is the same as the industry average. 

5.9 References 

Abt Associates Inc. 2000a. Small Business Screening Analysis for the Plywood and Wood Composite 

Industries: Revised Draft. Prepared for Larry Sorrels, Innovative Strategies and Economic Group, 

Air Quality Strategies and Standards Division, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, 

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC. June. 

Abt Associates Inc. 2000b. Corporate employment and sales data collected through Internet business 

information resources, including Dun & Bradstreet, Hoover’s On-line, Lycos Companies On-line, 

Thomas’ Register, Ward’s Business Directory, and Zapdata.com. 

Abt Associates Inc. 1999. Profile of the Plywood and Wood Composite Industries. Prepared for Larry 

Sorrels, Innovative Strategies and Economic Group, Air Quality Strategies and Standards 

Division, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 

Research Triangle Park, NC. December. 

5-10
Midwest Research Institute. 1999. Memorandum from Becky Nicholson and Melissa Icenhour to Mary 

Tom Kissell and Larry Sorrels, U.S. EPA: “Preliminary facility-specific cost estimates for 

implementation of the plywood and composite wood products NESHAP.” October 20. 

Midwest Research Institute. 2000. “Estimated Nationwide Costs of Control: Plywood and Wood 

Composite Products.” April 14. 

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. 1998. Industry Specific Information Collection Request (ICR) for 

the Development of Plywood and Particleboard Maximum Achievable Control Technology 

(MACT) Standards. Air Quality Strategies and Standards Division, Office of Air Quality 

Planning and Standards, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC. 

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. 1999a. OAQPS Economic Analysis Resource Document. Air 

Quality Strategies and Standards Division, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, U.S. 

Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC. 

U.S. Small Business Administration. 2000. “Small Business Size Standards Matched to NAICS Codes.” 

5-11
Appendix A Size Determination for Individual Firms 

Determination of whether a firm is large or small is based on each facility’s ultimate domestic 

parent, the parent firm’s SIC code, the parent firm’s employment or revenue, and the SBA standard 

threshold for that SIC code. EPA asked facilities to provide their ultimate domestic parent firm name and 

employment in the ICR. However, many facilities did not provide this information, or provided 

inaccurate information for ultimate parent, and rather provided a subsidiary of another domestic firm. For 

this reason, a DUNS facility search was conducted based on the 416 unique facility names specified in the 

ICR and the additional 15 facilities identified after the survey date. Ultimate parent name, primary SIC 

code, employment, and sales for 302 of the facilities in the ICR database were retrieved from DUNS, 

resulting in identification of 92 unique ultimate domestic parent firms. Ultimate parent employment 

reported in the DUNS database was compared to the SBA standard threshold for that SIC code to 

determine whether the ultimate parent was a small or large firm. The remaining 129 facilities were 

classified based on information from DUNS and the ICR or through other sources as described below: 

(1) Facilities with no identifiable ultimate parent. 

Twenty-nine facilities were listed in the DUNS database without information on an ultimate 

parent. These facilities were assumed not have another ultimate parent and the facility SIC code in 

DUNS was used as the ultimate parent’s SIC as well. For these facilities, the primary SIC code for the 

facility was used to determine the appropriate SBA standard. Information provided by facilities on their 

ultimate parent’s employment was then used to determine the size relative to the SBA standard. 

(2) Facilities with no DUNS listing. 

• For those impacted facilities for which no parent company data were available, we assumed that 

the facility represents the ultimate parent. We then assumed that the employees or the revenues 

associated with the facility were the same for the parent firm. 

• For 8 impacted firms for which Dun & Bradstreet, Ward's, or internet revenue data was not 

available at the firm or facility level, we applied a revenue estimate based on the average revenue 

for firms in the same product and employee size category. 

• For one impacted firm, we obtained employment information for all three of its idenitified 

facilities and revenue information for two of the three. We extrapolated the revenue data on a 

dollar per employee basis from the two facilities with complete data to the facility with only 

employment data and added those revenues to estimate the firm's total revenues. 

Exhibit A-1 below lists all firms that own facilities projected to have compliance cost impacts and 

relevant information used to make size determinations. The source column identifies which of the three 

sources (DUNS, ICR, or other) was used to make the size determination. 

A-1
Exhibit A-1: Size Determination for Individual Impacted Firms 

Ultimate Domestic Parent Firm Facilities** Standard Size Source 

Bassett Furniture Inds Inc 8 500 Large DUNS 

Bessemer Plywood Corporation 1 500 Small OTHER 

Boise Cascade Corporation 12 100 Large DUNS 

Champion International Corp 3 750 Large DUNS 

Clyde Lang 1 500 Small SURVEY 

Coastal Lumber Company 1 500 Large DUNS 

Collins Products Llc 3 500 Large DUNS 

Emerald Forest Products Inc 3 500 Small DUNS 

Fiberesin Industries Inc 1 500 Small DUNS 

Freres Lumber Company, Incorporated 1 500 Small DUNS 

Furniture Brands International 7 500 Large DUNS 

Georgia-pacific Corporation 43 500 Large DUNS 

Hambro Forest Products Inc 1 500 Small DUNS 

Hollingsworth & Vose Company 1 750 Large DUNS 

Hood Industries Inc 2 500 Large DUNS 

Hunt Forest Products Inc 2 500 Large DUNS 

Litco International Inc. 1 500 Small DUNS 

International Paper Company 17 750 Large DUNS 

J M Huber Corporation 4 750 Large DUNS 

Jeld-wen Inc 4 500 Large SURVEY 

Joint Noranda Forest, Inc, & The Mead 

Corp 

1 500 Large SURVEY 

Simpson Investment Co. 1 750 Large OTHER 

Klukwan Inc 1 $17* Large DUNS 

Langdale Company Inc 2 500 Large DUNS 

Louisiana-pacific Corporation 32 500 Large DUNS 

Macmillan Bloedel Limited 1 500 Large DUNS 

Martco Partnership 2 500 Large DUNS 

Masco Corporation 1 500 Large DUNS 

Murphy Company 1 500 Small DUNS 

Noranda Inc 2 500 Large DUNS 

Plum Creek Timber Company L p 4 100 Large DUNS 

Potlatch Corporation 6 750 Large DUNS 

R L C Industries co 6 500 Large DUNS 

Ron Fallard 1 500 Small SURVEY 

Scotch Plywood Company of Alabama 1 500 Small SURVEY 

Sierra Pine a Cal Ltd Partnr 7 500 Large DUNS 

Smurfit-stone 2 750 Large DUNS 

Sticky Pitch, Incorporated 1 500 Small SURVEY 

A-2
Exhibit A-1: Size Determination for Individual Impacted Firms 

Ultimate Domestic Parent Firm Facilities** Standard Size Source 

Stimson Lumber Company 4 500 Large DUNS 

Superior Lumber co 1 500 Small DUNS 

Temple-inland Inc 10 500 Large DUNS 

Timber Pdts Co Ltd Partnershi 6 500 Large DUNS 

Us Forest Industries, Incorporated 2 500 Large SURVEY 

Webb Furniture Enterprises, Inc 1 500 Large SURVEY 

Weyerhaeuser Company 19 500 Large DUNS 

Willamette Industries Inc 23 500 Large DUNS 

Ponderosa Products Inc 1 500 Small DUNS 

Dominance Industries 1 500 Small OTHER 

Sds Lumber Company 1 500 Small OTHER 

Canfibre 1 500 Small OTHER 

Quality Veneer & Lumber 1 500 Large OTHER 

Fourply, Inc. 2 500 Small OTHER 

Westbrook Wood Products 1 500 Small OTHER 

* Size was determined by firm revenues which were $71.5 million based on DUNS information.

** Includes affected and unaffected facilities owned by firm.

Sources: Dun & Bradstreet DUNS Database (1999), U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (1998), MRI (1999),

Abt Associates (2000).

A-3
Appendix B EIA Methodology 

B.1 Introduction 

This appendix provides a description of the methodology EPA used to perform the economic 

impact assessment (EIA) of the proposed NESHAP that will apply to the Plywood and Composite Wood 

(PWC) Manufacturing Sector. Specifically, the Agency applied this methodology to assessing the impacts 

of the proposed NESHAP to the manufacturers of softwood plywood (SWPW), oriented strandboard 

(OSB), particleboard (PB), medium density fiberboard (MDF), and hardboard (HB). See Section 4.4 for 

a discussion of potential impacts on the manufacturers of engineered wood products (EWP). 

This appendix presents the general background for the EIA, describes the market segments and 

components of demand associated with PWC manufacturing, and summarizes the assumptions and data 

inputs used in the analysis. The document then describes the approach to the EIA, including the 

development of the supply and demand components of the partial equilibrium model, and the 

computational tool used to implement the model and perform the analysis. The final section discusses the 

results produced by the analysis and the uses of those results. 

B.2 Background 

In the process of proposing NESHAPs, the EPA performs EIA to estimate the impacts the 

proposed rule will have on market, facilities, and total social welfare. The framework for performing this 

EIA is predicated on modeling the market-based behavioral response of facilities to compliance costs 

associated with proposed NESHAP. Specifically, this framework is based on a partial equilibrium 

analysis that uses mathematical representations of supply and demand functions. The framework 

estimates the short run facility-level, industry-level, and market-level impacts that the imposition of 

compliance costs associated with the NESHAP are expected to have. 

At the market level, the analysis employs a partial equilibrium analysis to estimate changes in 

market prices, domestic production and consumption, and foreign trade. The partial equilibrium 

economic analysis examines each impacted market alone, ignoring the possible interactions that the 

market impacts being studied may have on other markets. Because facility-specific information is 

available for baseline production levels and compliance costs estimated to be incurred as a result of the 

proposed NESHAP, it is possible to provide estimates of facility-specific changes in production and 

revenues. Facility-level compliance costs vary based on characteristics of the producing facilities. 

Using this methodology, the EIA also estimates the net social burden of the proposed NESHAP, 

taking into account market adjustments to the rule. The social burden includes: 

• the producers’ compliance costs, 

• the loss consumers incur should plywood and wood composite prices rise, 

• the loss both consumers and affected producers incur when plywood and wood composite 

production decreases, and 

• increases in profits for unaffected plywood and wood composite producers who enjoy higher 

market prices and/or production without any additional costs. 

B-1 
This social burden or cost is weighed by policymakers against the social gains associated with the 

regulation, including the value of reduced adverse impacts on human health and the environment, when 

evaluating regulatory options. 

Social costs vary based on characteristics of markets in which these facilities participate. At the 

market level, the imposition of compliance costs on some producers adds to the cost of producing 

plywood or composite wood products, and thus results in an upward shift of the market supply curve. In 

a perfectly competitive market, the supply curve measures the marginal cost of supplying plywood or 

composite wood products to the market as a function of the quantity supplied. The area under the supply 

curve from 0 to any number, Q, measures the total variable cost of supplying Q of plywood or composite 

wood products. An upward shift in the supply curve means that it costs more to supply a given quantity 

of plywood or composite wood products. This is what would be expected if some producers have to 

switch to lower HAP technologies to meet the requirements of the proposed NESHAP. 

The demand for plywood or composite wood products measures the quantity of plywood or wood 

composites consumers will purchase as a function of the price of the product, assuming all else is held 

constant. The approach used for this EIA assumes that the demand for plywood or composite wood 

products at any given price is unchanged by the regulation, unless the quality of the product changes 

substantially due to required changes in product inputs or production processes. Figure 1 below 

graphically presents the theoretical impact of the regulation on the market for plywood or composite 

wood products. Note that the shift in the supply curve results in an increase in price and a decrease in the 

quantity of plywood or composite wood products sold. This figure is discussed in detail later in the 

document. 

P 

D 

S 

baseline 

S postcompliance 

P1 

P0 

Q1 Q0 Q 

Figure B-1: Market Supply and Demand 

B-2 
B.3 Market Segments and Demand Components 

The Plywood and Composite Wood Products Industry contains two main industry sectors 

expected to experience impacts associated with the proposed Plywood and Composite Wood Products 

NESHAP: Softwood Veneer and Plywood (SIC 2436) and Reconstituted Wood Products (SIC 2493). 

The Reconstituted Wood Products industry sector is further disaggregated into two sectors: oriented 

strand board (OSB) and other wood composites. Other wood composites include particleboard (PB), 

medium density fiberboard (MDF), and hardboard (HB). Each of the three industry sectors has a 

corresponding market segment. The domestic facilities that produce output in a given sector are the 

domestic suppliers in the corresponding market segment. EPA analyzed each of these three market 

segments separately. 

Within the third market segment, “other composite wood products,” a further division was made. 

As shown below (see Exhibit B-3), the baseline prices of particleboard and medium density fiberboard are 

very different from the baseline price of hardboard. However, information on the other inputs to the 

analysis was available only at the more aggregate level of “other composite wood products.” In 

particular, many data sources present these products together because the facilities have the same 

industrial classification (SIC or NAICS), making market level distinctions among the products difficult. 

Because of the substantially different baseline prices, however, PB/MDF and HB were analyzed as two 

distinct markets that share values for all inputs except baseline price. 

In three of the four market segments (softwood plywood, PB/MDF, and HB), there are two major 

components of domestic demand: housing construction and manufacturing. There is only one component 

of domestic demand for OSB: housing construction. The EIA methodology for these markets takes into 

account separate domestic demand components that make up total demand. Exhibit B-1 lists the market 

segments and domestic demand components, along with the percent of output from producers going to 

each source of demand, to the extent that the data is currently available. 

Exhibit B-1. Demand Components of the Plywood and Wood Composite Industries 

Product 

Percent of Domestic Demand 

Construction Manufacturing 

Softwood Plywood and Veneer (SWPW) 64% 36% 

Oriented Strandboard (OSB) 100% 0% 

Other Composite Wood Products: 10% 90% 

PB/MDF 

Other Composite Wood Products: HB29 10% 90% 

Source: Abt Associates, 1999. 

29Our research into the domestic demand components of HB did not produce specific data regarding the 

share of HB products going to construction and manufacturing. For the purpose of this analysis, we will assume that 

the demand components for HB are the same as for PB and MDF. 

B-3 
B.4 Data Inputs 

The economic impact analyses required specific data inputs pertaining to supply and demand 

within each market segment. Exhibit B-2 presents the data inputs needed to analyze the economic 

impacts resulting from the imposition of compliance costs on the facilities in a given market segment 

(e.g., softwood plywood). The data elements required are essentially the same for all market segments. 

Exhibit B-2: Data Inputs for Analyzing Impacts on a Given Market Segment 

Market Component Data Element 

Price Baseline market equilibrium price of the affected product 

Supply Side 

Supply from affected 

domestic facilities 

Baseline quantity supplied by each affected facility30

Compliance costs for each affected facility

Price elasticities of supply for domestic facilities (if available)

Supply from unaffected 

domestic facilities 

Baseline quantity supplied by each unaffected facility

Price elasticities of supply for domestic facilities (if available)

Supply from the foreign 

sector 

Baseline quantity supplied by the foreign sector

Price elasticity of supply for the foreign sector (if available)

Demand 

Separate domestic Baseline quantity demanded by each demand component*

demand components Own-price elasticity of demand

(e.g., manufacturing Cross-price elasticities of demand (if available)

sector and housing

construction)

Foreign demand Baseline quantity demanded by the foreign sector* 

Own-price elasticity of demand 

Cross-price elasticities of demand (if available) 

*Needed to estimate the multiplicative constant in the demand equation. 

B.5 Assumptions 

Based on EPA’s understanding of the plywood and composite wood industry, review of available 

data, and application of the analytical approach described in the next section, EPA made the following 

assumptions. 

• The baseline year for the analysis is 1997. 

• All market segments are perfectly competitive. 

• Each affected product is sold in a single national market for homogenous output at one price. 

• Affected domestic products, unaffected domestic products, and foreign products in the same 

market segment are perfect substitutes for each other. 

• All factors that affect demand, other than price(s), are constant in the short-run. 

30We assume that the EPA’s ICR collected production quantities from all domestic facilities, both affected 

and unaffected. 

B-4 
• Industry supply elasticity for foreign suppliers is the same as industry supply elasticity for 

domestic suppliers. 

• The price elasticities for domestic and foreign demand are the same. 

• The production costs of foreign suppliers are unaffected by emission controls. 

• The production costs of unaffected domestic suppliers and of substitutes are unaffected by 

emission controls. 

B.6 Analytical Approach 

This section describes EPA’s approach to the EIA for the plywood and composite wood 

economic impact analysis. As the previous section described, this analysis disaggregated plywood and 

composite wood products into the following three market segments. 

• Softwood plywood and veneer (SWPW). 

• Oriented strandboard (OSB). 

• Other composite wood products (OWC): 

• Particleboard and medium density fiberboard (PB/MDF), and 

• Hardboard (HB). 

A separate market equilibrium analysis was performed for each market segment, incorporating 

separate equations for domestic supply, foreign supply, domestic demand, and foreign demand.31 For 

each market, these equations were combined into a single equation that sets the quantity supplied equal to 

the quantity demanded in the post-regulation scenario, determining the new market equilibrium price at 

which that equality holds. 

Although specific parameter estimates may differ from one market to another, the methodology 

used to model supply and demand and to estimate the new equilibrium prices and quantities in these 

markets is basically the same. These markets are therefore discussed together, with market-specific 

distinctions made as appropriate. 

B.7 Notation 

To facilitate the discussion below of supply and demand functions in the baseline and the postregulation scenarios, a brief explanation of the notation used will be helpful. In general, Q denotes 

quantity and P denotes price. Price and quantities in the baseline are subscripted with a “0,” and price and 

quantities in the post-regulation scenario are subscripted with a “1.” Domestic and foreign supply and 

demand in a market are denoted by the following superscripts: 

• DS denotes domestic supply; 

• FS denotes foreign supply (i.e., imports); 

• DD denotes domestic demand; 

• FD denotes foreign demand (e.g., exports); 

• TS denotes total supply; and 

• TD denotes total demand. 

31 Because there are separate components of domestic demand, there is one demand equation for each 

component. See Exhibit B-1. 

B-5 
The quantity supplied by the jth domestic facility in a market is denoted by subscripting the QDS with a 

“j.” The quantity demanded by the kth demand component in a market is denoted by subscripting the QDD 

or the QFD with a “k.” It is necessary to distinguish between the multiple domestic demand components 

associated with several of the markets analyzed here. 

The following are some examples of the notation used below, based on the above notational rules: 

• DS Q is the quantity supplied by the jth domestic facility in the baseline; j0 

• DS Q is the quantity supplied by the jth domestic facility in the post-regulation scenario. j1 

• DD Q is the quantity demanded by the kth domestic demand component (e.g., domestic k1 

manufacturing) in the post-regulation scenario; 

• P0 is the baseline market equilibrium price; and 

• P1 is the post-regulation market equilibrium price. 

B.8 The Supply Side of the Market 

This analysis modeled two broad sources of supply — domestic supply and foreign supply — 

that satisfy demand from two broad sources — domestic demand and foreign demand — in each market. 

Because facility-specific information on quantities produced and compliance costs is available, this 

analysis modeled facility-specific supply functions. Although many domestic facilities will have 

compliance costs, some will not. In addition, foreign facilities will have no compliance costs. For some 

products, the foreign component of supply is substantial. For example, in 1995, 17 percent of 

consumption of reconstituted wood products in the United States came from imports (foreign supply). 

Because some domestic facilities and all foreign facilities will have no compliance costs, and because, 

among those domestic facilities that will have compliance costs, the cost per unit of product produced is 

likely to vary from one facility to another, the analysis will capture differential impacts across facilities. 

While some facilities (those with compliance costs) are likely to supply reduced quantities of products to 

their markets, other facilities with zero compliance costs are likely to supply greater quantities. 

B.8.1 Functional Form of Supply Curves 

There is little empirical support for any particular functional form of the supply functions in these 

markets. Although facility-specific production quantities and compliance cost estimates are available, 

facility-specific estimates of average production cost are not. It is therefore not possible to estimate step 

supply functions in any of these markets. Nor are there facility-specific estimates of price elasticity of 

supply. In the absence of any empirical basis to support one functional form over another, the analysis 

assumed that the average domestic facility supply curve is the supply function corresponding to a 

generalized Leontief profit function. This supply function has the following form: 

DS / Qavg = γ +







β

2 





 *P−12 (1) 

DS where Qavg is the average market equilibrium quantity supplied, P is the market equilibrium price, and $

and ( are parameters ($< 0; (>0). This is a well recognized and reasonable form for a supply function. It 

B-6 
can be shown that the price elasticity of supply for this supply function, ε , is a function of the price, the 

quantity and the parameter $, and that the industry supply function has the same elasticity of supply at the 

equilibrium price. Given this, the parameter $ can be solved for as a function of this elasticity, and the 

baseline price and quantity. In particular, 

DS / β = − 4ε *Qavg 

*P12 (2) 

Therefore, given information about the baseline market equilibrium price and the baseline 

equilibrium average quantity per facility, and a reasonable estimate of the industry elasticity of supply at 

the baseline price, it is possible to estimate $. The assumption about the industry average elasticity 

affects not only the value of $ but all aspects of the economic analysis (as explained below). The model 

has the capability to produce results through sensitivity analyses around these assumptions that would 

allow the Agency to examine how the analytic outcomes (including change in equilibrium price and 

quantities, closures, and social welfare impacts) change as the input assumptions about this elasticity 

change. This is straightforward in a spreadsheet analysis. However, no sensitivity analyses were 

performed for this EIA. 

B.8.2 Domestic Supply 

The total domestic quantity supplied in a given market (e.g., the total domestic supply of 

softwood plywood used for all final goods) is the sum of the domestic facility-specific supply quantities. 

Under the assumption that the supply functions of individual domestic facilities have the same functional 

form as the average domestic supply function (equation (1)) and the same value for the parameter $ (as 

calculated in equation (2)), facility-specific supply functions were derived by solving for the facilityspecific value of ( that is consistent with the facility’s baseline quantity supplied: 

DS −  β  *P−1 2 γ j = Qj 

 2

 / (3)

DS where Q is the quantity supplied by the jth domestic facility and P is the market equilibrium price. j 

Using the baseline equilibrium price, P0 , the jth domestic facility’s quantity supplied in the baseline,

Qj0

DS, and a value for $, we can derive a value for (j

.

32 The jth domestic facility’s supply function in the

baseline is therefore

DS = γ j +







β

2 





 *P0 

−1 2 Q . (4) j0 / 

The jth facility’s shutdown price (the price at which it supplies zero units) can be shown to be 

β 2 

shutdown Pj0 = 4γ 2

j

 . (5)

32 Using this approach, the elasticity of supply, which is a function of both price and quantity supplied, will 

vary from one facility to another. The shutdown price — the price at which the facility will supply zero units — will 

also vary from one facility to another. 

B-7 
The total quantity supplied by domestic facilities in the baseline is the sum of the facility-specific 

quantities: 

DS Q0DS = ∑ Q j0 . (6)

j 

In the post-regulation scenario, the supply function of the jth facility, with per unit compliance cost cj $0, 

becomes 

DS = γ j +







β

2 





 *(P1 − cj

)

−12 Qj1 (7) / 

where P1 is the new (post-regulation) market equilibrium price. The jth facility’s shutdown price is now 

β 2 

shutdown Pj1 = 4γ 2

j 

+ cj . (8) 

The jth facility’s post-regulation supply decision can therefore be written as 

 / shutdown 

DS  γ j +

 β  *(P cj

)

−1 2 if P1 > Pj1 Qj1 =  

 2 

 1 −

shutdown . (9) 0 if P1  ≤ Pj1

The total quantity supplied by all domestic facilities in the post-regulation period is 

DS Q1DS = ∑ Q j1 . (10)

j 

Baseline quantities are available for all domestic facilities from the EPA’s 1998 Information 

Collection Request (ICR) issued to plywood and wood composite producers (EPA, 1998). EPA also 

developed facility-specific compliance costs. EPA calculated both total domestic baseline quantity 

supplied and facility-specific per unit output compliance costs from this information. SWPW, OSB, and 

PB/MDF baseline prices were based on the industry-reported free on board (f.o.b.) prices. These are the 

product prices prior to shipping costs and distributor mark-ups.33 Because f.o.b prices were not available 

for HB, the agency used wholesale price quotes that were publicly available. Exhibit B-3 presents the 

prices in 1996 dollars and the extrapolated baseline prices in 1997 dollars. 

33Except for hardboard, which includes delivery costs. 

B-8 
Exhibit B-3. Prices in 1996 and Baseline Prices in 1997 

Product Prices in 1996 

($/cubic meter) 

Baseline Prices in 1997 

($/cubic meter) 

Softwood Plywood 231 235 

Oriented Strandboard 184 185 

Other Composite Wood 

Products 

Particleboard/MDF 165 169 

Hardboard n/a 1,322 

Source: SWPW, OSB, and PB/MDF prices: Abt Associates, 1999. HB prices: Get-a-Quote.net. 4' x 8'

sheets, used as underlayment, 1/8" tempered .

Note: SWPW, OSB, and PB/MDF prices are based on 1996 prices adjusted by average annual price

change from 1989 to 1996. HB prices are in 2000 dollars.

As noted above and as shown in Exhibit B-3, the baseline prices of PB/MDF and hardboard, within the 

broader category “other composite wood products,” are very different. Each of these two product groups 

(PB/MDF and HB) was therefore analyzed as a separate market. However, because of lack of 

information specific to each (PB/MDF and HB) on the other inputs to the analysis -- i.e., elasticities of 

supply and demand, and percentage that goes to manufacturing versus construction -- estimates for the 

overall category "other wood composites" for these inputs were applied to each of the specific products. 

Although there are no available estimates of the price elasticities of supply of softwood plywood, 

OSB, or other composite wood products, there are some estimates of elasticities of supply of different 

softwood lumbers, which served as a proxy for the elasticities of supply of related products such as those 

considered in this analysis. 

Lewandrowski et al. (1994) provide several estimates of supply elasticities. While their estimates 

differ by an order of magnitude depending on the underlying assumptions they make, they note that most 

published lumber supply elasticities are less than 1.00. Because they model inventories of lumber, there 

are differences between production and supply: the products may either be sold or stored. They note 

further that, “if inventory adjustments tend to balance out over time, production should about equal 

supply over a year,” and that their lumber production elasticities (0.358 for Southern Pine, 0.443 for 

Douglas Fir, and 0.446 for Western Pine) may therefore be closer to supply elasticities. This analysis 

used the (unweighted) average of these elasticities, 0.42, as the price elasticity of domestic industry 

supply for all market segments. 

As noted above, while the supply elasticities of individual domestic facilities depend (indirectly) 

on this industry supply elasticity, they also depend on facility-specific quantities supplied. Domestic 

facilities’ supply elasticities therefore vary from one facility to another. As noted above, the models are 

designed to that, if desired, the Agency can perform a sensitivity analysis to investigate the impact of 

alternative estimates of the industry average supply elasticity on the results of the analysis. 

B-9 
B.8.3 Foreign Supply 

Supply from the foreign sector (imports) can be modeled similarly, and this supply was added to 

the domestic supply. Unlike domestic facilities, foreign facilities will not experience any increases in 

production costs due to the proposed NESHAP. This analysis therefore combined and treated them as 

one “facility” with supply function: 

/ QFS = γ FS +







β

2 





 *P−12 . (11)

The industry profile presents information on the baseline quantities imported (Abt Associates, 

1999). Because there is no information on the elasticities of foreign supply of softwood plywood, OSB, 

or other wood composites, the analysis assumed that these elasticities of supply are the same as the 

corresponding elasticities of supply for the corresponding domestic industries. The analysis further 

assumed that prices in the foreign sector are the same as those in the corresponding domestic markets. 

B.8.4 Total Market Supply 

The total quantity of a product supplied at the new market equilibrium price, P1, is the sum of the 

quantities supplied by domestic facilities and the quantity supplied by the foreign sector:34 

Q1 

TS = Q1 DS + Q1 FS (12) 

Substituting from equations (9) and (10) for the domestic supply ( Q1

DS ) and from equation (11) for the 

foreign supply ( Q1

FS ), the total quantity supplied to the market post-regulation is: 

DS Q1TS = Q1DS + Q1FS = ∑ Qj1 + Q1FS (13)

j 

34 The supply and demand curves typically used by economists when showing supply and demand in a 

market are actually inverse supply and demand functions because quantity is on the x-axis and price is on the y-axis. 

Rather than showing the quantity supplied (demanded) at a given price, the inverse supply (demand) function shows 

the price at which a given quantity is supplied (demanded). The (quantity, price) point at which the market inverse 

supply curve and the market inverse demand curve cross is the market equilibrium point. The (inverse) market 

supply curve is the horizontal sum of the individual supply curves. If at price p the jth supplier will supply qj

 units to 

the market, then the total quantity supplied at price p is ∑ Q j . Similarly, if at price p the kth demand component 

j 

demands qk units, then the total quantity demanded at price p is ∑ Qk . The market is in equilibrium when 

k 

∑ Qj = ∑ Qk . 

j k 

B-10 
DS + γ FS +







β

2 





 *P1 

−12 

(14)

/ Q1TS = ∑ Qj1 

j 

where, as shown in equation (9), 

shutdown 

DS 





γ j +

 β 

*( P cj ) −12 if P1 > Pj1

Qj1 = 

 2  1 − / 

shutdown 

0 if P1 ≤ Pj1 

B.9 The Demand Side of the Market 

The total demand for a product at a given price is the sum of the demands at that price from 

separate sources.35 Total demand is composed of domestic demand and foreign demand (exports). 

B.9.1 Domestic Demand 

As stated previously, the two major domestic demand components in the markets for softwood 

plywood and veneer and for other composite wood products are the construction industry and the 

manufacturing industry; within the manufacturing industry, the two major categories of use of these 

products are furniture and shelving manufacture and manufacture of kitchen and bath structures. The one 

major domestic demand component in the market for oriented strandboard is the construction industry. 

This analysis examined the short-run relationship between the price of a product and the quantity 

of that product demanded by a given demand component (e.g., the construction industry), all else held 

constant. That is, although factors other than price are known to affect the quantity of a product 

demanded, the question at hand is the following: What is the impact of a specific regulation on price and 

quantity in the market for a product? This question requires that all other factors be held constant in the 

analysis. Because the exact functional form of this demand relationship is not known for any of the three 

market segments, EPA applied a reasonable and commonly used demand relationship, consistent with 

basic microeconomic theory, of the following form:

36 

ln(Qk

DD )=α ε k ln( P) (15) k +

or, equivalently, 

Qk

DD =γ k Pε k , (16) 

35 As with supply, the market demand curve is the horizontal sum of the individual demand component 

demand curves (see the previous footnote). 

36 This basic functional form was used, for example, by Buongiorno (1996) in modeling demands for 

several forest products, including plywood, particleboard, and fiberboard. 

B-11 
where 

Qk

DD = the quantity demanded by the kth domestic demand component; 

P = the market equilibrium price. (Note that for each market there is a single market price 

which is paid by all demand components in that market.); 

α k = a demand-component-specific constant calibrated to the baseline price and quantity; 

ε k = the own-price elasticity of demand by the kth demand component, and 

γ k = eα k . 

The multiplicative constant, (k, is calibrated to the baseline price and quantity demanded by the kth 

domestic demand component (using equation (16)). 

B.9.2 Substitution 

In some cases, there may be substitution possibilities between the products being considered in 

this analysis — most notably, softwood plywood and OSB may both be used as structural panels in 

construction. If the necessary information were available — in particular the cross-price elasticities of 

demand — it would be possible to modify the above demand relationship to include the effect of changes 

in the price of the substitute product. Cross-price elasticities, however, are very difficult to estimate and 

estimates of the cross-price elasticities that would be relevant to this analysis are not obtainable. 

The omission of short-run substitution possibilities from the model, however, is not likely to have 

any significant impact on the results. In the construction industry, inputs such as plywood and 

reconstituted wood products are used in combination with other specific inputs and may best be modeled 

as part of a composite (or aggregate) input to the final good, a residence for example. To change from 

plywood to OSB in housing construction, for example, would require a change not only of plywood to 

OSB but also a change of those inputs that must be used in combination with plywood to those inputs that 

must be used in combination with OSB — i.e., a change from one composite input to another. This 

would also be true of non-wood substitutes for plywood and composite wood products. 

This model of production as using composite inputs is described by Chambers (1988) and was 

applied to lumber used in residential construction by Adams et al. (1992). In such a model, the demand 

for a product (e.g., lumber) is a function of the “price” of the composite input that includes the product 

and the price of the composite input that does not include the product (but instead includes a substitute). 

A change in the relative prices of two inputs (e.g., lumber and a substitute for lumber, or plywood and 

OSB) which are components of two composite inputs which may be substituted for each other will induce 

substitution only to the extent that this change induces a change in the relative prices of the two 

composite inputs.37 

37 The view of these products as being components of composite inputs in the construction industry was 

corroborated in a personal communication with Prof. J. Buongiorno, a leading economist in the area of forest sector 

economics. Professor Buongiorno noted that it is the cost of the product in place that matters in construction — it is 

not just a matter of substituting one material input for another, that such substitution requires other substitutions that 

also have cost implications. In effect, what is required is a substitution of one composite input for another. It is 

therefore the relative “prices” of the composite inputs that matters, not the relative prices of the two material inputs 

(e.g., plywood and OSB) in these composite inputs that determines the extent of substitution. 

B-12 
Similarly, plywood and wood composite input substitution in furniture manufacturing is likely to 

be minimal. Structural properties and design characteristics of certain wood products used in 

manufacturing processes are specific to the necessary product. Furthermore, these processes are designed 

to take advantage of certain wood products and substitution in the short-term would require high capital 

investments. The American Plywood Association’s (APA) case studies note how changes in the use of 

wood products in manufacturing significantly alters costs. Bassett Furniture states “plywood provides 

labor efficiencies because the [manufacturing] equipment eliminates many manual operations” and Rowe 

furniture claims “converting to a plywood frame enabled Rowe to streamline the manufacturing process” 

(APA, 1999). This also supports the omission of substitution effects in this analysis. 

Another factor that supports the reasonableness of omitting substitution possibilities from the 

model is the presumption that the price changes induced by the regulation are likely to be small. The 

estimated annualized costs of the rule, $120 million, are small relative to the roughly $11 billion value 

segments from the industries. Given that the price of any product being considered is only a portion of 

the “price” of the composite input of which it is a part, the changes in the relative prices of the composite 

inputs to the construction industry are likely to be small as well. 

B.9.3 Own-Price Demand Elasticities 

As shown in Exhibit B-1, there are two domestic demand components for softwood plywood and 

two for other composite wood products — the construction industry and the manufacturing industry. 

Although own-price elasticities for softwood plywood, OSB, and other composite wood products are not 

available for these specific demand components, short-term own-price elasticities of total demand have 

been estimated by Buongiorno for plywood, particleboard, and fiberboard (Buongiorno, 1996).38 These 

total demand elasticities are -0.16, -0.27, and -0.10, respectively Exhibit B-4). 

Spelter estimated short-term (one year) elasticities of demand for softwood plywood and 

structural particleboard over several-year time spans (1970-1981 for softwood plywood and 1977-1981 

for structural particleboard), showing a general downward trend over time, reflecting the effect of 

maturing markets (Spelter, 1984). The most recent year for which short-term elasticities of demand are 

available from Spelter is 1981. Spelter estimated the price elasticities of demand for softwood plywood 

and structural particleboard in 1981 to be -0.10 and -0.56, respectively. These estimated elasticities of 

demand from Spelter are supportive of those in Buongiorno. The estimated demand elasticities for 

plywood in the two papers are quite similar (-0.16 in Buongiorno, versus -0.10 in Spelter). 

Although Spelter’s estimated demand elasticity for structural particleboard is somewhat higher 

than Buongiorno’s estimated demand elasticity for particleboard (-0.56 versus -0.27), the Spelter estimate 

corresponds to 1981 whereas the Buongiorno estimate is more recent. If the general downward trend in 

short-term price elasticities of demand observed by Spelter continued from 1981 onward, then the more 

recent Buongiorno estimate of -0.27 would be consistent with the earlier Spelter estimate of -0.56. 

Because the Buongiorno estimates are more recent, and because they are supported by the estimates from 

Spelter (1984), this analysis uses the estimates from Buongiorno (1996), given in Exhibit B-4. In the 

absence of an estimated elasticity of demand specifically for OSB, the analysis assumes that it is the same 

38Fiberboard, a type of reconstituted wood product, is not impacted by the proposed rule. 

B-13 
as for softwood plywood used in construction.39 This assumption is reasonable considering the following 

characteristics. 

• Softwood plywood and OSB have approximately equal shares of the structural panel market. 

• Factors of demand for both products are similar. 

• Both products have reached similar levels of life-cycle maturity. 

Exhibit B-4. Own-Price Elasticities of (Total) Demand Used in Analysis 

Product Own-Price Elasticity of (Total) Demand 

Softwood Plywood* -0.16 

Oriented Strandboard** -0.1034 

Other Composite Wood Products* -0.27 

*Based on elasticities of demand estimated in Buongiorno (1996) for plywood (-0.16)

and particleboard (-0.27).

**Assumed to be the same elasticity of demand as for softwood plywood used in

construction, see Exhibit B-5.

For the purposes of this analysis, EPA applied the estimated elasticity of particleboard to the three 

products in the other composite wood products category for the following reasons. 

• Research did not produce estimates of demand elasticities for medium density fiberboard or for 

hardboard. 

• Particleboard constitutes the largest share of production of the other wood composites category. 

• There are roughly twice the number particleboard plants as medium density fiberboard and 

hardboard plants combined. 

The elasticities of demand given in Exhibit B-4 refer to total demand. Estimating the elasticities 

of demand specific to the construction industry and the manufacturing industry requires either (1) 

assuming that they are both equal to the elasticity of total demand or (2) deriving elasticities of demand 

for each of these domestic demand components in such a way that the weighted average of these 

elasticities (weighted by the demand shares in the market) equals the elasticity of total demand. As 

explained below, EPA selected the second approach. 

The estimated elasticities of demand for the end products, the production of which requires these 

products as inputs, differ substantially. The demand for durable manufactured goods and for wood 

furniture have been shown to be substantially more elastic than the demand for residential construction. 

The own-price elasticities of demand for durable manufactured goods was estimated to be about -1.4 and 

wood furniture was estimated to be about -3.4, whereas the (short-term) elasticity of demand for 

39 It should be noted that there is undoubtedly substantial statistical uncertainty surrounding all of the 

published elasticity of demand estimates. Although specific point estimates are necessary for the analysis, the 

demand elasticities should not be taken to be more precise than they actually are. While the Buongiorno estimate for 

plywood (-0.16) was statistically significant, the estimate for particleboard (-0.27) was not. Particularly for OSB and 

other wood composites, only a more modest statement (e.g., that these demand elasticities are relatively small, 

probably somewhere in the range of 0 to -0.4) is truly supported by the literature. However, given that an actual 

point estimate is necessary for the analysis, the point estimate in Buongiorno (1996) is a reasonable estimate. 

B-14 
residential building construction is estimated to be about -0.58 (U.S. EPA, 1995). The demand for these 

products for use in the construction industry is therefore likely to be substantially less elastic than the 

demand for use in manufacturing (e.g., of furniture). Therefore, EPA used the second approach — that is, 

deriving elasticities of demand for each of these domestic demand components in such a way that the 

weighted average of these elasticities (weighted by the demand shares in the market) equals the elasticity 

of total demand. 

To do this, EPA assumed a ratio (based on reasonable judgment) between the elasticity of 

demand for a given product for use in construction versus for use in manufacture, and to calculate the 

demand-component-specific elasticities, given that ratio, that are consistent with the domestic demand 

component proportions in Exhibit B-1 and the elasticity of total demand in Exhibit B-4. For example, 

suppose the domestic demand for softwood plywood to be used in manufacturing is twice as elastic as the 

domestic demand for softwood plywood to be used in construction. Given the proportions of domestic 

demand for softwood plywood by each industry (64% in construction versus 36% in manufacturing) and 

the elasticity of total demand (-0.16), the elasticity of demand for softwood plywood to be used in 

construction would be calculated as 

− 01. 6

ε . construction = (. . = − 0118 . (17) 0 36*2+ 0 64) 

The elasticity of demand for softwood plywood to be used in manufacturing would be twice that, 

or -0.235. For this purpose of this analysis, EPA assumed that the ratio of the elasticity of demand for 

wood products for manufacturing to the elasticity of demand for construction is 2.5. EPA arrived at this 

assumption by examining the ratio of elasticities of the finished products for which these goods are 

inputs: residential construction (-0.58) and durable manufacturing (-1.40), which is roughly 2.5 (EPA, 

1995). Exhibit B-5 presents the base case demand-component-specific elasticities of demand. 

Exhibit B-5. Elasticities of Demand for Specific Demand Components 

Product 

Elasticity of Total 

Demand 

Assumed Ratio of 

Elasticities of Demand: 

Manufacturing to 

Construction 

Implied Elasticities of Demand 

Construction Manufacturing 

Softwood Plywood 2.5 -0.16 -0.1034 -0.260 

OSB -0.1034 n/a -0.1034 n/a 

Other Wood 

Composites -0.27 2.5 -0.115 -0.287 

(PB/MDF & HB) 

Source: Exhibit B-4, Equation 17, Abt Associates Inc. assumptions. 

The remaining parameters in the demand-component-specific domestic demand functions (the 

(k’s from equation (16)) were calibrated to the baseline prices and quantities, given in Exhibit B-6. To 

calibrate (k to the baseline price and quantity, the analytical model solved equation (16) for (k and 

calculated the value of (k that results if the price is the baseline price and the quantity demanded is the 

quantity demanded in the baseline, given a value for the elasticity. Solving equation (16) for (k yields: 

B-15 
DD 

γ k = Qk . Pε k 

Using the 1997 baseline price and quantity of softwood plywood (SWPW) demanded for 

construction (k=1) shown in Exhibit B-6, for example, and the price elasticity of demand for SWPW to be 

used in construction (shown in Exhibit B-5), the value of γ 1,SWPW is calculated as 

DD Q10 11,498

γ 1,SWPW = P0 

ε1 = 235−0.115 = 21,542.451 . 

With this value of γ 1, SWPW in equation (16), and given the elasticity of demand for SWPW for 

construction and the baseline price of SWPW, equation (16) predicts the observed baseline quantity of 

SWPW. 

Under some circumstances, a reasonable alternative to calibrating (k to the baseline price and 

quantity might be to estimate (k based on several years’ worth of price/quantity data — that is, to find the 

value of (k that results in the best fit of the demand function to the price/quantity data over several years, 

given the elasticity of demand. In this approach, it would be preferable to find the best fit value of "k in 

equation (15), which is the linear form of equation (16), using linear regression, and then to calculate 

γ k = eα k . 

The regression approach has the advantage that it is based on more than a single year and is 

therefore likely to be more robust. However, it will produce a demand curve that will not go through the 

baseline equilibrium price/quantity because it will not fit any particular year exactly. Because the 

changes in equilibrium prices and quantities in these markets is likely to be small, reasonable estimation 

of the new market equilibrium requires that the baseline market equilibrium that we observe is reflected in 

the analysis — that is, that the baseline supply and demand curves intersect at the empirical baseline 

price/quantity point (i.e., that both curves go through the empirical baseline price/quantity). We will 

therefore use the calibration approach. 

B-16 
Exhibit B-6. 1997 Baseline Prices and Quantities 

Product 

Baseline Price 

($ per cubic meter) 

Baseline Quantity Supplied to: 

Construction Industry 

(M ft3

) 

Manufacturing Industry 

(M ft3) 

Softwood Plywood 

(3/8 in basis) 235 11,244 6,324 

OSB 

(3/8 in basis) 185 9,595 0 

Other Wood Composites 

Particleboard/MDF 

(3/4 in basis) 169 1,164 10,481 

Hardboard 

(1/8 in basis) 1,322 177 1,592 

Source: Abt Associates, 1999. Exhibit B-3. Quantities split using data from Exhibit B-1. 

The total domestic demand for a product (e.g., softwood plywood) at a given price is the sum of the 

DD domestic demand components — ∑ Q . In the case of softwood plywood and other wood composites, k 

k 

there are two domestic demand components — i.e., k=1, 2: 

QDD = Q1 

DD + Q2 DD =γ 1 DD Pε 1 +γ 2 DD Pε 2 , (18) 

where 

Q1 

DD = domestic demand for the product to be used in construction (k=1); 

Q2 

DD = domestic demand for the product to be used in manufacturing (k=2); 

P = the price of the product;

ε 1 = the own-price elasticity of demand for the product for use in construction;

ε 2 = the own-price elasticity of demand for the product for use in manufacturing; and 

γ 1 

DD andγ 2 

DD = multiplicative constants specific to the domestic demands for the product from 

construction and manufacturing, respectively. 

In the case of OSB, there is only one domestic demand component — the construction industry. The 

DD DD DD ε OSB ,1

domestic demand equation for OSB would be QOSB = QOSB ,1 =γ OSB ,1 POSB . This is just a special 

DD case, however, of equation (18) above in which γ OSB,2 is zero.

B-17 
B.9.4 Foreign Demand 

Foreign demand for (exports of) each of these products is small relative to domestic demand. For 

example, on a value basis, only 6 percent of softwood plywood and reconstituted wood products are 

exported. Moreover, information that would allow any distinction to be made between the elasticities of 

demand for these products in foreign markets as opposed to domestic markets is not available. Therefore, 

although a foreign demand (export) component was included in the demand side of each market model, it 

was necessary to assume that the elasticities of demand are the same in the foreign market as in the 

domestic market. In particular, the foreign demand analysis was based on the following assumptions. 

• The price of a product is the same in foreign markets for the product as it is in the domestic 

market for the product. 

• The price elasticity of foreign demand for the product to be used in a given industry (construction 

or manufacturing) is the same as the price elasticity of domestic demand for the product to be 

used in that industry. 

• The proportions of the product in foreign markets that go to the construction versus 

manufacturing industries are the same as in the United States. 

Given these assumptions, the distinction between domestic and foreign demand is a formality. If the 

domestic demand for the product for use by the kth industry (k=1, 2) is given by 

Qk

DD =γ kDD Pε k (19) 

and the foreign demand for the product for use by the same industry is given by 

Qk

FD =γ kFD Pε k , (20) 

then the total demand for the product for use in the kth industry (both domestically and in foreign 

countries) is 

Qk

TD =γ kDD Pε k +γ kFD Pε k =γ kD Pε k 

, (21) 

where γ k

D =γ kDD +γ kFD . As with the supply parameters, (k , the demand parameters are calibrated to the 

baseline quantity demanded and the baseline price. 

The total demand for the product (for all uses) in the post-regulation scenario , then, is 

TD Q1 TD =∑ Qk 1 . (22)

k 

B.10 Market Equilibrium 

In equilibrium, the total quantity supplied equals the total quantity demanded. To solve for the 

new market equilibrium price of the product (e.g., softwood plywood), then, the analysis set the total 

B-18 
quantity of the product supplied at the new market equilibrium price equal to the total quantity demanded 

by all demand components: 

Q1 

TS = Q1 TD , (23) 

or, substituting in from equations (13) and (22), 

DS TD + Q1 FS =∑ Qk 1 ∑ Q . j1 

j k 

Substituting in from equations (14) and (21), this can be written: 

DS + γ FS + 





2 

 *P1 

−12 = ∑γ k

D P1 

ε k ∑ (24) Qj1 

β  / 

j k 

DS where the jth domestic facility’s quantity supplied post-regulation, Qj1 , depends on whether the new 

market equilibrium price, P1, is greater than or less than the facility’s new shutdown price, as shown 

above in equation (9): 

shutdown 

DS 





γ j +

 β 

*( P cj ) −12 if P1 > Pj1

Qj1 = 

 2  1 − / 

shutdown 

0 if P1 ≤ Pj1 

This is an equation in one unknown — P1, the new market equilibrium price. The value of P1 that 

satisfies the new market equilibrium (equation (24)) was solved for iteratively. 

B.11 Facility Closures 

In the short run, a facility will close if its average variable cost exceeds the market price. Because 

facility-specific information on average variable costs in the baseline is not available, however, it is not 

possible to base facility closure predictions on empirical data and estimated compliance costs. To the 

extent that the assumed facility-specific supply functions are reasonable depictions, however, they can be 

used to allow predictions of facility closures in the post-regulation scenario. The facility supply function 

shows the quantity that the facility will supply at any given price. The point at which the supply function 

intersects the price axis (the y-axis) is therefore the price at which the facility will supply zero. In a shortrun analysis, the price at which the facility will close is called the shutdown price. For those facilities 

with positive compliance costs, the shutdown price in the post-regulation scenario is higher than it was in 

the baseline, as shown in equation (8), reproduced below: 

β2 

shutdown = 4γ 2 

j 

+ c j P . j1 

B-19 
The facility’s closure decision, originally given in equation (9), is reproduced above as part of equation 

(24). Computationally, for any value of P1, the jth facility’s quantity produced can be calculated using 

equation (7) above: 

DS / =γ j +

 β 

*( P1 − cj ) −1 2 Qj1 

 2 



DS DS with the added constraint that if the predicted Qj1 < 0 then set Qj1 = 0 . Calculation of facility closures 

is thus part of the iterative process of calculating the post-regulation market equilibrium price and 

quantity. The number of facility closures is simply the number of facilities that produce zero in the postregulation scenario. 

B.12 Social Cost of the Regulation 

Social costs vary based on the characteristics of the markets in which facilities participate. In a 

perfectly competitive market, an individual facility’s supply curve measures the marginal cost of 

production at different quantities of production. Because marginal costs will increase with the imposition 

of compliance costs, the supply curves for those facilities with compliance costs will shift up as a result of 

the regulation. Because the market level supply curve is just the horizontal sum of individual facility 

supply curves, the market supply curve will shift up as well. The (derived) demand for any of these 

products measures the total quantity of the product demanded (summed over all demand components) at a 

given price, assuming all else (e.g., technology and output of products going to final demand) held 

constant. The demands are unchanged by the regulation. Figure 2 below graphically represents the 

impact of the regulation on the market for a particular product, which, for the purpose of illustration, can 

be softwood plywood. 

Figure B-2: Impact of Regulation on Social Welfare 

i 

P1 a 

P0 h 

g 

f 

Q 

P 

D 

S 

baseline 

S postcompliance 

b 

c 

d 

e 

Q1 Q0

B-20
The imposition of compliance costs on softwood plywood producers results in changes in both 

consumer and producer surplus in the softwood plywood market: 

 ̃ Change in Consumer Surplus: Consumer surplus measures the difference between what 

consumers are willing to pay and what they actually pay for a product. Graphically, this is the 

area under the market demand curve and above the market price line. In the baseline (before 

imposition of the regulation), this is area hci in Figure 2. When the supply curve shifts up and 

the price of softwood plywood increases, consumers lose some surplus. After the imposition of 

the regulation, consumer surplus is reduced to area abi. The change in consumer surplus is 

therefore area abi- area hci, or a loss of area abch in Figure 2. Note that because softwood 

plywood does not go to final demand (i.e., it is used to produce other products that are then 

purchased by consumers), the “consumers” of softwood plywood are the producers of the final 

goods. The concept of consumer surplus, however, is the same, whether the demand is final 

demand or derived demand. 

 ̃ Change in Producer Surplus: Producer surplus measures the difference between what it costs 

suppliers to produce Q units of softwood plywood and the price they receive for those Q units — 

their economic profit. Graphically, this is the area above the market supply curve and below the 

market price line. In the baseline, before the imposition of the regulation, producer surplus is 

represented by the area hcf. When compliance costs are imposed, some producer surplus is 

gained if the price received increases, and some producer surplus is lost because the cost of 

producing softwood plywood also increases. After the imposition of the regulation producer 

surplus is represented by area abg. The change in producer surplus is a mixture of a loss (area 

gecf and a gain (area abeh ) to producers. Note that area abeh is actually a transfer from 

consumers of softwood plywood to producers of softwood plywood — that is, area abeh is a loss 

to consumers of softwood plywood but a gain to producers. 

The change in social welfare connected with the ith market (e.g., the market for softwood 

plywood) is the sum of the changes in consumer surplus in the ith market ()CSi

) and producer surplus in 

the ith market ()PSi

). Using the graphic areas in Figure 2, the total change in social welfare connected 

with the ith market resulting from the regulation would be: 

)CSi + )PSi = ( abi - hci) + ( abeh - gecf) 

= - abch + ( abeh - gecf). 

Decomposing area abch into its two component parts — abeh and bec, 

)CSi + )PSi = - (abeh + bec) + ( abeh - gecf) 

= - bec - gecf = - gbcf. 

The net impact in each market is a social cost — that is, the change in social welfare (producer 

plus consumer surplus) is negative. The social cost associated with the changes in the softwood plywood 

market can be calculated by calculating area gbcf for that market — that is, given the specific market 

supply and demand curves. The total social cost of the regulation is the sum of the social costs associated 

with each of the affected markets — for softwood plywood, OSB, and other wood composites. 

B-21 
B.12.1 Calculation of Change in Social Welfare 

The change in social welfare is the sum of the change in producer surplus and the change in 

consumer surplus. The derivation of the changes in producer and consumer surplus are presented below. 

B.12.1.1 Change in Producer Surplus 

Figure B-3: Facility-Specific Supply Curve 

Inverse Supply Function Supply Function 

A0 

j Q0(P) = G Qj0(P) 

P0 

S 

A0 

Q0 * 

P0 

Q0 * P0

S P0 

Quantity Price 

Producer surplus in the baseline

Let A0 = producer surplus in the baseline.

The jth facility’s supply curve in the baseline is given by:

/ Qj 0 = max{0,γ j + (β/2) P −1 2 } .

The market supply curve is the sum of the facility-specific supply curves40: 

/ Q0 =∑ Qj 0 =∑ max{0,γ j + (β/2) P−1 2 } . j j 

40 The foreign sector is treated as a “foreign facility”. 

B-22 

Price 

Quantity 
β

Producer surplus in the baseline = area A0 = 

P0 P0 

0 () /

∫Q P dP= ∫ ∑ max{0,γ j + (β/2) P −1 2 }dP s P0 P0 

s j 

P0 

/ =∑ ∫[γ j +(β/2) P −1 2 ]dP s j Pj 0 

where P0 

s is the price at which zero is supplied to the market in the baseline (the “market shutdown 

s

price”), and Pj 0 is the jth facility’s shutdown price in the baseline. Note that the jth facility’s supply 

s curve is flat (i.e., Qj

 = 0) up to Pj 0 and then Qj > 0: 

Figure B-4: Constrained Supply Curve 

$ p!1/2 } 

S S 

QJ0 = Max {0, (j + 

(QJ0 is flat up to PJ0 

S) 2 

P0 PJ0 P0 

Price 

So 

P0 

/ A0 =∑ ∫[γ j + (β/2) P −1 2 ]dP s j Pj 0 

P0 P0 

/ =∑γ j ∫ dP+( /2)∑ ∫ P −12 dP s s j Pj 0 j Pj 0 

/ /

A0 =∑γ j [ P0 − Pj

s 

0 ]+ β∑[ P0

12 − Pjs 

0

1 2 ] . j j 

B-23 

Quantity 
β

Producer surplus in the post-regulation scenario 

Let A1 = producer surplus in the post regulation scenario. 

The jth facility’s supply curve in the post-regulation scenario is given by: 

/ Qj1 = max{0,γ j + (β/2)( P− c j ) −1 2 } .

Where cj is the jth facility’s per unit output compliance cost. The market supply curve is: 

/ Q1 =∑ Qj1 =∑ max{0,γ j + (β/2)( P− c j ) −1 2 }. j j 

Producer surplus in the post-regulation scenario = area A1 (analogous to A0 in the baseline): 

P1 P1 

A1 = ∫Q1 () / P dP= ∫ ∑ max{0,γ j + (β/2)( P− cj ) −1 2 }dP 

P1 

s P1 j 

P1 

− / =∑ ∫[γ j +(β/2)( P cj ) −1 2 ]dP s j Pj 1 

where P1 

s is the price at which zero is supplied to the market in the post-regulation scenario (the “market 

s shutdown price”), and Pj1 is the jth facility’s shutdown price in the post-regulation scenario. 

Now doing a change of variable, let x = P - cj Y P = x + cj and dP = dx. Then 

P c 1 − j

/ A1 =∑ ∫[γ j + (β/2)x −1 2 ]dx 

j Pj

s 

1 −cj 

P c 1 − j P c 1 − j 

/ =∑γ j ∫ dx + ( /2)∑ ∫ x −12 dx s j Pj

s 

1 −cj j Pj1 −cj 

P c 1 − j

/ A1 =∑γ j [ P1 − Pj

s 

1 ]+ (β/2)∑ ∫ x −12 dx . j j Pj

s 

1 −c j 

/ / A1 =∑γ j [ P1 − Pj

s 

1 ]+ β∑[( P1 − cj )

12 − ( Pjs 

1 − cj )

1 2 ]

j j 

B-24 
The change in producer surplus, )PS = A1 - A0. 

B.12.1.2 Change in Consumer Surplus 

Figure B-5: Market Level Demand Curve 

Inverse Demand Function Demand Function 

P1 Q0 

P0 

Q1* 

* 

QTD(P) 

Q1* Q0 * P0 P1 

Quantity Price 

Demand by the kth demand component: 

Qk =γ k Pε k . 

The total demand at price P is 

QTD =∑γ k Pε k =γ 1 Pε 1 +γ 2 Pε 2 . 

k 

Note: Foreign and domestic demand components are combined in this analysis, as explained in 

“Economic Analysis Methodology for the Plywood and Wood Composites Industries.” There are 

therefore two demand components : construction and manufacturing. 

The change in consumer surplus is just the area under the demand curve from P1 to P0: 

P0 

∆CS= ∫[γ 1 Pε 1 +γ 2 Pε 2 ]dP 

P1 

Price

Quantity

B-25 
P0 P0 

ε 1 =γ 1 ∫ P dP + γ 2 ∫ Pε 2 dP 

P1 P1 

(ε 1 +1)

[ P0 

ε 1 +1 

− P1 

ε 1 +1

]+ (ε 2 +1)

[ P0 

ε 2 +1 

− P1 

ε 2 +1 ∆CS= ] γ 1 γ 2 

B.13 Computational Tools 

The analysis calculated the post-regulation equilibria for the four separate market sectors using an 

Excel spreadsheet for each. Given parameter values for the relevant supply and demand equations in a 

given market, and facility-specific per unit compliance costs, EPA programmed the following. 

• The relevant market segment demand equations (incorporating both domestic and foreign 

demand, as discussed above), 

• The foreign supply equation, and 

• Facility-specific domestic supply equations. 

EPA used an iterative procedure in which, on each iteration, a new equilibrium market price (P1) 

is input to the equations, and the resulting demand and supply are compared. The value of P1 on the 

subsequent iteration will be adjusted according to whether market demand exceeds market supply (in 

which case, P1 would be increased) or market supply exceeds market demand (in which case, P1 would be 

decreased) until market supply equals market demand — i.e., equilibrium is achieved. 

B.14 Sensitivity Analyses 

All aspects of the economic analysis depend on the assumptions made about the supply and 

demand functions. The closure analysis and the estimation of social cost may be particularly sensitive to 

the values of the parameters chosen for the analysis. Because of this, EPA may choose to perform a 

sensitivity analysis to show how the analysis outcomes — equilibrium price and quantity, number of 

closures, and social cost of the regulation — vary as the input parameter values vary. This is 

straightforward to carry out in a spreadsheet analysis in which parameter values in designated cells can be 

easily changed and the computations rerun. 

B.15 EIA Results 

As described throughout this appendix, the economic analysis produced estimates of how the 

imposition of compliance costs associated with the regulatory proposal will change the market 

equilibrium price and quantity. The methodology described here provides estimates of how production 

will shift across impacted producers, non-impacted producers, and foreign suppliers. This approach also 

provides estimates of net social costs associated with the proposed rule. 

There are some additional insights into the rule’s impacts that can be gained from examination of 

the EIA’s results. EPA examined the overall EIA result of the change in market quantity as an indicator 

of how much less production capacity will be required to meet overall demand. Initially, it is of interest, 

B-26 
to the extent possible, to examine the facility-level impacts of the rule associated with this decline in 

demand. 

EPA assumed that the facilities with the highest baseline production costs will experience the 

greatest impacts associated with the rule. The impacts will depend on the facility’s response to increased 

costs, and whether the increase in costs places the facility’s overall production costs above market prices. 

Responses will vary widely from facility to facility: they could close, reduce production by closing a 

process line, or cut costs elsewhere, among others. The analytical approach described in the earlier 

section on domestic supply allows EPA to estimate facility closures in the post-regulation scenario in the 

absence of actual facility-specific information on average variable production costs. 

EPA iteratively calculated the post-regulation equilibrium market price. As part of the iterative 

procedure EPA determined, for each facility, it’s new shutdown price in the post-regulation scenario and 

therefore whether or not it closes. If the quantity it would supply at the post-regulation market price is 

#0, then the facility will close. In other words, the facility will close if the post-regulation market 

equilibrium price is less than or equal to the facility’s post-regulation shutdown price. 

B.16 References 

Abt Associates Inc. 1999. Profile of the Plywood and Wood Composite Industries. Prepared for Larry 

Sorrels, Innovative Strategies and Economic Group, Air Quality Strategies and Standards 

Division, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 

Research Triangle Park, NC. 

Adams, Darius M., R. Boyd, and J Angle. 1992. “Evaluating the Stability of Softwood Lumber Demand 

by End-Use Sector: A Stochastic Parameter Approach.” Forest Science, Vol. 38, No. 4, pp 825-

841. 

American Plywood Association. 1999. Upholstered Furniture Case Studies. http://www.apawood.org. 

Buongiorno, Joseph. 1996. “Forest Sector Modeling: A Synthesis of Econometrics, Mathematical 

Programming, and System Dynamics Methods.” International Journal of Forestry, 12, pp. 329-

343. 

Buongiorno, Joseph. 1999. Personal communication with Ellen Post, Abt Associates Inc. November 23, 

1999. 

Chambers, Robert G. 1988. “Applied Production Analysis: A dual approach.” Cambridge University 

Press. 

Get-a-Quote.net. 2000 National Construction Estimator, Panelized Wood Wall Panels. 

http://www.get-a-quote.net, page 395. 

Lewandrowski, Jan K., M. K. Wohlgenant, T. J. Grennes. 1994. “Finished Product Inventories and 

Prices Expectations in the Softwood Lumber Industry.” American Journal of Agricultural 

Economics, 76, pp. 83-93. 

B-27 
Spelter, Henry. 1984. Price Elasticities for Softwood Plywood and Structural Particleboard in the 

United States. Forest Products Laboratory, U.S. Department of Agriculture Forest Service, 

Madison, WI. 

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. 1995. Appendix B: Complete List of Own-price Demand and 

Supply Elasticities. Air Quality Strategies and Standards Division, Office of Air Quality 

Planning and Standards, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC. 

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. 1998. Industry Specific Information Collection Request (ICR) for 

the Development of Plywood and Particleboard Maximum Achievable Control Technology 

(MACT) Standards. Air Quality Strategies and Standards Division, Office of Air Quality 

Planning and Standards, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC. 

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. 1999a. OAQPS Economic Analysis Resource Document. Air 

Quality Strategies and Standards Division, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, U.S. 

Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC. 

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. 1999b. Economic Impact Analysis for the Polymers & Resins III 

NESHAP. Air Quality Strategies and Standards Division, Office of Air Quality Planning and 

Standards, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC. 

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. 1999c. 1999 Revised RFA/SBREFA Guidance for EPA 

Rulemakers. 

B-28